diff --git a/translations/cmst_bg_BG.ts b/translations/cmst_bg_BG.ts index c8aeb846..bcd9743f 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_bg_BG.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_bg_BG.ts @@ -1061,12 +1061,12 @@ Notification Daemon - Системни известия + Услуга за системни известия Server Status - Статус на сървър + Статус на сървър @@ -1146,17 +1146,17 @@ <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Методът на конфигуриране по подразбиране за всички услуги е автоматичен или базиран на DHCP. Това би трябвало да е достатъчно за повечето типични случаи, но ако не е така, този бутон ще позволи ръчно конфигуриране на Ethernet и IP настройките за избраната услуга.</p><p>Този бутон ще бъде деактивиран, ако услугата се предоставя чрез външен конфигурационен файл или ако услугата е от тип VPN. Не е възможно да се променят свойствата на тези услуги.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>На тази страница са показани известните WiFi услуги. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Име:</span> SSID на мрежата.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Предпочитани:</span> Символът сърце в тази колона показва, че този компютър вече е осъществил връзка с мрежата, използвайки тази услуга.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Свързаност:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Посочете с мишката иконата, за да се появи текстово описание. Онлайн означава, че е налична интернет връзка и че тя е проверена. Свързано сигнализира за успешно свързано устройство. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Сигурност: </span>Описва типа сигурност, използван за тази услуга. Възможните стойности са &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, и &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Сила на сигнала:</span> Силата на WiFi сигнала, представена в скала от 0 до 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>На тази страница са показани осигурените VPN услуги. Някои клетки в таблицата може да са достъпни само след установяване на връзка. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Име:</span> Името, дадено във файла за представяне</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Вид:</span> Вид на VPN (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, и т.н)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Състояние:</span> Показва състоянието на връзката на тази услуга. Посочете иконата с мишката, за да се появи текстово описание. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Хост: </span>IP адрес на VPN хоста.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Домейн:</span> Домейна на VPN.<br/></p></body></html> @@ -1191,12 +1191,12 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Изберете Wi-Fi услуга в таблицата по-долу и натиснете този бутон, за да редактирате услугата. </p><p>За да работи този бутон, услугата трябва преди това да е била успешно свързана (вече се намира в Предпочитани). Натискането на бутона <span style=" font-weight:600;">Редактиране</span> ще премахне услугата и след това ще поиска пълномощия за установяване на връзка. Ако услугата е свързана в момента, тя ще бъде изключена. Ако услугата е изисквала парола, тогава старата парола ще бъде изтрита и забравена.</p><p>Connman не предоставя никакви методи за извличане на идентификационни данни (пароли и т.н.), тъй като това е несигурно. CMST няма да заобиколи тази защита. Всичко, което този бутон прави, е да автоматизира натискането на бутоните <span style=" font-weight:600;">Премахване</span> и <span style=" font-weight:600;">Свързване</span> . Уверете се, че знаете всички пълномощия за повторно свързване, тъй като съществуващите пълномощия ще бъдат изтрити, когато натиснете този бутон.</p></body></html> Edit - + Редактиране @@ -6598,7 +6598,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - KB + кБ diff --git a/translations/cmst_ca.ts b/translations/cmst_ca.ts index db50e9c8..1e308d44 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_ca.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_ca.ts @@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ p, li { espai en blanc: pre-ajusta; } <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Defineix xarxes darrere de l'enllaç VPN. Si més d'un se separa per una coma. </p><p>El format és newtork/netmask/gateway i es pot ometre la passarel·la. Exemples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Aquest camp és opcional però si es fa una entrada ha de seguir el format anterior.</p></body><p>0 + <html><head/><body><p>Defineix xarxes darrere de l'enllaç VPN. Si més d'un se separa per una coma. </p><p>El format és network/netmask/gateway i es pot ometre la passarel·la. Exemples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Aquest camp és opcional però si es fa una entrada ha de seguir el format anterior.</p></body><p>0 diff --git a/translations/cmst_cs.ts b/translations/cmst_cs.ts index 0adf2de1..dd7114c1 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_cs.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_cs.ts @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) - roaming u poskytovatele bezdrátového připojení k Internetu + Roaming u poskytovatele bezdrátového připojení k Internetu (WISPr) @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ <br><br><b>Connect Time:</b><br> - + <br><br><b>Doba připojení:</b><br> @@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> @@ -6304,7 +6304,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - KB + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_de_DE.ts b/translations/cmst_de_DE.ts index 6a220566..b40cbdb5 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_de_DE.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_de_DE.ts @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> + Service Set Identifier - Service Set identifier + Service Set Identifier @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) - Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) + Roaming von drahtlosen Internetdienstanbietern (WISPr @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Information - Information + Information @@ -391,12 +391,12 @@ Connman Error - Connman Fehler + ConnMan Fehler Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? - Connman gab folgenden Fehler zurück: <b><center>%1</b><br>Möchtest du es erneut versuchen? + ConnMan gab folgenden Fehler zurück: <b><center>%1</b><br>Möchtest du es erneut versuchen? @@ -414,12 +414,12 @@ Dialog - + Dialog &Status - + &Status @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Global Properties - + Globale Eigenschaften @@ -470,13 +470,13 @@ State: Unavailable - + Status: Nicht verfügbar Technologies - + Technologien @@ -484,14 +484,14 @@ Name - Name + Name Type - Typ + Typ @@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Information - Information + Information @@ -2782,7 +2782,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Phase2 - Phase2 + Phase 2 @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Information - Information + Information IPv4 Address @@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextLabel - TextLabel + Textlabel @@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } connman system tray Main Window Title - connman system tray + ConnMan Systemtray @@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> @@ -5641,7 +5641,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 Information - Information + Information @@ -6503,7 +6503,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - KB + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_en_US.ts b/translations/cmst_en_US.ts index 4bfc7e03..56ee0745 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_en_US.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_en_US.ts @@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ Agent Input - + Agent Input Passphrase - + Passphrase @@ -2844,57 +2844,57 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Service - + Service WiFi - + WiFi Templates - + Templates File Path to the CA Certificate File - + File Path to the CA Certificate File File Path to the Client Certificate File - + File Path to the Client Certificate File File path to the Client Private Key File - + File path to the Client Private Key File Key Files (*.pem);;All Files (*.*) - + Key Files (*.pem);;All Files (*.*) MAC address. - + MAC address. SSID: hexadecimal representation of an 802.11 SSID - + SSID: hexadecimal representation of an 802.11 SSID List of Nameservers - + List of Nameservers List of Timeservers - + List of Timeservers @@ -3895,7 +3895,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is network/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> @@ -4588,7 +4588,7 @@ Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux No Encrypton - + No Encryption @@ -5704,7 +5704,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gatewa? - + Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gateway? @@ -5899,7 +5899,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. Wheher the VPN should use tun or tap. - + Whether the VPN should use tun or tap. diff --git a/translations/cmst_es_ES.ts b/translations/cmst_es_ES.ts index 7e0ba66a..f33b46b5 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_es_ES.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_es_ES.ts @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ Counter Update KB - KB para actualizar el contador + kB para actualizar el contador @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Especifica la cantidad de datos en KB que deben ser transmitidos antes de actualizar los contadores (por omisión son 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Especifica la cantidad de datos en kB que deben ser transmitidos antes de actualizar los contadores (por omisión son 1024 kB).</p></body></html> @@ -6617,7 +6617,7 @@ que el par no está ya conectado. KB - + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_fi.ts b/translations/cmst_fi.ts index 7ad835c1..4d5ae49d 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_fi.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_fi.ts @@ -6263,7 +6263,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_fr_FR.ts b/translations/cmst_fr_FR.ts index da456e22..2370243e 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_fr_FR.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_fr_FR.ts @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>If an old passphrase is available it will be shown here for reference.</p></body></html> - &lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Si une ancienne phrase de passe est disponible, elle sera affichée ici pour référence.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt; + <html><head/><body><p>Si une ancienne phrase de passe est disponible, elle sera affichée ici pour référence.</p></body></html> @@ -257,19 +257,19 @@ %L1 KB - %L1 ko + %L1 kB %L1 MB - %L1 Mo + %L1 MB %L1 GB - %L1 Go + %L1 GB @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Counter Update KB - Mise à jour du compteur Ko + Mise à jour du compteur kB @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Spécifiez la quantité de données en Ko à transmettre avant la mise à jour des compteurs (la valeur par défaut est de 1024 Ko). </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Spécifiez la quantité de données en kB à transmettre avant la mise à jour des compteurs (la valeur par défaut est de 1024 kB). </p></body></html> @@ -2511,15 +2511,15 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> - <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> + < !DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http ://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> -p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } -</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> -<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Activer ou désactiver l’extension de confidentialité IPv6 comme décrit dans la RFC 4941,</p> -<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Désactivé</span> :l’extension de confidentialité est désactivée et les adresses de configuration automatique normales sont utilisées.</p> -<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Activé</span> : le système préfère utiliser des adresses publiques plutôt que des adresses temporaires.</p> -<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Préféré</span> : l’extension de confidentialité est activée et le système préfère les adresses temporaires aux adresses publiques.</p> -<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> +p, li { white-space : pre-wrap ; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family :'Sans Serif' ; font-size :9pt ; font-weight :400 ; font-style :normal ;"> +<p style=" margin-top :12px ; margin-bottom :12px ; margin-left :0px ; margin-right :0px ; -qt-block-indent :0 ; text-indent :0px ;">Activer ou désactiver l’extension de confidentialité IPv6 comme décrit dans la RFC 4941,</p> +<p style=" margin-top :12px ; margin-bottom :12px ; margin-left :0px ; margin-right :0px ; -qt-block-indent :0 ; text-indent :0px ;"><span style=" font-weight :600 ;">Désactivé</span> :l’extension de confidentialité est désactivée et les adresses de configuration automatique normales sont utilisées.</p> +<p style=" margin-top :12px ; margin-bottom :12px ; margin-left :0px ; margin-right :0px ; -qt-block-indent :0 ; text-indent :0px ;"><span style=" font-weight :600 ;">Activé</span> : le système préfère utiliser des adresses publiques plutôt que des adresses temporaires.</p> +<p style=" margin-top :12px ; margin-bottom :12px ; margin-left :0px ; margin-right :0px ; -qt-block-indent :0 ; text-indent :0px ;"><span style=" font-weight :600 ;">Préféré</span> : l’extension de confidentialité est activée et le système préfère les adresses temporaires aux adresses publiques.</p> +<p style=" margin-top :12px ; margin-bottom :12px ; margin-left :0px ; margin-right :0px ; -qt-block-indent :0 ; text-indent :0px ;"><br /></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941,</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> @@ -4054,7 +4054,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Définir les réseaux derrière le lien VPN. S’il y en a plusieurs, séparez-les par une virgule. </p><p>Le format est newtork/netmask/gateway et la passerelle peut être omise. Exemples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Ce champ est facultatif mais si une entrée est faite, elle doit respecter le format ci-dessus.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Définir les réseaux derrière le lien VPN. S’il y en a plusieurs, séparez-les par une virgule. </p><p>Le format est network/netmask/gateway et la passerelle peut être omise. Exemples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Ce champ est facultatif mais si une entrée est faite, elle doit respecter le format ci-dessus.</p></body></html> @@ -6516,7 +6516,7 @@ que le pair n’est plus connecté. KB - Ko + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_he.ts b/translations/cmst_he.ts new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7c4b4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/translations/cmst_he.ts @@ -0,0 +1,6317 @@ + + + + + Agent + + + Agent Input + קלט סוכן + + + + Passphrase + מילת צופן + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If an old passphrase is available it will be shown here for reference.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the passphrase here.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check this box to obscure the password characters.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Hide Passphrase + + + + + O&ld Passphrase + + + + + &Passphrase + + + + + Hidden Network + רשת מוסתרת + + + + &Name + &שם + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Service Set Identifier + + + + + &SSID + + + + + Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) + + + + + &Username + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr username.</p></body></html> + + + + + Passwor&d + &סיסמה + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr password.</p></body></html> + + + + + Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type your Identity for the Extensible Authentication Protocol</p></body></html> + + + + + &Identity + &זהות + + + + WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked use WPS push button authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + Use Push &Button Authentication + + + + + &WPS Pin + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter a WPS pin.</p></body></html> + + + + + Browser Login Requested + + + + + Choose or enter a browser: + נא לבחור או למלא שם דפדפן: + + + + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan is requesting that you open a web browser to complete the login process.</p><p>We have scanned your PATH for browsers and any browsers found are shown in the list below. You may select any one browser to use it for the login. If your web browser is not shown in the list you may enter it directly in the<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Choose or enter a browser box</span>.</p><p>To launch the browser click the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Launch Browser</span> button. </p><p>If you wish to login manually close this dialog, start your web browser and proceed to the URL shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Login URL</span> box.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Brave Browser Users:</span> Note that Brave does not seem to accept a URL to start with. After the browser starts you will need to enter the URL manually. </p></body></html> + + + + + Login URL: + כתובת גישה: + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman is requesting you continue login with a web browser. This box shows the URL that contains the login page.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body></html> + Removed double space + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body><html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to launch the selected browser. The browser will open at the page shown in the Login URL box.</p></body></html> + + + + + Launch &Browser + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + … + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + &אישור + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>ביטול תהליך ההתחברות.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + &ביטול + + + + AgentDialog + + + Information + פרטים + + + + You have requested the %1 browser, but we cannot find a terminal program to open it with. Currenty we can start %1 using these terminals: <b>roxterm</b> and <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>To continue you need to manually open a terminal and then enter: "%1 %2" + + + + + ConnmanAgent + + + Connman Error + שגיאת Connman + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + + + + + Agent Request Failed + הבקשה לסוכן נכשלה + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + + + + + ConnmanCounter + + + + %L1 Bytes + %L1 בתים + + + + + %L1 KB + %L1 ק״ב + + + + + %L1 MB + %L1 מ״ב + + + + + %L1 GB + %L1 ג״ב + + + + <b>Transmit:</b><br>TX Total: %1 (%2), TX Errors: %3, TX Dropped: %4 + + + + + + + + + + %Ln Packet(s) + + + + + + + + + + <br><br><b>Received:</b><br>RX Total: %1 (%2), RX Errors: %3, RX Dropped: %4 + + + + + <br><br><b>Connect Time:</b><br> + <br><br><b>זמן חיבור:</b><br> + + + + %n Day(s) + + + + + + + + + + %n Hour(s) + + + + + + + + + + %n Minute(s) + + דקה + שתי דקות + %n דקות + %n דקות + + + + + %n Second(s) + + שנייה + שתי שניות + %n שניות + %n שניות + + + + + ConnmanVPNAgent + + + Connman Error + שגיאת Connman + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + + + + + Agent Request Failed + בקשת הסוכן נכשלה + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + הבקשה לסוכן נכשלה לפני שהוחזרה תגובה. + + + + ControlBox + + + Dialog + חלונית + + + + &Status + מ&צב + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This checkbox controls the global setting for switching all radios on or off. When checked all radios are powered down.</p><p>When the system is In offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + + All Devices &Off + כל ההתקנים &כבויים + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">OfflineMode</span></p><p>The offline mode indicates the global setting for switching all radios on or off. Changing offline mode to true results in powering down all devices. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device decides to switch the radio back on or not. </p><p>During offline mode, it is still possible to switch certain technologies manually back on. For example the limited usage of WiFi or Bluetooth devices might be allowed in some situations.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Global Properties + מאפיינים מקיפים + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global setting for switching all radios on or off. When offline mode is engaged all radios are powered down.</p><p>While in offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + + OfflineMode: Unavailable + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global connection state of the system. Possible values are &quot;offline&quot;, &quot;idle&quot;, &quot;ready&quot;, and &quot;online&quot;. </p></body></html> + + + + + State: Unavailable + מצב: לא זמין + + + + + Technologies + טכנולוגיות + + + + + + + Name + שם + + + + + + Type + סוג + + + + Powered + דולק + + + + + + Connected + מחובר + + + + Tethering + קשירה + + + + + Resc&an + סריקה מ&חדש + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This box lists all services that connman can connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Services + שירותים + + + + + State + מצב + + + + + Connection + חיבור + + + + + Move Before + להעביר לפני + + + + + Move After + להעביר אחרי + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked hide the connection name in the Services box.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Less + &פחות + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Details + &פרטים + + + + Ser&vice + &שירות + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this Combobox to select the service for which you wish to view the detailed information.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Configuration + הגדרות + + + + &Wireless + &אלחוטי + + + + Wireless Services + שירותים אלחוטיים + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Connect + התחברות + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disconnect + ניתוק + + + + + Remove + הסרה + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This label shows the number of WiFi technologies (devices) that were found, and the number that are powered on. There must be at least one WiFi technology found and powered in order for the box below to show services.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off go to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologies</span> box in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> tab and double click on the text that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p></body></html> + + + + + Wifi State + מצב רשת אלחוטית + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will implement an internet kill switch for VPN connections. If a VPN connection drops while the kill switch is enabled all technologies will be powered off.</p><p>The way this works is the service order is monitored. If the topmost service is of type VPN and then if it changes to something other than VPN and if the change was not initiated by the user (for instance by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Disconnect</span> button in the VPN tab), then CMST will cycle through all technologies powering each one down in turn. </p></body></html> + + + + + Enable VPN Internet Kill Switch + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the Start Up Options in the right hand pane will be enabled. Start up options set in this pane will be read and used next time the program starts. Start up options are also available as command line switches and an option provided on the command line will take precedence over an option set in the right hand pane. The options in this pane are provided as a convienence to avoid the necessity of editing a systemd service or other start up file. </p><p>Settings are stored in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Start Options from GUI (right hand pane) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>These entries control various options for CMST at program start. Changing or setting these will only take effect at the next program start. </p><p>All of these options are available from the command line, and if a command line option is provided it will take precedence over these settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + Start Up Options + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Start the GUI minimized in the system tray.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--counter-update-rate</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + + Counter Update Rate + + + + + External Programs + + + + + Aw&Oken + + + + + A&rtwork + + + + + Rescan + + + + + Offline Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + + Favorite + + + + + Security + + + + + Signal Strength + + + + + &Counters + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The service being monitored by the counters.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Service: + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection that is not marked roaming. </p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + Home + + + + + + Counter not available. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection marked &quot;roaming&quot;.</p><p>In the case of cellular services this normally indicates connections to a foreign provider.</p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + Roaming + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counter Settings</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The threshold values for counter updates (counter resolution). Data and time work together to define how often the fields are updated.</p></body></html> + + + + + Settings: + + + + + &Preferences + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'monospace';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">-c</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Enable Connman RX and TX counters. Counters are experimental in Connman and enabling them will write a large amount of data to the system logs.</p><p>Counters are turned off by default, and is a change from the way it was originally. Up to and including version 2017.09.19 counters were enabled by default. All versions subsequent to that counters are disabled by default.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Counters + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Disable VPN. This will hide the VPN tab and will also skip trying to make a connection to connman-vpn. The later is useful if your Connman was built with the --disable-vpn feature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable VPN + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-M</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Minimized + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the interface are in this box.</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the display of tooltips will be enabled for the interface widgets.</p><p>Tooltips are the small popups that appear when you hover the mouse pointer over an area of the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + Enable ToolTips (Interface) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Normally counters are cumulative and will retain the connect time and the TX and RX counts between boots. </p><p>When this box is checked the counters will reset to zero every time CMST is started, and if CMST is running everytime a Connman service is started. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Counters + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked additional controls for advanced users are displayed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Advanced Controls + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Disable the system tray icon.</p><p>May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disabled because currently Connman will accept this option but will do nothing with it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman will accept this entry, but according to a comment in the Connman code the actual feature still needs to be implemented and the selection is therefore disabled.</p></body></html> + + + + + Counter Update KB + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + + + + + Start Minimized + + + + + Wait Time + + + + + Disable Tray Icon + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the state of the GUI will be restored from settings saved on disk. Settings include the geometry and position of the dialog and the current tab. </p><p>These settings will be used at next boot to restore the user interface to the way it was at shutdown.</p><p>The settings file is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Retain State + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Use an icon theme from your system. You may specify the theme in the box at the right, or if the box is left blank CMST will try and use the system wide icon theme (if one is defined).</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Icon Theme + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to remove the service. </p><p>If a service has previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) this button will remove the Favorite property. The service will also be disconnected if it is currently connected. If the service required a passphrase then the passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>If a connection attempt failed this can slso be used to reset the service.</p></body></html> + + + + + &VPN + + + + + VPN Services + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + Host + + + + + Fake Transparency + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the system tray are in this box.</p></body></html> + + + + + System Tray + + + + + Hide Tray Icon + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray icon will popup a status message when you hover the mouse over it.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable System Tray Popups + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + + System Tray Notifications + + + + + Notifications + + + + + Notification Daemon + + + + + Server Status + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman refers to hardware devices as technologies. This box will display information about all known technologies.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off click on the button that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p><p>To tether a technology click the button in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> column to on. When tethering is enabled the default service is bridged to all clients connected through the tethered technology. If the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> columns are not shown clear the check in <span style=" font-weight:600;">Less</span> checkbox below this window.</p><p>Note that by default wired connections cannot be tethered. This behavior can be overwritten in the connman.conf file. </p></body></html> + + + + + ID:Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>To edit the ID and Password of a tethered WiFi device click this button.</p><p>The ID and Password are what clients will have to enter to connect to the ad-hoc network. This is only valid for WiFi connections</p></body></html> + + + + + ID:Pass + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked the tethering columns will be hidden.</p></body></html> + + + + + Less + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service before another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service after another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + + Program Control + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will place an entry in the autostart directory for the current user, unchecking will remove said entry. This directory is typically: <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>CMST only add or remove the .desktop file from the autostart directory. Autostarting is typically dependent upon your Desktop Environment and must be enabled from there.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Autostart + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If a Connman service falls into the &quot;Failed&quot; state it will normally remain in that state.</p><p>If this box is checked CMST will try to automatically reconnect a WiFi service that enters the &quot;Failed&quot; state. </p></body></html> + + + + + Retry Failed Connection + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Color in #RGB format to colorize the internal icons with.</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Edit + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line. This will also clear any selections in the table below.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Create + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal icons can be colorized. You may select a color using the button to the left, or you may type in the #RGB color yourself.</p><p>If you type the entry it must have leading # sign. Example: #22aa44 </p></body></html> + + + + + Colorize + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + Hide Tray Icon Unless Needed + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the CMST icon will be hidden in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Scale icons and other artwork in CMST. For High DPI moitors it may be necessary to specify a scale factor on icons and other artwork in CMST. Default scale is 1.0. You may override the default using this option. </p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0.</p></body></html> + + + + + Icon Scale Factor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Icon scale factor. If the box is disabled by clearing the checkbox at the left the value contained in this field will be ignored.</p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0. Default value is 1.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p><p>If CMST is started and tries to create a tray icon before the system tray itself is created the proram will not be able to start minimized. This sometimes happens when the program is started automatically. If you know the tray will exist once the system is up you may specify a wait time and CMST will wait that number of seconds before trying to create the tray icon. This is to give the window manager or panel time to create the tray before we try to place the icon there.</p><p>If you plan to start with the main dialog shown on screen there is no reason to use this option. This is only intended to be used for starting minimized.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line. Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Two events are checked. <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connecting</span> events are called after the Connect button is pressed in either the Wireless or VPN tabs. The program or process in the Execute box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the service shown in the Service box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connecting</span> box will be called after Connman enters the ready or online state.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This area is to specify a program or process to run after a wifi or vpn service button is pressed, but before the connect method is sent to ConnMan. This is mainly used to modify a .cmst.config file which seems useful to modify certain short lived entries for openConnect vpn connections.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Execute</span> box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the single service shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span> box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service. If a .cmst.config file is to be modified a check must in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> box and the path and name of the file to be modified must be provided.</p><p>To modify a .cmst.config file CMST will read stdout of the program or process being called. Program output should be individual lines in KEY=VALUE format. If KEY exists in the .cmst.config file it will be replaced by the new VALUE. If KEY does not exist it will be appended. </p></body></html> + + + + + Before Connecting + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter the program or process to be executed before Connman initiates a connection to the service listed in the box above. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Execute: + + + + + Specify the service you are connecting to where you want a program or process to execute prior to initiating the connection. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> + + + + + Modify Service File + + + + + Service configuration file to be modified by the program. + + + + + FIle: + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the program or process to be executed after Connman enters the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> state. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + + After Connecting + + + + + &Help + + + + + &About + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + C&MST + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the Icon set used in this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the QT toolkit used to develop this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + &QT + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the program license.</p></body></html> + + + + + &License + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the change log of the program.</p></body></html> + + + + + ChangeLo&g + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Help</span></p><p>Program help is mainly provided by the &quot;What's This&quot; button in the lower left corner. Press the button and then click on an item you are interested in. &quot;What's This&quot; is also available via context menu by right clicking on a button, box or text area.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to find information about an element in the GUI by entering &quot;What's This&quot; mode. </p><p>You may also right click on an element to show the &quot;What's This&quot; text for it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + Provisioning Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the VPN provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files for VPN connections.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman-vpn which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the program and remove the system tray icon. Connman will still be running as a daemon but will not be managed by this program.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Minimize the dialog. If you have the system tray Icon shown this dialog may be restored by right clicking on the tray icon. If the tray icon is hidden minimize will not be active.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Mi&nimize + + + + + IDPass + + + + + Set ID and Password for tethered wifi + + + + + Ma&ximize + + + + + &Exit + + + + + About %1 + + + + + Service Details + + + + + WiFi Connections + + + + + VPN Connections + + + + + About AwOken + + + + + <center>This program uses artwork from <b>Freepik</b> obtained from www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Released under the Flaticon Basic License<br><br><b>Artwork files:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> + + + + + License + + + + + %1 change log is not available. + + + + + ChangeLog + + + + + + Cancel + + + + + + <b>Service:</b> %1 + + + + + Unable to determine service + + + + + + + + No Services Selected + + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the remove button. + + + + + Offline Mode Engaged + + + + + Offline Mode Disabled + + + + + Network Services: + + + + + Service Error: %1 + + + + + + Object Path: %1 + + + + + VPN Engaged + + + + + VPN Disengaged + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WiFi AP SSID that clients will<br>have to join in order to gain internet connectivity. + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WPA pre-shared key clients will<br>have to use in order to establish a connection.<p>PSK length: minimum of 8 characters. + + + + + Ethernet Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + + Service: %1 + + + + + + WiFi Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + SSID: %1 + + + + + + Security: %1 + + + + + + Strength: %1% + + + + + + VPN Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Type: %1 + + + + + + Host: %1 + + + + + <b>Connection:</b> %1 + + + + + <center>%1 is a program to interface with the Connman daemon and to provide a system tray control.<br><center>Version <b>%2</b><center>Release date: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>by<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Translations:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (German)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russian)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Dutch)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkish)<br><center><b>Build Information:</b><center>Compiled using QT version %5<center>Connman version %6 + + + + + &Colorize + + + + + &Transparency + + + + + About Other Artwork + + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the edit button. + + + + + Information + + + + + No provisioning files created by %1 were found.<br>There are no VPN services which can be removed. + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + All network devices are powered off, now in Airplane mode. + + + + + Power has been restored to all previously powered network devices. + + + + + The system is online. + + + + + The system is offline. + + + + + VPN Kill Switch Engaged + + + + + The connection to VPN service %1 was dropped and the VPN kill switch was engaged. All network devices are powered off. + + + + + <br><b>Service Details:</b><br> + + + + + Service Type: %1<br> + + + + + Service Name: %1<br> + + + + + Service State: %1<br> + + + + + Favorite: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + favorite + + + + + No + favorite + + + + + External Configuration File: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + immutable + + + + + No + immutable + + + + + Auto Connect: %1<br> + + + + + On + autoconnect + + + + + No + autoconnect + + + + + <br><b>IPv4</b><br> + + + + + IP Address Acquisition: %1<br> + + + + + + + IP Address: %1<br> + + + + + IP Netmask: %1<br> + + + + + + IP Gateway: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>IPv6</b><br> + + + + + + Address Acquisition: %1<br> + + + + + Prefix Length: <br> + + + + + Prefix Length: %1<br> + + + + + Privacy: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>Proxy</b><br> + + + + + URL: %1<br> + + + + + Servers:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + + Excludes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> + + + + + Support Enabled: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + mdns + + + + + No + mdns + + + + + <br><b>Last Address Conflict</b><br> + + + + + MAC Address: %1<br> + + + + + Conflict detected on: %1<br> + + + + + Resolved: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + last_address_conflict + + + + + No + last_address_conflict + + + + + <br><b>Name Servers</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Time Servers</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Search Domains</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Ethernet</b><br> + + + + + Connection Method: %1<br> + + + + + Interface: %1<br> + + + + + Device Address: %1<br> + + + + + MTU: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>Wireless</b><br> + + + + + Security: %1<br> + + + + + Strength: %1<br> + + + + + Roaming: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + roaming + + + + + No + roaming + + + + + <br><b>VPN Provider</b><br> + + + + + Host: %1<br> + + + + + Domain: %1<br> + + + + + Name: %1<br> + + + + + Type: %1<br> + + + + + State: + + + + + Engaged + + + + + + + Disabled + + + + + Offline Mode + + + + + Yes + connected + + + + + No + connected + + + + + On + tethering + + + + + Off + tethering + + + + + Update resolution of the counters is based on a threshold of %L1 KB of data and %L2 seconds of time. + + + + + + Interface: %1 + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State, attempting to reestablish the connection + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State. + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Not Connected + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Error retrieving properties via Dbus + + + + + Connection status is unknown + + + + + Type: %1 + + + + + <br>Powered + + + + + On + + + + + Off + + + + + Not Connected + + + + + <br>Tethering + + + + + + Enabled + + + + + + Connection : %1 + + + + + Signal Strength: %1% + + + + + Favorite Connection + + + + + Never Connected + + + + + <br>Roaming + + + + + <br>Autoconnect is + + + + + Background Color for Fake Transparency + + + + + Could not find a connection to the system bus + + + + + + %1 - Critical Error + + + + + Unable to find a connection to the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman on the system bus + + + + + Unable to create an interface to connman on the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetProperties + + + + + + + %1 - Warning + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetProperties.<br><br>It is unlikely any portion of %1 will be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetTechnologies + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetTechnologies.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetServices + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetServices.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman-vpn on the system bus + + + + + [Hidden Wifi] + + + + + %1 version %2 by %3 has been detected on this system.<p>This server supports desktop Notification Specification version %4 + + + + + Attempt %1 of %2 looking for notification server. + + + + + Unable to connect to a notification server after %1 tries. + + + + + Colorize Icons + + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1</b></center> + + + + + <center>This program uses the <b>AwOken</b> icon set version 2.5<br><br>Released under the<br>Creative Commons<br>Attribution-Share Alike 3.0<br>Unported License<br><a href="url">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode</a> + + + + + On + powered + + + + + Off + powered + + + + + Security: %1 + + + + + %1 license is the MIT (Expat) license. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the connect button. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the disconnect button. + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 Properties</b></center> + + + + + WiFi Technologies:<br> %1 Found, %2 Powered + + + + + GEN_Editor + + + File save failed. + + + + + %L1 KB written + + + + + %L1 Bytes written + + + + + Critical + + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + IconManager + + + A new icon definition file will be installed to <b>%1</b> and a backup of the old definition file has been created as <b>%2</b> <p>If the original definition file was customized and you wish to retain those changes you will need to manually merge them into the new file. <p>If the original was never customized or you just wish to delete the backup now you may select <i>Discard</i> to delete the backup or <i>Save</i> to retain it. + + + + + Peditor + + + Property Editor + + + + + &General + + + + + AutoConnect + + + + + &Nameservers + + + + + &Domains + + + + + IPv&4 + + + + + + Address + + + + + Netmask + + + + + + Gateway + + + + + + + Method + + + + + IPv&6 + + + + + Prefix Length + + + + + Privacy + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>User configuration of Proxy settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Proxy + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Automatic proxy configuration URL. Used by the &quot;auto&quot; method.</p></body></html> + + + + + URL + + + + + &Timeservers + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked this service will auto-connect when no other connection is available. This is only available for services marked &quot;Favorite&quot;. </p><p>The service will not auto-connect while roaming.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured domain name servers. Some cellular networks don't provide correct name servers and this allows for an override.</p><p>This array is sorted by priority and the first entry in the list represents the nameserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration and no global nameservers are configured, then it is useful to configure this setting.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured time servers.</p><p>The first entry in the list represents the timeserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration this setting is useful to override all the other timeserver settings. This is service specific, hence only the values for the default service are used.</p><p>Changes to this property will result in restart of NTP query.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>List of manually configures search domains.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values of <span style=" font-weight:600;">dhcp</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span>, and <span style=" font-weight:600;">off</span>.</p><p>If <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span> is selected boxes for <span style=" font-weight:600;">Address</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">Netmask</span> and<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Gateway</span> will become visible.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941,</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The prefix length of the IPv6 connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values are &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;manual&quot;, and &quot;off&quot;</p></body></html> + + + + + Servers + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + Excludes + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. List of proxy URIs. The URI without a protocol will be interpreted as the generic proxy URI.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. A list of hosts which can be accessed directly.</p><p><br/></p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it. + + + + + + + &mDNS + + + + + Enable mDNS + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all entries on the current page.</p><p>This button will reset every field on the current page to the default value, which generally means nothing in the field.</p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Pa&ge + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all fields on every page of the dialog.</p><p>This will reset every field on every page to the default value for the field. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset &All + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept the entries, send them to Connman, and close the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + OK + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Close the dialog without sending any entries to Connman.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cancel + + + + + Provisioning + + + Provisioning Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Open + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + + + + + [global] + + + + + + Name + + + + + Description + + + + + [service_*] + + + + + Type + + + + + MAC + + + + + Nameservers + + + + + Timeservers + + + + + SearchDomains + + + + + Domain + + + + + SSID + + + + + EAP + + + + + CACertFile + + + + + ClientCertFile + + + + + PrivateKeyFile + + + + + PrivateKeyPassphrase + + + + + PrivateKeyPassphraseType + + + + + Identity + + + + + Phase2 + + + + + Passphrase + + + + + Security + + + + + Hidden + + + + + Eduroam (long) + + + + + Eduroam (short) + + + + + IPv4 + + + + + Set IPv4 to "off", "dhcp", or enter IPV4 address information + + + + + IPv6 + + + + + Set IPv6 to "off, "auto", or enter IPv6 address information + + + + + DeviceName + + + + + Interface name where this provisioning applies (ex: eth0) + + + + + mDNS + + + + + Set to true if mDNS domains can be resolved and the hostname registered. + + + + + AnonymousIdentity + + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP + + + + + SubjectMatch + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + AltSubjectMatch + + + + + Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + DomainSuffixMatch + + + + + A FQDN used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + DomainMatch + + + + + A FQDN used as a full match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + + EAP-PEAP + + + + + + EAP-TLS + + + + + + EAP-TTLS + + + + + IPv6.Privacy + + + + + ProvisioningEditor + + + Global + + + + + Service + + + + + WiFi + + + + + Templates + + + + + File Path to the CA Certificate File + + + + + File Path to the Client Certificate File + + + + + File path to the Client Private Key File + + + + + Key Files (*.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + MAC address. + + + + + SSID: hexadecimal representation of an 802.11 SSID + + + + + List of Nameservers + + + + + List of Timeservers + + + + + List of DNS Search Domains + + + + + Domain name to be used + + + + + Enter the string representation of an 802.11 SSID. + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server + + + + + List of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name. + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a full match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + Service type. + + + + + EAP type. + + + + + Private key passphrase type. + + + + + Network security type. + + + + + Hidden network + + + + + IPv6 Privacy + + + + + IPv4 Settings + + + + + IPv6 Settings + + + + + %1 - Item Input + + + + + Tag which will replace the * with<br>an identifier unique to the config file. + + + + + Enter the network name. + + + + + Enter a description of the network. + + + + + Password/Passphrase for the private key file. + + + + + Identity string for EAP. + + + + + RSN/WPA/WPA2 Passphrase + + + + + Phase 2 (inner authentication with TLS tunnel)<br>authentication method. + + + + + %1 - Text Input + + + + + IPv4 Address. <br><br>Enter the IPv4 network address in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + IPv6 Gateway .<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + + Information + + + + + IPv4 Gateway.<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + Critical + + + + + IPv6 Address + + + + + Enable mDNS + + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP. + + + + + The interface name in which to apply the provisioning (ex. eth0) + + + + + IPv4 Netmask. <br><br>The entry can be a mask length (example 24) or in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + %1 - Integer Input + + + + + Enter the IPv6 prefix length + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to load. + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + + + + + File deleted + + + + + Error encountered deleting. + + + + + File save failed. + + + + + %L1 KB written + + + + + %L1 Bytes written + + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + ScrollBox + + + Scrollbox + + + + + TextLabel + + + + + TranslateStrings + + + connman system tray + Main Window Title + + + + + cmst + Abbreviated Program Name - used for QMessageBox titles + + + + + idle + connman state string + + + + + association + connman state string + + + + + configuration + connman state string + + + + + ready + connman state string + + + + + online + connman state string + + + + + disconnect + connman state string + + + + + failure + connman state string + + + + + offline + connman state string + + + + + system + connman type string + + + + + ethernet + connman type string + + + + + wifi + connman type string + + + + + bluetooth + connman type string + + + + + cellular + connman type string + + + + + gps + connman type string + + + + + vpn + connman type string + + + + + gadget + connman type string + + + + + p2p + connman type string + + + + + wired + connman type string + + + + + direct + connman proxy string + + + + + manual + connman proxy string + + + + + auto + connman proxy string + + + + + psk + connman security string + + + + + ieee8021x + connman security string + + + + + none + connman security string + + + + + wep + connman security string + + + + + wps + connman security string + + + + + wps_advertising + connman security string + + + + + Invalid arguments + connman error string + + + + + Permission denied + connman error string + + + + + Passphrase required + connman error string + + + + + Not registered + connman error string + + + + + Not unique + connman error string + + + + + Not supported + connman error string + + + + + Not implemented + connman error string + + + + + Not found + connman error string + + + + + No carrier + connman error string + + + + + In progress + connman error string + + + + + Already exists + connman error string + + + + + Already enabled + connman error string + + + + + Already disabled + connman error string + + + + + Already connected + connman error string + + + + + Not connected + connman error string + + + + + Operation aborted + connman error string + + + + + Operation timeout + connman error string + + + + + Invalid service + connman error string + + + + + Invalid property + connman error string + + + + + disabled + connman privacy string + + + + + enabled + connman privacy string + + + + + prefered + connman privacy string - known misspelling but needed to avoid breaking code + + + + + preferred + connman privacy string + + + + + auto + connman ethernet connection method + + + + + manual + connman ethernet connection method + + + + + dhcp + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + manual + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + off + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + fixed + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + address + connamn ipv4 method string + + + + + auto + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + manual + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + 6to4 + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + off + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + openconnect + connman vpn connection type + + + + + openvpn + connman vpn connection type + + + + + vpnc + connman vpn connection type + + + + + l2tp + connman vpn connection type + + + + + pptp + connman vpn connection type + + + + + wireguard + connman vpn connection type + + + + + true + connman mdns setting + + + + + false + connman mdns setting + + + + auto + connamn ipv6 method string + Auto + + + manual + connamn ipv6 method string + Manual + + + off + connamn ipv6 method string + Off + + + + VPNAgent + + + VPN Agent Input + + + + + Username + + + + + Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Username for authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + Host + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>End point of this VPN link i.e., the VPN gateway we re trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Name + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The name of the VPN connection we are trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for decrypting PKCS#8/PKCS#12 client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + + + + + CA Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a path name for an additional Certificate of Authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Client Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a pkcs11 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cookie + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect cookie value that is used for authenticating the VPN session.</p></body></html> + + + + + Group + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication login group.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Client Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Password + + + + + Server Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect server hash used to identify the final server after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Host + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + Second Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Second factor password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Indicates that the second factor password is used for the selected authentication group.</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Second Password + + + + + Open VPN + + + + + Private Key Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Private key password used to decrypt the encrypted OpenVPN private key file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + + + + + Save Credentials + + + + + VPN_Create + + + Dialog + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Type</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select the type of VPN connection you wish to create.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + + + + + OpenVPN + + + + + VPNC + + + + + L2TP + + + + + PPTP + + + + + WireGuard + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Name</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A name for this connection. A name is mandatory but the name may be anything you wish and may contain spaces.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The VPN server address (example: 1.2.3.4). You may use CIDR notaton if the VPN service accepts it (example: 1.2.3.0/24). An entry in this field is mandatory.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Domain Name + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The domain name of the VPN connection (example: corporate.com). An entry in this field is optional.</p></body></html> + + + + + Networks + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Server Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + CA Certificate + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server after possible web authentication login, selection and redirection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>File containing other certificate authorities in addition to the ones in the system trust database.</p></body></html> + + + + + Server Certificate + + + + + VPN Host + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. </p><p>Only usable for extremely simple VPN configurations and should normally be set only via the VPN Agent.</p></body></html> + + + + + + MTU + + + + + Request MTU from server as the MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Do not advertise IPv6 capability to server + + + + + Disable IPv6 + + + + + + Disable DTLS + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Version 8.2.2.5 of the Cisco ASA software has a bug where it will forget the client's SSL certificate when HTTP connections are being re-used for multiple requests. So far, this has only been seen on the initial connection, where the server gives an HTTP/1.0 redirect response with an explicit Connection: Keep-Alive directive. OpenConnect as of v2.22 has an unconditional workaround for this, which is never to obey that directive after an HTTP/1.0 response. </p><p><br/></p><p>However, Cisco's support team has failed to give any competent response to the bug report and we don't know under what other circumstances their bug might manifest itself. So this option exists to disable ALL re-use of HTTP sessions and cause a new connection to be made for each request. If your server seems not to be recognising your certificate, try this option. If it makes a difference, please report this information to the openconnect-devel@lists.infradead.org mailing list.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Keep Alive + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Additional option to define if self signed server certificates are allowed. Not checked this value defaults to &quot;false&quot;. Affects the OpenConnect internal function only: --servercert is not added to startup parameters and receiving self signed cert from server terminates the connection if set as false (or omitted)</p></body></html> + + + + + Allow Self Signed Certificate + + + + + Read cookie from standard input + + + + + Cookie on stdin + + + + + Authentication Type + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Type of authentication used with OpenConnect. Applicable values are:</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie - </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">basic cookie based authentication.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie_with_userpass</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - the credentials are used to retrieve the connection cookie, which hides the username from commandline.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">userpass </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- username and password are used.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">publickey - r</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">equires CACert and UserPrivateKey to be set.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">pkcs</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - uses the PKCSClientCert and requests password input.</span></p><p><br/></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Defaults to &quot;cookie&quot;</span></p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + none specified + + + + + cookie + + + + + cookie_with_userpass + + + + + userpass + + + + + publickey + + + + + pkcs + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SSL private key file needed by beb authentication when AuthType is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Private Key + + + + + PKCS Client Certificate + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate and private key in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. Needed when AuthType is <span style=" font-weight:600;">pkcs</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set login usergroup on the remote server.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Group + + + + + Client Cerificate + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Client certificate file, needed by web authentication when authentication type is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This button will import an OpenVPN .opvn file. The .opvn file will be read, processed, and converted to a .conf file with the location of the resulting file entered into the Extra Config box below. The .conf file will be supplied as an argument to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--config</span> option in OpenVPN.</p></body></html> + + + + + Import OPVN File + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This will allow the creation of a User/Password file. You will be prompted to supply the OpenVPN user name and password for the VPN service. This file is used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option. The location of the file created will be automatically entered in the User/Password box below.</p></body></html> + + + + + Create User/Pass + + + + + User/Password File + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA Certificate</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's signed certificate in .pem format which must be signed by a certificate authority whose certificate is in --ca file.</p><p>Each peer in an OpenVPN link running in TLS mode should have its own certificate and private key file. In addition, each certificate should have been signed by the key of a certificate authority whose public key resides in the --ca certificate authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Signed Certificate</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Extra Config + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate authority (CA) file in .pem format, also referred to as the root certificate. This file can have multiple certificates in .pem format, concatenated together.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Location of a user/password file to be used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's private key in .pem format. Use the private key which was generated when you built your peer's certificate</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options not supported by the ConnMan OpenVPN plugin.</p><p>When an OpenVPN .opvn file is imported the contents of that are placed in the extra config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Certificate Password File + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>For the extremely security conscious, it is possible to protect your private key with a password. Location of the file containing the password is in this box. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Don't cache <span style=" font-weight:600;">--askpass</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> username names and passwords in virtual memory.</p></body></html> + + + + + Don't cache password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">DEPRECATED</span></p><p>Enable LZO compression algorithm. Compression is generally not recommended. VPN tunnels which use compression are suspectible to the VORALCE attack vector. Use LZO compression may add up to 1 byte per packet for incompressible data. mode may be yes, no, or adaptive (default).</p></body></html> + + + + + adaptive + + + + + yes + + + + + no + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This option is deprecated for server-client mode. Options <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers</span> or possibly -<span style=" font-weight:600;">-data-ciphers-fallback</span> should be used instead. Encrypt data channel packets with the specified cipher algorithm.</p><p>The default is BF-CBC, an abbreviation for Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP port number.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the protocol for communicating with remote host. The protocal can be <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp, tcp-client, or tcp-server.</span></p><p>You can also limit OpenVPN to use only IPv4 or only IPv6 by specifying the protocol as <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp4, tcp4-client, tcp4-server or udp6, tcp6-client, tcp6-server</span>, respectively. </p><p>The default protocol is udp when --proto is not specified.</p><p>For UDP operation, --proto udp should be specified on both peers.</p></body></html> + + + + + udp + + + + + udp4 + + + + + udp6 + + + + + tcp-client + + + + + tcp4-client + + + + + tcp6-client + + + + + tcp-server + + + + + tcp4-server + + + + + tcp6-server + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify which device type are we using. Device-type should be tun (OSI Layer 3) or tap (OSI Layer 2).</p><p>Only use this option if the TUN/TAP device used with <span style=" font-weight:600;">--dev</span> does not begin with tun or tap.</p></body></html> + + + + + + tun + + + + + + tap + + + + + Protocol + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + server + + + + + + client + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authenticate data channel packets and (if enabled) tls-auth control channel packets with HMAC using the specified message digest algorithm. (The default is SHA1 ).</p><p>HMAC is a commonly used message authentication algorithm (MAC) that uses a data string, a secure hash algorithm and a key to produce a digital signature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Remote Certificate TLS + + + + + NS Certificate Type + + + + + Fast LZO Compression + + + + + Port + + + + + Cipher + + + + + Authenticate HMAC + + + + + Device Type + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require that peer certificate was signed with an explicit key usage and extended key usage based on RFC3280 TLS rules.</p><p>This is a useful security option for clients to ensure that the host they connect to is a designated server. Or the other way around; for a server to verify that only hosts with a client certificate can connect.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set the tunnel MTU.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Password + + + + + Group Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group password in cleartext.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Group User Name</span></p></body></html> + + + + + User Name + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth username.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group username.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth password in clear text.</p></body></html> + + + + + Domain + + + + + Application Version to report. Note: Default string is generated at runtime. +Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux + + + + + Application Version + + + + + (NT-) Domain name for authentication + + + + + Diffie-Hellman Group + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication mode: </p><p>psk: pre-shared key (default)</p><p>cert: server + client certificate (not implemented yet) </p><p>hybrid: server certificate + xauth (if built with openssl support)</p><p><br/>Default: psk</p></body></html> + + + + none selected + None Selected + + + + psk + + + + + cert + + + + + hybrid + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Diffie-Hellman group to use for Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).</p></body></html> + + + + + nopfs + + + + + + dh1 + + + + + + dh2 + + + + + + dh5 + + + + + + UDP Port + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local ISAKMP port number to use (0 == use random port).</p><p>Default: 500</p></body></html> + + + + + Local Port + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local UDP port number to use (0 == use random port). This is only relevant if cisco-udp nat-traversal is used. This is the _local_ port, the remote udp port is discovered automatically. It is especially not the cisco-tcp port.</p><p>Default: 10000</p></body></html> + + + + + IKE Authentication Mode + + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group + + + + + IKE DH Group + + + + + Vendor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Vendor of your IPSec gateway.</p><p>Default: cisco</p></body></html> + + + + + cisco + + + + + netscreen + + + + + Nat Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Which NAT-Traversal Method to use:</p><p>natt -- NAT-T as defined in RFC3947</p><p>none -- disable use of any NAT-T method </p><p>force-natt -- always use NAT-T encapsulation even without presence of a NAT device (useful if the OS captures all ESP traffic)</p><p>cisco-udp -- Cisco proprietary UDP encapsulation, commonly over Port 10000 Note: cisco-tcp encapsulation is not yet supported </p><p>Default: natt</p></body></html> + + + + + none + + + + + natt + + + + + force-natt + + + + + cisco-udp + + + + + DPD Idle + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for <span style=" font-style:italic;">idle</span> seconds. Use 0 to disable DPD completely (both ways). </p><p>Default: 600</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Mode of TUN/TAP interface:</p><p>tun: virtual point to point interface (default) </p><p>tap: virtual ethernet interface</p><p>Default: tun</p></body></html> + + + + + Enables weak single DES encryption + + + + + Single DES + + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic (key exchanged must be encrypted) + + + + + No Encrypton + + + + + L2TP Options + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Password: + + + + + + User: + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank the password will be asked from the user by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + Authentication File + + + + + Specify where to find the authentication file used to authenticate l2tp tunnels. The default is /etc/xl2tpd/l2tp-secrets + + + + + BPS + + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + + + + + Default Route + + + + + TX BPS + + + + + If set, the transmit bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + + Listen Address + + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. By default, it listens on INADDR_ANY (0.0.0.0), meaning it listens on all interfaces. + + + + + RX BPS + + + + + If set, the receive bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + Specify which UDP port xl2tpd should use. The default is 1701. + + + + + Tunnel RWS + + + + + This defines the window size of the control channel. The window size is defined as the number of outstanding unacknowledged packets, not as a number of bytes. + + + + + If checked xl2tpd will attempt to redial if the call get disconnected. Note that, if enabled, xl2tpd will keep passwords in memory: a potential security risk. + + + + + Redial + + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + Require PAP + + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking. When this is enabled, packets received by xl2tpd should have to extra fields (refme and refhim) which allows tracking of multiple clients using the same internal NATed IP address, and allows tracking of multiple clients behind the same NAT router. This needs to be supported by the kernel. Currently, this only works with Openswan KLIPS in "mast" mode. (see http://www.openswan.org/) + + + + + IPsec Security Association + + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + + Require CHAP + + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself. + + + + + Require Authentication + + + + + If checked the length bit present in the l2tp packet payload will be used. + + + + + + Use Length Bit + + + + + When checked use challenge authentication to authenticate peer. + + + + + Challenge Authentication + + + + + If checked sequence numbers will be included in the communication. The feature to use sequence numbers in sessions is currently broken and does not function. + + + + + Flow Bit + + + + + If checked the xl2tpd process will only accept connections from peers addresses specified in the following sections. The default is no. + + + + + Access Control + + + + + If checked only one control tunnel will be allowed to be built between 2 peers. + + + + + Exclusive + + + + + Wait X seconds before redial. The redial option must be set to yes to use this option. Defaults to 30 seconds. + + + + + Redial Timeout + + + + + Maximum Redials + + + + + Will give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + PPTP Options + + + + + Disable Address Control Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables Deflate compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the Deflate scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Deflate Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the transmit and the receive direction.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson Compression + + + + + Disable protocol field compression negotiation in both the receive and the transmit direction. + + + + + Disable Protocol Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables BSD-Compress compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the BSD-Compress scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable BSD Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enables connection debugging facilities. If this option is given, pppd will log the contents of all control packets sent or received in a readable form. The packets are logged through syslog with facility daemon and level debug. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Debug + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 40-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE40 + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 128-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE128 + + + + + + With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using EAP. + + + + + + Refuse EAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using PAP</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse PAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse CHAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAPv2.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP 2 + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE (Microsoft Point to Point Encryption). This option disables all other compression types. This option enables both 40-bit and 128-bit encryption. In order for MPPE to successfully come up, you must have authenticated with either MS-CHAP or MS-CHAPv2. This option is presently only supported under Linux, and only if your kernel has been configured to include MPPE support.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first. The default is to disallow stateful mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Allow MPPE Stateful Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will presume the peer to be dead if n LCP echo-requests are sent without receiving a valid LCP echo-reply. If this happens, pppd will terminate the connection. Use of this option requires a non-zero value for the lcp-echo-interval parameter. This option can be used to enable pppd to terminate after the physical connection has been broken (e.g., the modem has hung up) in situations where no hardware modem control lines are available.</p></body></html> + + + + + Dead Peer Check Interval + + + + + Dead Peer Check Count + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. Normally the peer should respond to the echo-request by sending an echo-reply. This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect that the peer is no longer connected.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Allowed IP's</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 preshared key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genpsk</span>.</p><p>Optional, and may be omitted. This option adds an additional layer of symmetric-key cryptography to be mixed into the already existing public-key cryptography, for post-quantum resistance.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A list of nameservers separated by comma.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A comma-separated list of IP (v4 or v6) addresses with CIDR masks from which this peer is allowed to send incoming traffic and to which outgoing traffic for this peer is directed.</p><p>The catch-all 0.0.0.0/0 may be specified for matching all IPv4 addresses, and ::/0 may be specified for matching all IPv6 addresses.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Public Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Internal IP Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal IP address. Format is local/netmask/peer.</p><p>Example 10.2.0.2/24</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 private key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genkey.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 public key calculated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg pubkey</span> from a private key, and usually transmitted out of band to the author of the configuration file.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Preshared Key + + + + + Name Servers + + + + + Local Listen Port + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Open Sans','Helvetica','Helvetica Neue','Arial'; font-size:14px; color:#535353; background-color:#fefefe;">A 16-bit port for listening. Optional; if not specified, automatically generated based on interface name.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Endpoint Port + + + + + Endpoint listen port number. + + + + + Keep Alive + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A seconds interval, between 10 and 3600 inclusive, of how often to send an empty UDP packet to the peer for the purpose of keeping a stateful firewall or NAT mapping valid persistently. For example, if the interface very rarely sends traffic, but it might at anytime receive traffic from a peer, and it is behind NAT, the interface might benefit from having a persistent keepalive interval of 25 seconds. If set to 0 or &quot;off&quot;, this option is disabled. By default or when unspecified, this option is off.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Items shown in </span><span style=" font-size:8pt; color:#aa0000;">red</span><span style=" font-size:8pt;"> are mandatory and must be provided to create a VPN connection</span></p></body></html> + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select the file containing other Certificate Authorities + + + + + Select the file containing the Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the PKCS Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Certificate Authority + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Signed Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Private Key + + + + + Select the file containing extra OpenVPN options + + + + + Select the file containing the User and Password credentials + + + + + Select the file containing the password to unlock the private key + + + + + Select the L2TP Authority file + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + All Files (*.*) + + + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Config files (*.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + User/Pass Files (*.up) + + + + + Select the configuration file to import + + + + + OpenVPN Configurations (*.ovpn *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + + Base Name + + + + + Please enter a name for the connection to be created from the imported .opvn file + + + + + Keep --auth-user-pass + + + + + The conf file will contain the <b>auth-user-pass</b> entry which will require prompts sent to stdout and a reply on stdin. This cannot be handled by Connman nor by CMST.<p>If this entry is removed you will need to create a "user:pass" file in order to have Connman make the VPN connection. In the next step you will be asked if you want to create this file and you will prompted for the user name and password.<p><b>Do you wish to remove this entry?</b> + + + + + Create User:Password File + + + + + Do you wish to create a user:password file for this connection? + + + + + Unable to write conf file <b>%1</b> + + + + + Unable to read <b>%1</b> - Aborting the import + + + + + OpenVPN import is complete. + + + + + Please enter a name for the user/pass file + + + + + User + + + + + Enter the user name for this connection. + + + + + Password + + + + + Enter the password for this connection. + + + + + Unable to write user:password file <b>%1</b> + + + + + VPN_Editor + + + Global + + + + + OpenConnect + + + + + OpenVPN + + + + + VPNC + + + + + L2TP + + + + + PPTP + + + + + All Files (*.*) + + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + User:Pass Files (*.up *.txt *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + WireGuard + + + + + CA Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Config Files (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + VPN server IP address (ex: 1.2.3.4) + + + + + Domain Name for the VPN Service + + + + + Networks behind the VPN link, if more than one separate by a comma. +Format is network/netmask/gateway, and gateway can be omitted. +Ex: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:db8::1/16 + +Networks = entry is optional and may be left blank. + + + + + %1 - Item Input + + + + + %1 - Verify Option + + + + + User defined name for the VPN + + + + + Network address in the form address/netmask/peer. +Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 + + + + + %1 - Text Input + + + + + + Information + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to load. + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + + + + + File deleted + + + + + Error encountered deleting. + + + + + File save failed. + + + + + %L1 KB written + + + + + %L1 Bytes written + + + + + Critical + + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + VPN_Prov + + + VPN Provisioning Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Open + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + + + + + Name of the network. + + + + + Description of the network. + + + + + PPTP User Name. + + + + + PPTP Password. + + + + + Set the maximum number of LCP configure-NAKs returned +before starting to send configure-Rejects (default is 10). + + + + + Send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. + This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect +that the peer is no longer connected. + + + + + Debug level. + + + + + Deny EAP authorization? + + + + + Deny PAP authorization? + + + + + Deny CHAP authorization? + + + + + Deny MSCHAP authorization? + + + + + Deny MSCHAPV2 authorization? + + + + + Disables BSD compression? + + + + + Disable deflate compression? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 40 bit? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 128 bit? + + + + + + Allow MPPE to use stateful mode? + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson compression? + + + + + L2TP User Name. + + + + + L2TP Password. + + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + + + + + Maximum transmit bandwidth to use. + + + + + Maximum receive bandwidth to use. + + + + + Use length bit? + + + + + Use challenge authentication? + + + + + Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gatewa? + + + + + Sequence numbers included in the communication? + + + + + The window size of the control channel (number of unacknowledged packets, not bytes) + + + + + Use only one control channel? + + + + + Redial if disconnected? + + + + + Wait n seconds before redial. + + + + + Give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself? + + + + + Only accept connections from specified peer addresses? + + + + + Authentication file location. + + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. + + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking? + + + + + Specify which UDP port should be used. + + + + + Disable protocol compression? + + + + + Disable address/control compression? + + + + + Your Group username. + + + + + Your group password (cleartext). + + + + + Your username. + + + + + Your password (cleartext). + + + + + IKE authentication mode. + + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group. + + + + + Domain name for authentication. + + + + + Vendor of your IPSec gateway. + + + + + Local ISAKMP port to use. + + + + + Local UDP port number to use. + + + + + Application version to report. + + + + + NAT-Traversal method to employ. + + + + + Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for n seconds + + + + + Enable single DES encryption. + + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic. + + + + + Certificate authority file. + + + + + File containing peer's signed certificate. + + + + + File containing local peer's private key. + + + + + File containing the user:password credentials. + + + + + Provider WireGuard + + + + + Provider Wire Guard + + + + + VPNC.DeviceType + + + + + Wheher the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + WireGuard.Address + + + + + Internal IP Address + + + + + WireGuard.ListPort + + + + + Local listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.DNS + + + + + List of name servers (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PrivateKey + + + + + Private key of the interface. + + + + + WireGuard.PublicKey + + + + + Public key of peer. + + + + + WireGuard.PresharedKey + + + + + Preshared key of peer (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.AllowedIPs + + + + + See cryptokey routing. + + + + + WireGuard.EndpointPort + + + + + Endpoint listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive + + + + + Keep alive in seconds (optional). + + + + + OpenVPN.DeviceType + + + + + Whether the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert + + + + + Define if self signed server certificates are allowed. + + + + + OpenConnect.AuthType + + + + + Type of authentication used. + + + + + OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 + + + + + Do not ask for IPv6 connectivity. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoDTLS + + + + + Disable DTLS and ESP. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive + + + + + Disable HTTP connection re-use. + + + + + OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert + + + + + Certificate and privatekey in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. + + + + + OpenConnect.Usergroup + + + + + Set login usergroup on remote server. + + + + + OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey + + + + + SSL private key file needed by web authentication. + + + + + MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + DH group to use for perfect forward secrecy. + + + + + Peer certificate type (server/client). + + + + + Protocol type (udp/tcp-client/tcp-server). + + + + + TCP/UDP port number. + + + + + Get certificate password from console or file? + + + + + Don't cache --askpass or --auth-user-pass values? + + + + + Encrypt packets with cipher algorithm: + + + + + Authenticate packets using algorithm: + + + + + Use fast LZO compression (yes/no/adaptive). + + + + + Require peer certificate signed (client/server). + + + + + OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options. + + + + + SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server. + + + + + File containing other certificate authorities. + + + + + Client certificate file, if needed for web authentication. + + + + + Request MTU from server to use as MTU of tunnel? + + + + + Read cookie from standard input? + + + + + The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. + + + + + main.cpp + + + Another running instance of CMST has been detected. This instance is aborting + + + + + Bypass restoring the window state if restoring window state is specified in the settings file. + + + + + Bypass restoring any start options in the settings file. + + + + + Disable the system tray icon. May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification. + + + + + Connman System Tray. + + + + + [Experimental] Enable data counters. + + + + + Use an icon theme from your system. + + + + + Icon Theme Name + + + + + Scale program artwork for high DPI monitors. + + + + + Icon Scale1 + + + + + Log the connman inputRequest for debugging purposes. + + + + + Start the GUI minimized in the system tray. + + + + + Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface. + + + + + Disable VPN support. + + + + + Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon. + + + + + + seconds + + + + + [Experimental] The number of kb that have to be transmitted before the counter updates. + + + + + KB + + + + + [Experimental] The interval in seconds between counter updates. + + + + + If tray icon fake transparency is required, specify the background color to use (format: 0xRRGGBB) + + + + + RRGGBB + + + + + Use XFCE specific code. + + + + + Use MATE DE specific code. + + + + + processReply + + + Warning + + + + + <center><b>We received a DBUS reply message indicating an error.</b></center><br><br>Error Name: %1<br><br>Error Message: %2 + + + + diff --git a/translations/cmst_hu_HU.ts b/translations/cmst_hu_HU.ts index 256016ee..655a1a77 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_hu_HU.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_hu_HU.ts @@ -6286,7 +6286,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - KB + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_it_IT.ts b/translations/cmst_it_IT.ts index 5f073e72..fe2c7b56 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_it_IT.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_it_IT.ts @@ -6275,7 +6275,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_ka.ts b/translations/cmst_ka.ts new file mode 100644 index 00000000..458f0ca2 --- /dev/null +++ b/translations/cmst_ka.ts @@ -0,0 +1,6315 @@ + + + + + Agent + + + Agent Input + აგენტის შეყვანა + + + + Passphrase + საკვანძო სიტყვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If an old passphrase is available it will be shown here for reference.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the passphrase here.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>აკრიფეთ თქვენი საკვანძო ფრაზა აქ.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check this box to obscure the password characters.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Hide Passphrase + &საკვანძო ფრაზის დამალვა + + + + O&ld Passphrase + ძვე&ლი საკვანძო ფრაზა + + + + &Passphrase + საკვანძო ფრა&ზა + + + + Hidden Network + დამალული ქსელი + + + + &Name + &სახელი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Service Set Identifier + სერვისის იდენტიფიკატორი + + + + &SSID + &SSID + + + + Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) + + + + + &Username + &მომხმარებლის სახელი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr username.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr-ის მომხმარებლის სახელი.</p></body></html> + + + + Passwor&d + &პაროლი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr password.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr-ის პაროლი.</p></body></html> + + + + Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) + გაფათოებული ავთენტიკაციის პროტოკოლი (EAP) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type your Identity for the Extensible Authentication Protocol</p></body></html> + + + + + &Identity + &იდენტიფიკაცია + + + + WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) + WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked use WPS push button authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + Use Push &Button Authentication + ღილაკზე დაჭერით ავთენტიკაციის გამოყენე&ბა + + + + &WPS Pin + &WPS-ის PIN-კოდი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter a WPS pin.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>შეიყვანეთ WPS-ის PIN-კოდი.</p></body></html> + + + + Browser Login Requested + მოთხოვნილია ბრაუზერით შესვლა + + + + Choose or enter a browser: + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan is requesting that you open a web browser to complete the login process.</p><p>We have scanned your PATH for browsers and any browsers found are shown in the list below. You may select any one browser to use it for the login. If your web browser is not shown in the list you may enter it directly in the<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Choose or enter a browser box</span>.</p><p>To launch the browser click the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Launch Browser</span> button. </p><p>If you wish to login manually close this dialog, start your web browser and proceed to the URL shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Login URL</span> box.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Brave Browser Users:</span> Note that Brave does not seem to accept a URL to start with. After the browser starts you will need to enter the URL manually. </p></body></html> + + + + + Login URL: + შესვლის URL: + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman is requesting you continue login with a web browser. This box shows the URL that contains the login page.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body></html> + Removed double space + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body><html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to launch the selected browser. The browser will open at the page shown in the Login URL box.</p></body></html> + + + + + Launch &Browser + &ბრაუზერის გაშვება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>რა არის ეს</p></body></html> + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>დაკავშირების პროცესის გაგრძელება.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + &დიახ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>დაკავშირების პროცესის გაუქმება.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + &გაუქმება + + + + AgentDialog + + + Information + ინფორმაცია + + + + You have requested the %1 browser, but we cannot find a terminal program to open it with. Currenty we can start %1 using these terminals: <b>roxterm</b> and <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>To continue you need to manually open a terminal and then enter: "%1 %2" + + + + + ConnmanAgent + + + Connman Error + Connman-ის შეცდომა + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + + + + + Agent Request Failed + აგენტის მოთხოვნა ჩავარდა + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + + + + + ConnmanCounter + + + + %L1 Bytes + %L1 ბაიტი + + + + + %L1 KB + %L1 კბ + + + + + %L1 MB + %L1 მბ + + + + + %L1 GB + %L1 გბ + + + + <b>Transmit:</b><br>TX Total: %1 (%2), TX Errors: %3, TX Dropped: %4 + + + + + + + + + + %Ln Packet(s) + + %Ln პაკეტი + %Ln პაკეტი + + + + + <br><br><b>Received:</b><br>RX Total: %1 (%2), RX Errors: %3, RX Dropped: %4 + + + + + <br><br><b>Connect Time:</b><br> + <br><br><b>მიერთების დრო:</b><br> + + + + %n Day(s) + + %n დღე + %n დღე + + + + + %n Hour(s) + + %n საათი + %n საათი + + + + + %n Minute(s) + + %n წუთი + %n წუთი + + + + + %n Second(s) + + %n წამი + %n წამი + + + + + ConnmanVPNAgent + + + Connman Error + Connman-ის შეცდომა + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + + + + + Agent Request Failed + აგენტის მოთხოვნა ჩავარდა + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + + + + + ControlBox + + + Dialog + ფანჯარა + + + + &Status + &სტატუსი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This checkbox controls the global setting for switching all radios on or off. When checked all radios are powered down.</p><p>When the system is In offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + + All Devices &Off + ყველა მ&ოწყობილობის გამორთვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">OfflineMode</span></p><p>The offline mode indicates the global setting for switching all radios on or off. Changing offline mode to true results in powering down all devices. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device decides to switch the radio back on or not. </p><p>During offline mode, it is still possible to switch certain technologies manually back on. For example the limited usage of WiFi or Bluetooth devices might be allowed in some situations.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + Global Properties + გლობალური თვისებები + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global setting for switching all radios on or off. When offline mode is engaged all radios are powered down.</p><p>While in offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + + OfflineMode: Unavailable + გათიშული რეჟიმი: ხელმისაწვდომი არაა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global connection state of the system. Possible values are &quot;offline&quot;, &quot;idle&quot;, &quot;ready&quot;, and &quot;online&quot;. </p></body></html> + + + + + State: Unavailable + მდგომარეობა: ხელმიუწვდომელია + + + + + Technologies + ტექნოლოგიები + + + + + + + Name + სახელი + + + + + + Type + ტიპი + + + + Powered + ჩართულია + + + + + + Connected + მიერთებულია + + + + Tethering + ტეზერინგი + + + + + Resc&an + თავიდან სკ&ანირება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This box lists all services that connman can connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Services + სერვისები + + + + + State + შტატი + + + + + Connection + კავშირი + + + + + Move Before + გადატანა სადამდე + + + + + Move After + გადატანა რის შემდეგ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked hide the connection name in the Services box.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Less + &ნაკლები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Details + &დეტალები + + + + Ser&vice + სერ&ვისი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this Combobox to select the service for which you wish to view the detailed information.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Configuration + კონფიგურაცია + + + + &Wireless + &უსადენო + + + + Wireless Services + უსადენო სერვისები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Connect + მიერთება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disconnect + გათიშვა + + + + + Remove + წაშლა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This label shows the number of WiFi technologies (devices) that were found, and the number that are powered on. There must be at least one WiFi technology found and powered in order for the box below to show services.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off go to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologies</span> box in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> tab and double click on the text that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p></body></html> + + + + + Wifi State + Wifi-ის მდგომარეობა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will implement an internet kill switch for VPN connections. If a VPN connection drops while the kill switch is enabled all technologies will be powered off.</p><p>The way this works is the service order is monitored. If the topmost service is of type VPN and then if it changes to something other than VPN and if the change was not initiated by the user (for instance by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Disconnect</span> button in the VPN tab), then CMST will cycle through all technologies powering each one down in turn. </p></body></html> + + + + + Enable VPN Internet Kill Switch + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the Start Up Options in the right hand pane will be enabled. Start up options set in this pane will be read and used next time the program starts. Start up options are also available as command line switches and an option provided on the command line will take precedence over an option set in the right hand pane. The options in this pane are provided as a convienence to avoid the necessity of editing a systemd service or other start up file. </p><p>Settings are stored in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Start Options from GUI (right hand pane) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>These entries control various options for CMST at program start. Changing or setting these will only take effect at the next program start. </p><p>All of these options are available from the command line, and if a command line option is provided it will take precedence over these settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + Start Up Options + გაშვების მორგება + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Start the GUI minimized in the system tray.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--counter-update-rate</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + + Counter Update Rate + მთვლელების განახლების სიხშირე + + + + External Programs + გარე პროგრამები + + + + Aw&Oken + &მღვიძარე + + + + A&rtwork + გ&რაფიკული მასალები + + + + Rescan + თავიდან სკანირება + + + + Offline Mode + ქსელგარეშე რეჟიმი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + + Favorite + რჩეული + + + + Security + უსაფრთხოება + + + + Signal Strength + სიგნალის სიძლიერე + + + + &Counters + მთ&ვლელები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The service being monitored by the counters.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Service: + სერვისი: + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection that is not marked roaming. </p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + Home + Home + + + + + Counter not available. + მთვლელი ხელმისაწვდომი არაა. + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection marked &quot;roaming&quot;.</p><p>In the case of cellular services this normally indicates connections to a foreign provider.</p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + Roaming + როუმინგი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counter Settings</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>მთვლელის მორგება</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The threshold values for counter updates (counter resolution). Data and time work together to define how often the fields are updated.</p></body></html> + + + + + Settings: + მორგება: + + + + &Preferences + &გამართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'monospace';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">-c</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Enable Connman RX and TX counters. Counters are experimental in Connman and enabling them will write a large amount of data to the system logs.</p><p>Counters are turned off by default, and is a change from the way it was originally. Up to and including version 2017.09.19 counters were enabled by default. All versions subsequent to that counters are disabled by default.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Counters + მთვლელების ჩართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Disable VPN. This will hide the VPN tab and will also skip trying to make a connection to connman-vpn. The later is useful if your Connman was built with the --disable-vpn feature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable VPN + VPN-ის გათიშვა + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-M</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Minimized + ჩაკეცილად გამორთვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the interface are in this box.</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface + ინტერფეისი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the display of tooltips will be enabled for the interface widgets.</p><p>Tooltips are the small popups that appear when you hover the mouse pointer over an area of the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + Enable ToolTips (Interface) + მინიშნებების ჩართვა (ინტერფეისი) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Normally counters are cumulative and will retain the connect time and the TX and RX counts between boots. </p><p>When this box is checked the counters will reset to zero every time CMST is started, and if CMST is running everytime a Connman service is started. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Counters + მთვლელების ჩამოყრა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked additional controls for advanced users are displayed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Advanced Controls + დამატებითი მართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Disable the system tray icon.</p><p>May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disabled because currently Connman will accept this option but will do nothing with it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman will accept this entry, but according to a comment in the Connman code the actual feature still needs to be implemented and the selection is therefore disabled.</p></body></html> + + + + + Counter Update KB + მთვლელების განახლება კბ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + + + + + Start Minimized + ჩაკეცილად გაშვება + + + + Wait Time + მოლოდინის დრო + + + + Disable Tray Icon + სისტემის კუთხის ხატულას გამორთვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the state of the GUI will be restored from settings saved on disk. Settings include the geometry and position of the dialog and the current tab. </p><p>These settings will be used at next boot to restore the user interface to the way it was at shutdown.</p><p>The settings file is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Retain State + მდგომარეობის შენარჩუნება + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Use an icon theme from your system. You may specify the theme in the box at the right, or if the box is left blank CMST will try and use the system wide icon theme (if one is defined).</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Icon Theme + ხატულას თემის გამოყენება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to remove the service. </p><p>If a service has previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) this button will remove the Favorite property. The service will also be disconnected if it is currently connected. If the service required a passphrase then the passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>If a connection attempt failed this can slso be used to reset the service.</p></body></html> + + + + + &VPN + &VPN + + + + VPN Services + VPN-ის სერვისები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + Host + ჰოსტი + + + + Fake Transparency + ცრუ გამჭვირვალობა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the system tray are in this box.</p></body></html> + + + + + System Tray + სისტემს კუთხე + + + + Hide Tray Icon + სისტემურ კუთხეში ხატულას დამალვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray icon will popup a status message when you hover the mouse over it.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable System Tray Popups + სისტემურ კუთხეში მხტუნარების ჩართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + + System Tray Notifications + გაფრთხილებები სისტემურ კუთხეში + + + + Notifications + გაფრთხილებები + + + + Notification Daemon + გაფრთხილებების დემონი + + + + Server Status + სერვერის სტატუსი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman refers to hardware devices as technologies. This box will display information about all known technologies.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off click on the button that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p><p>To tether a technology click the button in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> column to on. When tethering is enabled the default service is bridged to all clients connected through the tethered technology. If the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> columns are not shown clear the check in <span style=" font-weight:600;">Less</span> checkbox below this window.</p><p>Note that by default wired connections cannot be tethered. This behavior can be overwritten in the connman.conf file. </p></body></html> + + + + + ID:Password + ID:პაროლი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>To edit the ID and Password of a tethered WiFi device click this button.</p><p>The ID and Password are what clients will have to enter to connect to the ad-hoc network. This is only valid for WiFi connections</p></body></html> + + + + + ID:Pass + ID:Pass + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked the tethering columns will be hidden.</p></body></html> + + + + + Less + ნაკლები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service before another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service after another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + + Program Control + პროგრამის მართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will place an entry in the autostart directory for the current user, unchecking will remove said entry. This directory is typically: <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>CMST only add or remove the .desktop file from the autostart directory. Autostarting is typically dependent upon your Desktop Environment and must be enabled from there.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Autostart + ავტოგაშვების ჩართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If a Connman service falls into the &quot;Failed&quot; state it will normally remain in that state.</p><p>If this box is checked CMST will try to automatically reconnect a WiFi service that enters the &quot;Failed&quot; state. </p></body></html> + + + + + Retry Failed Connection + ჩავარდნილი კავშირის თავიდან ცდა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Color in #RGB format to colorize the internal icons with.</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Edit + ჩასწორება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line. This will also clear any selections in the table below.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Create + შექმნა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal icons can be colorized. You may select a color using the button to the left, or you may type in the #RGB color yourself.</p><p>If you type the entry it must have leading # sign. Example: #22aa44 </p></body></html> + + + + + Colorize + გაფერადება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + Hide Tray Icon Unless Needed + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the CMST icon will be hidden in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Scale icons and other artwork in CMST. For High DPI moitors it may be necessary to specify a scale factor on icons and other artwork in CMST. Default scale is 1.0. You may override the default using this option. </p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0.</p></body></html> + + + + + Icon Scale Factor + ხატულას მასშტაბის კოეფიციენტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Icon scale factor. If the box is disabled by clearing the checkbox at the left the value contained in this field will be ignored.</p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0. Default value is 1.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p><p>If CMST is started and tries to create a tray icon before the system tray itself is created the proram will not be able to start minimized. This sometimes happens when the program is started automatically. If you know the tray will exist once the system is up you may specify a wait time and CMST will wait that number of seconds before trying to create the tray icon. This is to give the window manager or panel time to create the tray before we try to place the icon there.</p><p>If you plan to start with the main dialog shown on screen there is no reason to use this option. This is only intended to be used for starting minimized.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line. Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Two events are checked. <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connecting</span> events are called after the Connect button is pressed in either the Wireless or VPN tabs. The program or process in the Execute box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the service shown in the Service box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connecting</span> box will be called after Connman enters the ready or online state.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This area is to specify a program or process to run after a wifi or vpn service button is pressed, but before the connect method is sent to ConnMan. This is mainly used to modify a .cmst.config file which seems useful to modify certain short lived entries for openConnect vpn connections.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Execute</span> box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the single service shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span> box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service. If a .cmst.config file is to be modified a check must in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> box and the path and name of the file to be modified must be provided.</p><p>To modify a .cmst.config file CMST will read stdout of the program or process being called. Program output should be individual lines in KEY=VALUE format. If KEY exists in the .cmst.config file it will be replaced by the new VALUE. If KEY does not exist it will be appended. </p></body></html> + + + + + Before Connecting + მიერთებამდე + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter the program or process to be executed before Connman initiates a connection to the service listed in the box above. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Execute: + გაშვება: + + + + Specify the service you are connecting to where you want a program or process to execute prior to initiating the connection. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> + + + + + Modify Service File + სერვისის ფაილის შეცვლა + + + + Service configuration file to be modified by the program. + + + + + FIle: + ფაილი: + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the program or process to be executed after Connman enters the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> state. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + + After Connecting + მიერთების შემდეგ + + + + &Help + &დახმარება + + + + &About + &შესახებ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + C&MST + C&MST + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the Icon set used in this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the QT toolkit used to develop this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + &QT + &QT + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the program license.</p></body></html> + + + + + &License + &ლიცენზია + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the change log of the program.</p></body></html> + + + + + ChangeLo&g + ცვლილებების &ჟურნალი + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Help</span></p><p>Program help is mainly provided by the &quot;What's This&quot; button in the lower left corner. Press the button and then click on an item you are interested in. &quot;What's This&quot; is also available via context menu by right clicking on a button, box or text area.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>რა არის ეს</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to find information about an element in the GUI by entering &quot;What's This&quot; mode. </p><p>You may also right click on an element to show the &quot;What's This&quot; text for it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + Provisioning Editor + სამუშაოდ მომზადების რედაქტორი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the VPN provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files for VPN connections.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman-vpn which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Editor + VPN-ის რედაქტორი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the program and remove the system tray icon. Connman will still be running as a daemon but will not be managed by this program.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + &გამოსვლა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Minimize the dialog. If you have the system tray Icon shown this dialog may be restored by right clicking on the tray icon. If the tray icon is hidden minimize will not be active.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Mi&nimize + &ჩაკეცვა + + + + IDPass + IDPass + + + + Set ID and Password for tethered wifi + + + + + Ma&ximize + &აკეცვა + + + + &Exit + &გასვლა + + + + About %1 + %1-ის შესახებ + + + + Service Details + სერვისის დეტალები + + + + WiFi Connections + WiFi კავშირები + + + + VPN Connections + VPN კავშირები + + + + About AwOken + AwOken-ის შესახებ + + + + <center>This program uses artwork from <b>Freepik</b> obtained from www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Released under the Flaticon Basic License<br><br><b>Artwork files:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> + + + + + License + ლიცენზია + + + + %1 change log is not available. + + + + + ChangeLog + ცვლილებების ჟურნალი + + + + + Cancel + გაუქმება + + + + + <b>Service:</b> %1 + <b>სერვისი:</b> %1 + + + + Unable to determine service + სერვისის განსაზღვრა შეუძლებელია + + + + + + + No Services Selected + სერვისები არჩეული არაა + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the remove button. + + + + + Offline Mode Engaged + ქსელგარეშე რეჟიმი ჩაირთო + + + + Offline Mode Disabled + ინტერნეტგარეშე მუშაობის რეჟიმი გაითიშა + + + + Network Services: + ქსელის სერვისები: + + + + Service Error: %1 + სერვისის შეცდომა: %1 + + + + + Object Path: %1 + ობიექტის ბილიკი: %1 + + + + VPN Engaged + VPN ჩართულია + + + + VPN Disengaged + VPN გამორთულია + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WiFi AP SSID that clients will<br>have to join in order to gain internet connectivity. + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WPA pre-shared key clients will<br>have to use in order to establish a connection.<p>PSK length: minimum of 8 characters. + + + + + Ethernet Connection + + icon_tool_tip + Ethernet მიერთება + + + + + + Service: %1 + + სერვისი: %1 + + + + + WiFi Connection + + icon_tool_tip + უსადენო მიერთება + + + + + SSID: %1 + + SSID: %1 + + + + + Security: %1 + + უსაფრთხოება: %1 + + + + + Strength: %1% + + სიძლიერე: %1% + + + + + VPN Connection + + icon_tool_tip + VPN მიერთება + + + + + Type: %1 + + ტიპი: %1 + + + + + Host: %1 + ჰოსტი: %1 + + + + <b>Connection:</b> %1 + <b>კავშირი:</b> %1 + + + + <center>%1 is a program to interface with the Connman daemon and to provide a system tray control.<br><center>Version <b>%2</b><center>Release date: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>by<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Translations:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (German)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russian)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Dutch)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkish)<br><center><b>Build Information:</b><center>Compiled using QT version %5<center>Connman version %6 + + + + + &Colorize + &გაფერადება + + + + &Transparency + &გამჭვირვალობა + + + + About Other Artwork + სხვა ხელოვნების ნიმუშების შესახებ + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the edit button. + + + + + Information + ინფორმაცია + + + + No provisioning files created by %1 were found.<br>There are no VPN services which can be removed. + + + + + %1 - Select File + %1 - აირჩიეთ ფაილი + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + All network devices are powered off, now in Airplane mode. + + + + + Power has been restored to all previously powered network devices. + + + + + The system is online. + სისტემა ხაზზეა. + + + + The system is offline. + სისტემა ხაზგარეშეა. + + + + VPN Kill Switch Engaged + VPN Kill Switch ჩართულია + + + + The connection to VPN service %1 was dropped and the VPN kill switch was engaged. All network devices are powered off. + + + + + <br><b>Service Details:</b><br> + <br><b>სერვისის დეტალები:</b><br> + + + + Service Type: %1<br> + სერვისის ტიპი: %1<br> + + + + Service Name: %1<br> + სერვისის სახელი: %1<br> + + + + Service State: %1<br> + სერვისის მდგომარეობა: %1<br> + + + + Favorite: %1<br> + რჩეული: %1<br> + + + + Yes + favorite + კი + + + + No + favorite + არა + + + + External Configuration File: %1<br> + გარე კონფიგურაციის ფაილი: %1<br> + + + + Yes + immutable + კი + + + + No + immutable + არა + + + + Auto Connect: %1<br> + ავტოდაკავშირება: %1<br> + + + + On + autoconnect + ჩართული + + + + No + autoconnect + არა + + + + <br><b>IPv4</b><br> + <br><b>IPv4</b><br> + + + + IP Address Acquisition: %1<br> + IP მისამართის მიღება: %1<br> + + + + + + IP Address: %1<br> + IP მისამართი: %1<br> + + + + IP Netmask: %1<br> + IP ქსელის ნიღაბი: %1<br> + + + + + IP Gateway: %1<br> + IP ნაგულისხმევი რაუტერი: %1<br> + + + + <br><b>IPv6</b><br> + <br><b>IPv6</b><br> + + + + + Address Acquisition: %1<br> + მისამართის მიღება: %1<br> + + + + Prefix Length: <br> + პრეფიქსის სიგრძე: <br> + + + + Prefix Length: %1<br> + პრეფიქსის სიგრძე: %1<br> + + + + Privacy: %1<br> + კონფიდენციალობა: %1<br> + + + + <br><b>Proxy</b><br> + <br><b>პროქსი</b><br> + + + + URL: %1<br> + URL: %1<br> + + + + Servers:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + სერვერები:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + Excludes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + ამოღებულია:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> + + + + Support Enabled: %1<br> + მხარდაჭერა ჩართულია: %1<br> + + + + Yes + mdns + კი + + + + No + mdns + არა + + + + <br><b>Last Address Conflict</b><br> + <br><b>ბოლო მისამართის კონფლიქტი</b><br> + + + + MAC Address: %1<br> + MAC მისამართი: %1<br> + + + + Conflict detected on: %1<br> + აღმოჩენილია კონფლიქტი: %1<br> + + + + Resolved: %1<br> + გადაჭრილია: %1<br> + + + + Yes + last_address_conflict + კი + + + + No + last_address_conflict + არა + + + + <br><b>Name Servers</b><br> + <br><b>DNS სერვერები</b><br> + + + + <br><br><b>Time Servers</b><br> + <br><br><b>დროის სერვერები</b><br> + + + + <br><br><b>Search Domains</b><br> + <br><br><b>ძებნის დომენები</b><br> + + + + <br><br><b>Ethernet</b><br> + <br><br><b>Ethernet</b><br> + + + + Connection Method: %1<br> + კავშირის მეთოდი: %1<br> + + + + Interface: %1<br> + ინტერფეისი: %1<br> + + + + Device Address: %1<br> + მოწყობილობის მისამართი: %1<br> + + + + MTU: %1<br> + MTU: %1<br> + + + + <br><b>Wireless</b><br> + <br><b>უსადენო</b><br> + + + + Security: %1<br> + უსაფრთხოება: %1<br> + + + + Strength: %1<br> + სიმძლავრე: %1<br> + + + + Roaming: %1<br> + როუმინგი: %1<br> + + + + Yes + roaming + კი + + + + No + roaming + არა + + + + <br><b>VPN Provider</b><br> + <br><b>VPN პროვაიდერი</b><br> + + + + Host: %1<br> + ჰოსტი: %1<br> + + + + Domain: %1<br> + დომენი: %1<br> + + + + Name: %1<br> + სახელი: %1<br> + + + + Type: %1<br> + ტიპი: %1<br> + + + + State: + მდგომარეობა: + + + + Engaged + დანიშნული + + + + + + Disabled + გამორთული + + + + Offline Mode + ინტერნეტგარეშე რეჟიმი + + + + Yes + connected + კი + + + + No + connected + არა + + + + On + tethering + ჩართ + + + + Off + tethering + გამორთ + + + + Update resolution of the counters is based on a threshold of %L1 KB of data and %L2 seconds of time. + + + + + + Interface: %1 + ინტერფეისი: %1 + + + + Connection is in the Failure State, attempting to reestablish the connection + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State. + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Not Connected + icon_tool_tip + დაკავშირებული არაა + + + + Error retrieving properties via Dbus + + + + + Connection status is unknown + კავშირის სტატუსი უცნობია + + + + Type: %1 + ტიპი: %1 + + + + <br>Powered + <br>ჩართულია + + + + On + ჩართული + + + + Off + გამორთ + + + + Not Connected + დაკავშირებული არაა + + + + <br>Tethering + <br>ტეზერინგი + + + + + Enabled + ჩართულია + + + + + Connection : %1 + კავშირი: %1 + + + + Signal Strength: %1% + სიგნალის სიძლიერე: %1% + + + + Favorite Connection + რჩეული კავშირი + + + + Never Connected + არასდროს დაკავშირებული + + + + <br>Roaming + <br>როუმინგი + + + + <br>Autoconnect is + <br>ავტომიერთება + + + + Background Color for Fake Transparency + + + + + Could not find a connection to the system bus + + + + + + %1 - Critical Error + + + + + Unable to find a connection to the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman on the system bus + + + + + Unable to create an interface to connman on the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetProperties + + + + + + + %1 - Warning + %1 - გაფრთხილება + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetProperties.<br><br>It is unlikely any portion of %1 will be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetTechnologies + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetTechnologies.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetServices + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetServices.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman-vpn on the system bus + + + + + [Hidden Wifi] + [დამალული Wifi] + + + + %1 version %2 by %3 has been detected on this system.<p>This server supports desktop Notification Specification version %4 + + + + + Attempt %1 of %2 looking for notification server. + + + + + Unable to connect to a notification server after %1 tries. + + + + + Colorize Icons + ხატულების გაფერადება + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1</b></center> + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1</b></center> + + + + <center>This program uses the <b>AwOken</b> icon set version 2.5<br><br>Released under the<br>Creative Commons<br>Attribution-Share Alike 3.0<br>Unported License<br><a href="url">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode</a> + + + + + On + powered + ჩართული + + + + Off + powered + გამორთ + + + + Security: %1 + უსაფრთხოება: %1 + + + + %1 license is the MIT (Expat) license. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the connect button. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the disconnect button. + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 Properties</b></center> + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1-ის თვისებები</b></center> + + + + WiFi Technologies:<br> %1 Found, %2 Powered + + + + + GEN_Editor + + + File save failed. + ფაილის შენახვა ჩავარდა. + + + + %L1 KB written + ჩაწერილია %L1 კბ + + + + %L1 Bytes written + ჩაწერილია %L1 ბაიტი + + + + Critical + კრიტიკული + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + IconManager + + + A new icon definition file will be installed to <b>%1</b> and a backup of the old definition file has been created as <b>%2</b> <p>If the original definition file was customized and you wish to retain those changes you will need to manually merge them into the new file. <p>If the original was never customized or you just wish to delete the backup now you may select <i>Discard</i> to delete the backup or <i>Save</i> to retain it. + + + + + Peditor + + + Property Editor + თვისების რედაქტორი + + + + &General + &ზოგადი + + + + AutoConnect + ავტომიერთება + + + + &Nameservers + &DNS სერვერები + + + + &Domains + &დომენები + + + + IPv&4 + IPv&4 + + + + + Address + მისამართი + + + + Netmask + ქსელის ნიღაბი + + + + + Gateway + მარშრუტიზატორი + + + + + + Method + მეთოდი + + + + IPv&6 + IPv&6 + + + + Prefix Length + პრეფიქსის სიგრძე + + + + Privacy + პირადი ინფორმაცია + + + + <html><head/><body><p>User configuration of Proxy settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Proxy + &პროქსი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Automatic proxy configuration URL. Used by the &quot;auto&quot; method.</p></body></html> + + + + + URL + URL + + + + &Timeservers + &დროის სერვერები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked this service will auto-connect when no other connection is available. This is only available for services marked &quot;Favorite&quot;. </p><p>The service will not auto-connect while roaming.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured domain name servers. Some cellular networks don't provide correct name servers and this allows for an override.</p><p>This array is sorted by priority and the first entry in the list represents the nameserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration and no global nameservers are configured, then it is useful to configure this setting.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured time servers.</p><p>The first entry in the list represents the timeserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration this setting is useful to override all the other timeserver settings. This is service specific, hence only the values for the default service are used.</p><p>Changes to this property will result in restart of NTP query.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>List of manually configures search domains.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values of <span style=" font-weight:600;">dhcp</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span>, and <span style=" font-weight:600;">off</span>.</p><p>If <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span> is selected boxes for <span style=" font-weight:600;">Address</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">Netmask</span> and<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Gateway</span> will become visible.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941,</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The prefix length of the IPv6 connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values are &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;manual&quot;, and &quot;off&quot;</p></body></html> + + + + + Servers + სერვერები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + Excludes + ამოიღებს + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. List of proxy URIs. The URI without a protocol will be interpreted as the generic proxy URI.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. A list of hosts which can be accessed directly.</p><p><br/></p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it. + + + + + + + &mDNS + &mDNS + + + + Enable mDNS + mDNS-ის ჩართვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>რა არის ეს</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all entries on the current page.</p><p>This button will reset every field on the current page to the default value, which generally means nothing in the field.</p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Pa&ge + &გვერდის ჩამოყრა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all fields on every page of the dialog.</p><p>This will reset every field on every page to the default value for the field. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset &All + ყველ&ას ჩამოყრა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept the entries, send them to Connman, and close the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + OK + დიახ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Close the dialog without sending any entries to Connman.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cancel + გაუქმება + + + + Provisioning + + + Provisioning Editor + სამუშაოდ მომზადების რედაქტორი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Open + &გახსნა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + &შენახვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + &წაშლა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + გვერდის გასუ&ფთავება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>რა არის ეს</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>დიალოგიდან გასვლა.</p></body></html> + + + + E&xit + &გამოსვლა + + + + [global] + [გლობალური] + + + + + Name + სახელი + + + + Description + აღწერა + + + + [service_*] + [სერვისი_*] + + + + Type + ტიპი + + + + MAC + MAC + + + + Nameservers + DNS სერვერები + + + + Timeservers + დროის სერვერები + + + + SearchDomains + საძებნი დომენები + + + + Domain + დომენი + + + + SSID + SSID + + + + EAP + EAP + + + + CACertFile + CACertFile + + + + ClientCertFile + ClientCertFile + + + + PrivateKeyFile + PrivateKeyFile + + + + PrivateKeyPassphrase + PrivateKeyPassphrase + + + + PrivateKeyPassphraseType + PrivateKeyPassphraseType + + + + Identity + იდენტიფიკაცია + + + + Phase2 + ფაზა2 + + + + Passphrase + საკვანძო სიტყვა + + + + Security + უსაფრთხოება + + + + Hidden + დამალული + + + + Eduroam (long) + Eduroam (გრძელი) + + + + Eduroam (short) + Eduroam (მოკლე) + + + + IPv4 + IPv4 + + + + Set IPv4 to "off", "dhcp", or enter IPV4 address information + + + + + IPv6 + IPv6 + + + + Set IPv6 to "off, "auto", or enter IPv6 address information + + + + + DeviceName + მოწყობილობისსახელი + + + + Interface name where this provisioning applies (ex: eth0) + + + + + mDNS + mDNS + + + + Set to true if mDNS domains can be resolved and the hostname registered. + + + + + AnonymousIdentity + ანონიმურიიდენტიფიკატორი + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP + + + + + SubjectMatch + SubjectMatch + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + AltSubjectMatch + AltSubjectMatch + + + + Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + DomainSuffixMatch + DomainSuffixMatch + + + + A FQDN used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + DomainMatch + DomainMatch + + + + A FQDN used as a full match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + + EAP-PEAP + EAP-PEAP + + + + + EAP-TLS + EAP-TLS + + + + + EAP-TTLS + EAP-TTLS + + + + IPv6.Privacy + IPv6.Privacy + + + + ProvisioningEditor + + + Global + გლობალური + + + + Service + სერვისი + + + + WiFi + WiFi + + + + Templates + შაბლონები + + + + File Path to the CA Certificate File + + + + + File Path to the Client Certificate File + + + + + File path to the Client Private Key File + + + + + Key Files (*.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + MAC address. + MAC მისამართი. + + + + SSID: hexadecimal representation of an 802.11 SSID + + + + + List of Nameservers + DNS სერვერების სია + + + + List of Timeservers + დროის სერვერების სია + + + + List of DNS Search Domains + + + + + Domain name to be used + + + + + Enter the string representation of an 802.11 SSID. + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server + + + + + List of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name. + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a full match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + Service type. + სერვისის ტიპი. + + + + EAP type. + EAP-ის ტიპი. + + + + Private key passphrase type. + + + + + Network security type. + ქსელის უსაფრთხოების ტიპი. + + + + Hidden network + დამალული ქსელი + + + + IPv6 Privacy + IPv6 პირადი + + + + IPv4 Settings + IPv4-ის მორგება + + + + IPv6 Settings + IPv6-ის მორგება + + + + %1 - Item Input + + + + + Tag which will replace the * with<br>an identifier unique to the config file. + + + + + Enter the network name. + + + + + Enter a description of the network. + + + + + Password/Passphrase for the private key file. + + + + + Identity string for EAP. + + + + + RSN/WPA/WPA2 Passphrase + RSN/WPA/WPA2-ის საკვანძო ფრაზა + + + + Phase 2 (inner authentication with TLS tunnel)<br>authentication method. + + + + + %1 - Text Input + + + + + IPv4 Address. <br><br>Enter the IPv4 network address in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + IPv6 Gateway .<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + + Information + ინფორმაცია + + + + IPv4 Gateway.<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + Critical + კრიტიკული + + + + IPv6 Address + IPv6 მისამართი + + + + Enable mDNS + mDNS-ის ჩართვა + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP. + + + + + The interface name in which to apply the provisioning (ex. eth0) + + + + + IPv4 Netmask. <br><br>The entry can be a mask length (example 24) or in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + %1 - Integer Input + + + + + Enter the IPv6 prefix length + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to load. + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + ფაილის წაკითხვა დასრულდა + + + + File deleted + ფაილი წაიშალა + + + + Error encountered deleting. + წაშლისას აღმოჩენილია შეცდომა. + + + + File save failed. + ფაილის შენახვა ჩავარდა. + + + + %L1 KB written + ჩაწერილია %L1 კბ + + + + %L1 Bytes written + ჩაწერილია %L1 ბაიტი + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + ScrollBox + + + Scrollbox + გადახვევის პანელი + + + + TextLabel + ტექსტური ჭდე + + + + TranslateStrings + + + connman system tray + Main Window Title + connman სისტემურ საათთან + + + + cmst + Abbreviated Program Name - used for QMessageBox titles + cmst + + + + idle + connman state string + უქმე + + + + association + connman state string + ასოცირება + + + + configuration + connman state string + მორგება + + + + ready + connman state string + მზადაა + + + + online + connman state string + ონლაინ + + + + disconnect + connman state string + გათიშვა + + + + failure + connman state string + შეცდომა + + + + offline + connman state string + გათიშული + + + + system + connman type string + სისტემა + + + + ethernet + connman type string + Ethernet + + + + wifi + connman type string + wifi + + + + bluetooth + connman type string + ბლუთუზი + + + + cellular + connman type string + ფიჭური + + + + gps + connman type string + gps + + + + vpn + connman type string + vpn + + + + gadget + connman type string + გაჯეტი + + + + p2p + connman type string + p2p + + + + wired + connman type string + სადენიანი + + + + direct + connman proxy string + პირდაპი + + + + manual + connman proxy string + ხელით + + + + auto + connman proxy string + ავტომატური + + + + psk + connman security string + psk + + + + ieee8021x + connman security string + ieee8021x + + + + none + connman security string + არცერთი + + + + wep + connman security string + wep + + + + wps + connman security string + wps + + + + wps_advertising + connman security string + wps_advertising + + + + Invalid arguments + connman error string + არასწორი არგუმენტები + + + + Permission denied + connman error string + წვდომა აკრძალულია + + + + Passphrase required + connman error string + საკვანძო ფრაზა აუცილებელია + + + + Not registered + connman error string + არაა რეგისტრირებული + + + + Not unique + connman error string + უნიკალური არაა + + + + Not supported + connman error string + მხარდაუჭერელია + + + + Not implemented + connman error string + განხორციელებული არაა + + + + Not found + connman error string + ნაპოვნი არაა + + + + No carrier + connman error string + შეამოწმეთ კავშირი + + + + In progress + connman error string + პროცესშია + + + + Already exists + connman error string + უკვე არსებობს + + + + Already enabled + connman error string + უკვე ჩართულია + + + + Already disabled + connman error string + უკვე გამორთულია + + + + Already connected + connman error string + უკვე დაკავშირებულია + + + + Not connected + connman error string + დაკავშირებული არაა + + + + Operation aborted + connman error string + ოპერაცია გაუქმდა + + + + Operation timeout + connman error string + ოპერაციის მოლოდინის დრო ამოიწურა + + + + Invalid service + connman error string + არასწორი სერვისი + + + + Invalid property + connman error string + არასწორი თვისება + + + + disabled + connman privacy string + გამორთულია + + + + enabled + connman privacy string + ჩართულია + + + + prefered + connman privacy string - known misspelling but needed to avoid breaking code + prefered + + + + preferred + connman privacy string + რჩეული + + + + auto + connman ethernet connection method + ავტომატური + + + + manual + connman ethernet connection method + ხელით + + + + dhcp + connman ipv4 method string + dhcp + + + + manual + connman ipv4 method string + ხელით + + + + off + connman ipv4 method string + გამორთვა + + + + fixed + connman ipv4 method string + ფიქსირებული + + + + address + connamn ipv4 method string + მისამართი + + + + auto + connman ipv6 method string + ავტომატური + + + + manual + connman ipv6 method string + ხელით + + + + 6to4 + connman ipv6 method string + 6to4 + + + + off + connman ipv6 method string + გამორთვა + + + + openconnect + connman vpn connection type + openconnect + + + + openvpn + connman vpn connection type + openvpn + + + + vpnc + connman vpn connection type + vpnc + + + + l2tp + connman vpn connection type + l2tp + + + + pptp + connman vpn connection type + pptp + + + + wireguard + connman vpn connection type + wireguard + + + + true + connman mdns setting + სიმართლე + + + + false + connman mdns setting + მცდარი + + + auto + connamn ipv6 method string + Auto + + + manual + connamn ipv6 method string + Manual + + + off + connamn ipv6 method string + Off + + + + VPNAgent + + + VPN Agent Input + VPN აგენტის შეყვანა + + + + Username + მომხმარებლის სახელი + + + + Password + პაროლი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Username for authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for authentication.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>პაროლი ავთენტიკაციისთვის.</p></body></html> + + + + Host + ჰოსტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>End point of this VPN link i.e., the VPN gateway we re trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Name + სახელი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The name of the VPN connection we are trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for decrypting PKCS#8/PKCS#12 client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + OpenConnect + + + + CA Cert. + CA სერტ. + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a path name for an additional Certificate of Authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Client Cert. + კლიენტის სერტ. + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a pkcs11 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cookie + ქუქი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect cookie value that is used for authenticating the VPN session.</p></body></html> + + + + + Group + ჯგუფი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication login group.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>ავთენტიკაციის შესვლის ჯგუფი.</p></body></html> + + + + PKCS Client Cert. + PKCS კლიენტის სერტ. + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Password + PKCS პაროლი + + + + Server Cert. + სერვერის სერტ. + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect server hash used to identify the final server after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Host + VPN ჰოსტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + Second Password + მეორე პაროლი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Second factor password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Indicates that the second factor password is used for the selected authentication group.</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Second Password + მეორე პაროლის გამოყენება + + + + Open VPN + VPN-ის გახსნა + + + + Private Key Password + პირადი გასაღების პაროლი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Private key password used to decrypt the encrypted OpenVPN private key file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>რა არის ეს</p></body></html> + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + &დიახ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + &გაუქმება + + + + Save Credentials + ავტორიზაციის დეტალების შენახვა + + + + VPN_Create + + + Dialog + ფანჯარა + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Type</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select the type of VPN connection you wish to create.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + OpenConnect + + + + OpenVPN + OpenVPN + + + + VPNC + VPNC + + + + L2TP + L2TP + + + + PPTP + PPTP + + + + WireGuard + WireGuard + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Name</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">სახელი</span></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A name for this connection. A name is mandatory but the name may be anything you wish and may contain spaces.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The VPN server address (example: 1.2.3.4). You may use CIDR notaton if the VPN service accepts it (example: 1.2.3.0/24). An entry in this field is mandatory.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Domain Name + VPN-ის დომენის სახელი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The domain name of the VPN connection (example: corporate.com). An entry in this field is optional.</p></body></html> + + + + + Networks + ქსელები + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Server Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + CA Certificate + CA სერტიფიკატი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server after possible web authentication login, selection and redirection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>File containing other certificate authorities in addition to the ones in the system trust database.</p></body></html> + + + + + Server Certificate + სერვერის სერტიფიკატი + + + + VPN Host + VPN ჰოსტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. </p><p>Only usable for extremely simple VPN configurations and should normally be set only via the VPN Agent.</p></body></html> + + + + + + MTU + MTU + + + + Request MTU from server as the MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Do not advertise IPv6 capability to server + + + + + Disable IPv6 + IPv6-ის გათიშვა + + + + + Disable DTLS + DTLS-ის გათიშვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Version 8.2.2.5 of the Cisco ASA software has a bug where it will forget the client's SSL certificate when HTTP connections are being re-used for multiple requests. So far, this has only been seen on the initial connection, where the server gives an HTTP/1.0 redirect response with an explicit Connection: Keep-Alive directive. OpenConnect as of v2.22 has an unconditional workaround for this, which is never to obey that directive after an HTTP/1.0 response. </p><p><br/></p><p>However, Cisco's support team has failed to give any competent response to the bug report and we don't know under what other circumstances their bug might manifest itself. So this option exists to disable ALL re-use of HTTP sessions and cause a new connection to be made for each request. If your server seems not to be recognising your certificate, try this option. If it makes a difference, please report this information to the openconnect-devel@lists.infradead.org mailing list.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Keep Alive + კავშირის შენარჩუნების გათიშვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Additional option to define if self signed server certificates are allowed. Not checked this value defaults to &quot;false&quot;. Affects the OpenConnect internal function only: --servercert is not added to startup parameters and receiving self signed cert from server terminates the connection if set as false (or omitted)</p></body></html> + + + + + Allow Self Signed Certificate + + + + + Read cookie from standard input + + + + + Cookie on stdin + ქუქი stdin-ზე + + + + Authentication Type + ავთენტიკაციის ტიპი + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Type of authentication used with OpenConnect. Applicable values are:</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie - </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">basic cookie based authentication.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie_with_userpass</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - the credentials are used to retrieve the connection cookie, which hides the username from commandline.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">userpass </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- username and password are used.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">publickey - r</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">equires CACert and UserPrivateKey to be set.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">pkcs</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - uses the PKCSClientCert and requests password input.</span></p><p><br/></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Defaults to &quot;cookie&quot;</span></p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + none specified + მითითებული არაა + + + + cookie + ნამცხვარი + + + + cookie_with_userpass + cookie_with_userpass + + + + userpass + userpass + + + + publickey + publickey + + + + pkcs + pkcs + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SSL private key file needed by beb authentication when AuthType is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Private Key + მომხმარებლის პირადი გასასაღები + + + + PKCS Client Certificate + PKCS კლიენტის სერტიფიკატი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate and private key in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. Needed when AuthType is <span style=" font-weight:600;">pkcs</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set login usergroup on the remote server.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Group + მომხმარებლის ჯგუფი + + + + Client Cerificate + კლიენტის სერტიფიკატი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Client certificate file, needed by web authentication when authentication type is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This button will import an OpenVPN .opvn file. The .opvn file will be read, processed, and converted to a .conf file with the location of the resulting file entered into the Extra Config box below. The .conf file will be supplied as an argument to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--config</span> option in OpenVPN.</p></body></html> + + + + + Import OPVN File + OVPN ფაილის შემოტანა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This will allow the creation of a User/Password file. You will be prompted to supply the OpenVPN user name and password for the VPN service. This file is used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option. The location of the file created will be automatically entered in the User/Password box below.</p></body></html> + + + + + Create User/Pass + მომხმარებლის/პაროლის შექმნა + + + + User/Password File + მომხმარებლის/პაროლის ფაილი + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA Certificate</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's signed certificate in .pem format which must be signed by a certificate authority whose certificate is in --ca file.</p><p>Each peer in an OpenVPN link running in TLS mode should have its own certificate and private key file. In addition, each certificate should have been signed by the key of a certificate authority whose public key resides in the --ca certificate authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Signed Certificate</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Extra Config + დამატებითი კონფიგურაცია + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate authority (CA) file in .pem format, also referred to as the root certificate. This file can have multiple certificates in .pem format, concatenated together.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Location of a user/password file to be used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's private key in .pem format. Use the private key which was generated when you built your peer's certificate</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options not supported by the ConnMan OpenVPN plugin.</p><p>When an OpenVPN .opvn file is imported the contents of that are placed in the extra config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Certificate Password File + სერტიფიკატის პაროლის ფაილი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>For the extremely security conscious, it is possible to protect your private key with a password. Location of the file containing the password is in this box. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Don't cache <span style=" font-weight:600;">--askpass</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> username names and passwords in virtual memory.</p></body></html> + + + + + Don't cache password + პაროლი არ დაიკეშება + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">DEPRECATED</span></p><p>Enable LZO compression algorithm. Compression is generally not recommended. VPN tunnels which use compression are suspectible to the VORALCE attack vector. Use LZO compression may add up to 1 byte per packet for incompressible data. mode may be yes, no, or adaptive (default).</p></body></html> + + + + + adaptive + შეგუებადი + + + + yes + დიახ + + + + no + არა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This option is deprecated for server-client mode. Options <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers</span> or possibly -<span style=" font-weight:600;">-data-ciphers-fallback</span> should be used instead. Encrypt data channel packets with the specified cipher algorithm.</p><p>The default is BF-CBC, an abbreviation for Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP port number.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP პორტის ნომერი.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the protocol for communicating with remote host. The protocal can be <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp, tcp-client, or tcp-server.</span></p><p>You can also limit OpenVPN to use only IPv4 or only IPv6 by specifying the protocol as <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp4, tcp4-client, tcp4-server or udp6, tcp6-client, tcp6-server</span>, respectively. </p><p>The default protocol is udp when --proto is not specified.</p><p>For UDP operation, --proto udp should be specified on both peers.</p></body></html> + + + + + udp + udp + + + + udp4 + udp4 + + + + udp6 + udp6 + + + + tcp-client + tcp-client + + + + tcp4-client + tcp4-client + + + + tcp6-client + tcp6-client + + + + tcp-server + tcp-server + + + + tcp4-server + tcp4-server + + + + tcp6-server + tcp6-server + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify which device type are we using. Device-type should be tun (OSI Layer 3) or tap (OSI Layer 2).</p><p>Only use this option if the TUN/TAP device used with <span style=" font-weight:600;">--dev</span> does not begin with tun or tap.</p></body></html> + + + + + + tun + tun + + + + + tap + tap + + + + Protocol + ოქმი + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + server + სერვერი + + + + + client + კლიენტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authenticate data channel packets and (if enabled) tls-auth control channel packets with HMAC using the specified message digest algorithm. (The default is SHA1 ).</p><p>HMAC is a commonly used message authentication algorithm (MAC) that uses a data string, a secure hash algorithm and a key to produce a digital signature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Remote Certificate TLS + დაშორებული სერტიფიკატის TLS + + + + NS Certificate Type + NS სერტიფიკატის ტიპი + + + + Fast LZO Compression + სწრაფი LZO შეკუმშვა + + + + Port + პორტი + + + + Cipher + შიფრი + + + + Authenticate HMAC + HMAC-ით ავთენტიკაცია + + + + Device Type + მოწყობილობის ტიპი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require that peer certificate was signed with an explicit key usage and extended key usage based on RFC3280 TLS rules.</p><p>This is a useful security option for clients to ensure that the host they connect to is a designated server. Or the other way around; for a server to verify that only hosts with a client certificate can connect.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set the tunnel MTU.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Password + მომხმარებლის პაროლი + + + + Group Password + ჯგუფის პაროლი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group password in cleartext.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Group User Name</span></p></body></html> + + + + + User Name + მომხმარებლის სახელი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth username.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>თქვენი Xauth მომხმარებლის სახელი.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group username.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>თქვენი ჯგუფის მომხმარებლის სახელი.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth password in clear text.</p></body></html> + + + + + Domain + დომენი + + + + Application Version to report. Note: Default string is generated at runtime. +Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux + + + + + Application Version + აპლიკაციის ვერსია + + + + (NT-) Domain name for authentication + + + + + Diffie-Hellman Group + დიფი-ჰელმანის ჯგუფი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication mode: </p><p>psk: pre-shared key (default)</p><p>cert: server + client certificate (not implemented yet) </p><p>hybrid: server certificate + xauth (if built with openssl support)</p><p><br/>Default: psk</p></body></html> + + + + none selected + None Selected + + + + psk + psk + + + + cert + სერტიფიკატი + + + + hybrid + ჰიბრიდი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Diffie-Hellman group to use for Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).</p></body></html> + + + + + nopfs + nopfs + + + + + dh1 + dh1 + + + + + dh2 + dh2 + + + + + dh5 + dh5 + + + + + UDP Port + UDP პორტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local ISAKMP port number to use (0 == use random port).</p><p>Default: 500</p></body></html> + + + + + Local Port + ლოკალური პორტი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local UDP port number to use (0 == use random port). This is only relevant if cisco-udp nat-traversal is used. This is the _local_ port, the remote udp port is discovered automatically. It is especially not the cisco-tcp port.</p><p>Default: 10000</p></body></html> + + + + + IKE Authentication Mode + IKE ავთენტიკაციის რეჟიმი + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group + + + + + IKE DH Group + IKE DH ჯგუფი + + + + Vendor + მომწოდებელი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Vendor of your IPSec gateway.</p><p>Default: cisco</p></body></html> + + + + + cisco + cisco + + + + netscreen + netscreen + + + + Nat Mode + NAT-ის რეჟიმი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Which NAT-Traversal Method to use:</p><p>natt -- NAT-T as defined in RFC3947</p><p>none -- disable use of any NAT-T method </p><p>force-natt -- always use NAT-T encapsulation even without presence of a NAT device (useful if the OS captures all ESP traffic)</p><p>cisco-udp -- Cisco proprietary UDP encapsulation, commonly over Port 10000 Note: cisco-tcp encapsulation is not yet supported </p><p>Default: natt</p></body></html> + + + + + none + არცერთი + + + + natt + natt + + + + force-natt + force-natt + + + + cisco-udp + cisco-udp + + + + DPD Idle + უქმე DPD + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for <span style=" font-style:italic;">idle</span> seconds. Use 0 to disable DPD completely (both ways). </p><p>Default: 600</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface Mode + ინტერფეისის რეჟიმი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Mode of TUN/TAP interface:</p><p>tun: virtual point to point interface (default) </p><p>tap: virtual ethernet interface</p><p>Default: tun</p></body></html> + + + + + Enables weak single DES encryption + + + + + Single DES + ერთმაგი DES + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic (key exchanged must be encrypted) + + + + + No Encrypton + დაშიფვრის გარეშე + + + + L2TP Options + L2TP-ის მორგება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Password: + პაროლი: + + + + + User: + მომხმარებელი: + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank the password will be asked from the user by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + Authentication File + ავთენტიკაციის ფაილი + + + + Specify where to find the authentication file used to authenticate l2tp tunnels. The default is /etc/xl2tpd/l2tp-secrets + + + + + BPS + BPS + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + + + + + Default Route + ნაგულისხმები რაუტი + + + + TX BPS + TX BPS + + + + If set, the transmit bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + + Listen Address + მისამართის მოსმენა + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. By default, it listens on INADDR_ANY (0.0.0.0), meaning it listens on all interfaces. + + + + + RX BPS + RX BPS + + + + If set, the receive bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + Specify which UDP port xl2tpd should use. The default is 1701. + + + + + Tunnel RWS + გვირაბის RWS + + + + This defines the window size of the control channel. The window size is defined as the number of outstanding unacknowledged packets, not as a number of bytes. + + + + + If checked xl2tpd will attempt to redial if the call get disconnected. Note that, if enabled, xl2tpd will keep passwords in memory: a potential security risk. + + + + + Redial + გადარეკვა + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + Require PAP + PAP-ის მოთხოვნა + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking. When this is enabled, packets received by xl2tpd should have to extra fields (refme and refhim) which allows tracking of multiple clients using the same internal NATed IP address, and allows tracking of multiple clients behind the same NAT router. This needs to be supported by the kernel. Currently, this only works with Openswan KLIPS in "mast" mode. (see http://www.openswan.org/) + + + + + IPsec Security Association + IPsec უსაფრთხოების ასოციაცია + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + + Require CHAP + CHAP-ის მოთხოვნა + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself. + + + + + Require Authentication + ავთენტიკაციის მოთხოვნა + + + + If checked the length bit present in the l2tp packet payload will be used. + + + + + + Use Length Bit + სიგრძის ბიტის გამოყენება + + + + When checked use challenge authentication to authenticate peer. + + + + + Challenge Authentication + ავთენტიკაციის გამოწვევა + + + + If checked sequence numbers will be included in the communication. The feature to use sequence numbers in sessions is currently broken and does not function. + + + + + Flow Bit + ნაკადის ბიტი + + + + If checked the xl2tpd process will only accept connections from peers addresses specified in the following sections. The default is no. + + + + + Access Control + წვდომის კონტროლი + + + + If checked only one control tunnel will be allowed to be built between 2 peers. + + + + + Exclusive + ექსკლუზიური + + + + Wait X seconds before redial. The redial option must be set to yes to use this option. Defaults to 30 seconds. + + + + + Redial Timeout + გადარეკვის მოლოდინის დრო ამოიწურა + + + + Maximum Redials + მაქს. თავიდან დარეკვები + + + + Will give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + PPTP Options + PPTP-ის მორგება + + + + Disable Address Control Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables Deflate compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the Deflate scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Deflate Compression + Deflate-ით შეკუმშვის გამორთვა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the transmit and the receive direction.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson Compression + + + + + Disable protocol field compression negotiation in both the receive and the transmit direction. + + + + + Disable Protocol Compression + პროტოკოლის შეკუმშვის გამორთვა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables BSD-Compress compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the BSD-Compress scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable BSD Compression + BSD შეკუმშვის გამორთვა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enables connection debugging facilities. If this option is given, pppd will log the contents of all control packets sent or received in a readable form. The packets are logged through syslog with facility daemon and level debug. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Debug + პროგრამის შეცდომის პოვნა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 40-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE40 + MPPE40-ის მოთხოვნა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 128-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE128 + MPPE128-ის მოთხოვნა + + + + + With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using EAP. + + + + + + Refuse EAP + EAP-ის უარყოფა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using PAP</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse PAP + PAP-ის უარყოფა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse CHAP + CHAP-ის უარყოფა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP + MS CHAP-ის უარყოფა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAPv2.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP 2 + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE (Microsoft Point to Point Encryption). This option disables all other compression types. This option enables both 40-bit and 128-bit encryption. In order for MPPE to successfully come up, you must have authenticated with either MS-CHAP or MS-CHAPv2. This option is presently only supported under Linux, and only if your kernel has been configured to include MPPE support.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE + MPPE-ის მოთხოვნა + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first. The default is to disallow stateful mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Allow MPPE Stateful Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will presume the peer to be dead if n LCP echo-requests are sent without receiving a valid LCP echo-reply. If this happens, pppd will terminate the connection. Use of this option requires a non-zero value for the lcp-echo-interval parameter. This option can be used to enable pppd to terminate after the physical connection has been broken (e.g., the modem has hung up) in situations where no hardware modem control lines are available.</p></body></html> + + + + + Dead Peer Check Interval + + + + + Dead Peer Check Count + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. Normally the peer should respond to the echo-request by sending an echo-reply. This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect that the peer is no longer connected.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Allowed IP's</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 preshared key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genpsk</span>.</p><p>Optional, and may be omitted. This option adds an additional layer of symmetric-key cryptography to be mixed into the already existing public-key cryptography, for post-quantum resistance.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A list of nameservers separated by comma.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A comma-separated list of IP (v4 or v6) addresses with CIDR masks from which this peer is allowed to send incoming traffic and to which outgoing traffic for this peer is directed.</p><p>The catch-all 0.0.0.0/0 may be specified for matching all IPv4 addresses, and ::/0 may be specified for matching all IPv6 addresses.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Public Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Internal IP Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal IP address. Format is local/netmask/peer.</p><p>Example 10.2.0.2/24</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 private key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genkey.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 public key calculated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg pubkey</span> from a private key, and usually transmitted out of band to the author of the configuration file.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Preshared Key + წინასწარ გაზიარებული გასაღები + + + + Name Servers + DNS სერვერები + + + + Local Listen Port + ლოკალური პორტი მოსასმენად + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Open Sans','Helvetica','Helvetica Neue','Arial'; font-size:14px; color:#535353; background-color:#fefefe;">A 16-bit port for listening. Optional; if not specified, automatically generated based on interface name.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Endpoint Port + ბოლოწერტილის პორტი + + + + Endpoint listen port number. + + + + + Keep Alive + კავშირის შენარჩუნება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A seconds interval, between 10 and 3600 inclusive, of how often to send an empty UDP packet to the peer for the purpose of keeping a stateful firewall or NAT mapping valid persistently. For example, if the interface very rarely sends traffic, but it might at anytime receive traffic from a peer, and it is behind NAT, the interface might benefit from having a persistent keepalive interval of 25 seconds. If set to 0 or &quot;off&quot;, this option is disabled. By default or when unspecified, this option is off.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Items shown in </span><span style=" font-size:8pt; color:#aa0000;">red</span><span style=" font-size:8pt;"> are mandatory and must be provided to create a VPN connection</span></p></body></html> + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select the file containing other Certificate Authorities + + + + + Select the file containing the Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the PKCS Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Certificate Authority + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Signed Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Private Key + + + + + Select the file containing extra OpenVPN options + + + + + Select the file containing the User and Password credentials + + + + + Select the file containing the password to unlock the private key + + + + + Select the L2TP Authority file + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + All Files (*.*) + ყველა ფაილი (*.*) + + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Config files (*.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + User/Pass Files (*.up) + მომხმარებლის/პაროლის ფაილები (*.up) + + + + Select the configuration file to import + + + + + OpenVPN Configurations (*.ovpn *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + + Base Name + საბაზისო სახელი + + + + Please enter a name for the connection to be created from the imported .opvn file + + + + + Keep --auth-user-pass + --auth-user-pass-ის შენარჩუნება + + + + The conf file will contain the <b>auth-user-pass</b> entry which will require prompts sent to stdout and a reply on stdin. This cannot be handled by Connman nor by CMST.<p>If this entry is removed you will need to create a "user:pass" file in order to have Connman make the VPN connection. In the next step you will be asked if you want to create this file and you will prompted for the user name and password.<p><b>Do you wish to remove this entry?</b> + + + + + Create User:Password File + მომხმარებელი:პაროლის ფაილის შექმნა + + + + Do you wish to create a user:password file for this connection? + + + + + Unable to write conf file <b>%1</b> + + + + + Unable to read <b>%1</b> - Aborting the import + + + + + OpenVPN import is complete. + + + + + Please enter a name for the user/pass file + + + + + User + მომხმარებელი + + + + Enter the user name for this connection. + + + + + Password + პაროლი + + + + Enter the password for this connection. + + + + + Unable to write user:password file <b>%1</b> + + + + + VPN_Editor + + + Global + გლობალური + + + + OpenConnect + OpenConnect + + + + OpenVPN + OpenVPN + + + + VPNC + VPNC + + + + L2TP + L2TP + + + + PPTP + PPTP + + + + All Files (*.*) + ყველა ფაილი (*.*) + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + User:Pass Files (*.up *.txt *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + WireGuard + WireGuard + + + + CA Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Config Files (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + VPN server IP address (ex: 1.2.3.4) + + + + + Domain Name for the VPN Service + + + + + Networks behind the VPN link, if more than one separate by a comma. +Format is network/netmask/gateway, and gateway can be omitted. +Ex: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:db8::1/16 + +Networks = entry is optional and may be left blank. + + + + + %1 - Item Input + + + + + %1 - Verify Option + + + + + User defined name for the VPN + + + + + Network address in the form address/netmask/peer. +Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 + + + + + %1 - Text Input + + + + + + Information + ინფორმაცია + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to load. + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + ფაილის წაკითხვა დასრულდა + + + + File deleted + ფაილი წაიშალა + + + + Error encountered deleting. + წაშლისას აღმოჩენილია შეცდომა. + + + + File save failed. + ფაილის შენახვა ჩავარდა. + + + + %L1 KB written + ჩაწერილია %L1 კბ + + + + %L1 Bytes written + ჩაწერილია %L1 ბაიტი + + + + Critical + კრიტიკული + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + VPN_Prov + + + VPN Provisioning Editor + VPN-ის პროფილის რედაქტორი + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Open + &გახსნა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + &შენახვა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + &წაშლა + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + &გვერდის გასუფთავება + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>რა არის ეს</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>დიალოგიდან გასვლა.</p></body></html> + + + + E&xit + &გამოსვლა + + + + Name of the network. + + + + + Description of the network. + + + + + PPTP User Name. + PPTP მომხმარებლის სახელი. + + + + PPTP Password. + PPTP-ის პაროლი. + + + + Set the maximum number of LCP configure-NAKs returned +before starting to send configure-Rejects (default is 10). + + + + + Send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. + This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect +that the peer is no longer connected. + + + + + Debug level. + გამართვის დონე. + + + + Deny EAP authorization? + უარვყო EAP ავტორიზაცია? + + + + Deny PAP authorization? + უარვყო PAP ავტორიზაცია? + + + + Deny CHAP authorization? + უარვყო CHAP ავტორიზაცია? + + + + Deny MSCHAP authorization? + უარვყო MSCHAP ავტორიზაცია? + + + + Deny MSCHAPV2 authorization? + უარვყო MSCHAPV2 ავტორიზაცია? + + + + Disables BSD compression? + გამოვრთო BSD შეკუმშვა? + + + + Disable deflate compression? + გავთიშო deflate შეკუმშვა? + + + + + Require the use of MPPE? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 40 bit? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 128 bit? + + + + + + Allow MPPE to use stateful mode? + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson compression? + + + + + L2TP User Name. + L2TP მომხმარებლის სახელი. + + + + L2TP Password. + L2TP-ის პაროლი. + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + + + + + Maximum transmit bandwidth to use. + + + + + Maximum receive bandwidth to use. + + + + + Use length bit? + გამოვიყენო სიგრძის ბიტი? + + + + Use challenge authentication? + გამოვიყენო challenge ავთენტიკაცია? + + + + Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gatewa? + + + + + Sequence numbers included in the communication? + + + + + The window size of the control channel (number of unacknowledged packets, not bytes) + + + + + Use only one control channel? + + + + + Redial if disconnected? + გადავრეკო, თუ გაითიშება? + + + + Wait n seconds before redial. + + + + + Give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself? + + + + + Only accept connections from specified peer addresses? + + + + + Authentication file location. + ავთენტიკაციის ფაილის მდებარეობა. + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. + + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking? + + + + + Specify which UDP port should be used. + + + + + Disable protocol compression? + გამოვრთო პროტოკოლის შეკუმშვა? + + + + Disable address/control compression? + გამოვრთო მისამართის/კონტროლის შეკუშმვა? + + + + Your Group username. + თქვენი ჯგუფის მომხმარებლის სახელი. + + + + Your group password (cleartext). + + + + + Your username. + თქვენი მომხმარებლის სახელი. + + + + Your password (cleartext). + თქვენი პაროლი (უბრალო ტექსტი). + + + + IKE authentication mode. + IKE ავთენტიკაციის რეჟიმი. + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group. + + + + + Domain name for authentication. + + + + + Vendor of your IPSec gateway. + + + + + Local ISAKMP port to use. + + + + + Local UDP port number to use. + + + + + Application version to report. + + + + + NAT-Traversal method to employ. + + + + + Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for n seconds + + + + + Enable single DES encryption. + + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic. + + + + + Certificate authority file. + სერტიფიკატის ფაილი. + + + + File containing peer's signed certificate. + + + + + File containing local peer's private key. + + + + + File containing the user:password credentials. + + + + + Provider WireGuard + WireGuard-ის მომწოდებელი + + + + Provider Wire Guard + WireGuard-ის პროვაიდერი + + + + VPNC.DeviceType + VPNC.DeviceType + + + + Wheher the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + WireGuard.Address + WireGuard.Address + + + + Internal IP Address + შიდა IP მისამართი + + + + WireGuard.ListPort + WireGuard.ListPort + + + + Local listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.DNS + WireGuard.DNS + + + + List of name servers (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PrivateKey + WireGuard.PrivateKey + + + + Private key of the interface. + + + + + WireGuard.PublicKey + WireGuard.PublicKey + + + + Public key of peer. + + + + + WireGuard.PresharedKey + WireGuard.PresharedKey + + + + Preshared key of peer (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.AllowedIPs + WireGuard.AllowedIPs + + + + See cryptokey routing. + Cryptokey-ის რაუტინგის ნახვა. + + + + WireGuard.EndpointPort + WireGuard.EndpointPort + + + + Endpoint listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive + WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive + + + + Keep alive in seconds (optional). + + + + + OpenVPN.DeviceType + OpenVPN.DeviceType + + + + Whether the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert + OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert + + + + Define if self signed server certificates are allowed. + + + + + OpenConnect.AuthType + OpenConnect.AuthType + + + + Type of authentication used. + + + + + OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 + OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 + + + + Do not ask for IPv6 connectivity. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoDTLS + OpenConnect.NoDTLS + + + + Disable DTLS and ESP. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive + OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive + + + + Disable HTTP connection re-use. + + + + + OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert + OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert + + + + Certificate and privatekey in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. + + + + + OpenConnect.Usergroup + OpenConnect.Usergroup + + + + Set login usergroup on remote server. + + + + + OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey + OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey + + + + SSL private key file needed by web authentication. + + + + + MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + DH group to use for perfect forward secrecy. + + + + + Peer certificate type (server/client). + + + + + Protocol type (udp/tcp-client/tcp-server). + პროტოკოლის ტიპი (udp/tcp-client/tcp-server). + + + + TCP/UDP port number. + TCP/UDP პორტის ნომერი. + + + + Get certificate password from console or file? + + + + + Don't cache --askpass or --auth-user-pass values? + + + + + Encrypt packets with cipher algorithm: + + + + + Authenticate packets using algorithm: + + + + + Use fast LZO compression (yes/no/adaptive). + + + + + Require peer certificate signed (client/server). + + + + + OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options. + + + + + SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server. + + + + + File containing other certificate authorities. + + + + + Client certificate file, if needed for web authentication. + + + + + Request MTU from server to use as MTU of tunnel? + + + + + Read cookie from standard input? + + + + + The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. + + + + + main.cpp + + + Another running instance of CMST has been detected. This instance is aborting + + + + + Bypass restoring the window state if restoring window state is specified in the settings file. + + + + + Bypass restoring any start options in the settings file. + + + + + Disable the system tray icon. May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification. + + + + + Connman System Tray. + Connman სისტემურ კუთხეში. + + + + [Experimental] Enable data counters. + + + + + Use an icon theme from your system. + + + + + Icon Theme Name + ხატულების თემის სახელი + + + + Scale program artwork for high DPI monitors. + + + + + Icon Scale1 + ხატულას მასშტაბი1 + + + + Log the connman inputRequest for debugging purposes. + + + + + Start the GUI minimized in the system tray. + + + + + Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface. + + + + + Disable VPN support. + VPN-ის მხარდაჭერის გამორთვა. + + + + Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon. + + + + + + seconds + წამი + + + + [Experimental] The number of kb that have to be transmitted before the counter updates. + + + + + KB + კბ + + + + [Experimental] The interval in seconds between counter updates. + + + + + If tray icon fake transparency is required, specify the background color to use (format: 0xRRGGBB) + + + + + RRGGBB + RRGGBB + + + + Use XFCE specific code. + + + + + Use MATE DE specific code. + + + + + processReply + + + Warning + გაფრთხილება + + + + <center><b>We received a DBUS reply message indicating an error.</b></center><br><br>Error Name: %1<br><br>Error Message: %2 + + + + diff --git a/translations/cmst_kab.ts b/translations/cmst_kab.ts new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13ae0290 --- /dev/null +++ b/translations/cmst_kab.ts @@ -0,0 +1,6307 @@ + + + + + Agent + + + Agent Input + + + + + Passphrase + Tafyirt n uɛeddi + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If an old passphrase is available it will be shown here for reference.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the passphrase here.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check this box to obscure the password characters.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Hide Passphrase + + + + + O&ld Passphrase + + + + + &Passphrase + Ta&fyirt n uɛeddi + + + + Hidden Network + + + + + &Name + &Isem + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Service Set Identifier + + + + + &SSID + &SSID + + + + Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) + + + + + &Username + Isem n &useqdac + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr username.</p></body></html> + + + + + Passwor&d + Awal n uɛe&ddi + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr password.</p></body></html> + + + + + Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type your Identity for the Extensible Authentication Protocol</p></body></html> + + + + + &Identity + + + + + WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked use WPS push button authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + Use Push &Button Authentication + + + + + &WPS Pin + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter a WPS pin.</p></body></html> + + + + + Browser Login Requested + + + + + Choose or enter a browser: + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan is requesting that you open a web browser to complete the login process.</p><p>We have scanned your PATH for browsers and any browsers found are shown in the list below. You may select any one browser to use it for the login. If your web browser is not shown in the list you may enter it directly in the<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Choose or enter a browser box</span>.</p><p>To launch the browser click the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Launch Browser</span> button. </p><p>If you wish to login manually close this dialog, start your web browser and proceed to the URL shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Login URL</span> box.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Brave Browser Users:</span> Note that Brave does not seem to accept a URL to start with. After the browser starts you will need to enter the URL manually. </p></body></html> + + + + + Login URL: + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman is requesting you continue login with a web browser. This box shows the URL that contains the login page.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body></html> + Removed double space + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body><html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to launch the selected browser. The browser will open at the page shown in the Login URL box.</p></body></html> + + + + + Launch &Browser + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + &Ih + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + &Sefsex + + + + AgentDialog + + + Information + Talɣut + + + + You have requested the %1 browser, but we cannot find a terminal program to open it with. Currenty we can start %1 using these terminals: <b>roxterm</b> and <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>To continue you need to manually open a terminal and then enter: "%1 %2" + + + + + ConnmanAgent + + + Connman Error + + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + + + + + Agent Request Failed + + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + + + + + ConnmanCounter + + + + %L1 Bytes + + + + + + %L1 KB + + + + + + %L1 MB + + + + + + %L1 GB + + + + + <b>Transmit:</b><br>TX Total: %1 (%2), TX Errors: %3, TX Dropped: %4 + + + + + + + + + + %Ln Packet(s) + + + + + + + + <br><br><b>Received:</b><br>RX Total: %1 (%2), RX Errors: %3, RX Dropped: %4 + + + + + <br><br><b>Connect Time:</b><br> + + + + + %n Day(s) + + + + + + + + %n Hour(s) + + + + + + + + %n Minute(s) + + + + + + + + %n Second(s) + + + + + + + + ConnmanVPNAgent + + + Connman Error + + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + + + + + Agent Request Failed + + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + + + + + ControlBox + + + Dialog + + + + + &Status + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This checkbox controls the global setting for switching all radios on or off. When checked all radios are powered down.</p><p>When the system is In offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + + All Devices &Off + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">OfflineMode</span></p><p>The offline mode indicates the global setting for switching all radios on or off. Changing offline mode to true results in powering down all devices. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device decides to switch the radio back on or not. </p><p>During offline mode, it is still possible to switch certain technologies manually back on. For example the limited usage of WiFi or Bluetooth devices might be allowed in some situations.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + Global Properties + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global setting for switching all radios on or off. When offline mode is engaged all radios are powered down.</p><p>While in offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + + OfflineMode: Unavailable + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global connection state of the system. Possible values are &quot;offline&quot;, &quot;idle&quot;, &quot;ready&quot;, and &quot;online&quot;. </p></body></html> + + + + + State: Unavailable + + + + + + Technologies + Titiknuluǧiyin + + + + + + + Name + Isem + + + + + + Type + + + + + Powered + + + + + + + Connected + Yeqqen + + + + Tethering + + + + + + Resc&an + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This box lists all services that connman can connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Services + + + + + + State + + + + + + Connection + Tuqqna + + + + + Move Before + + + + + + Move After + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked hide the connection name in the Services box.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Less + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Details + + + + + Ser&vice + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this Combobox to select the service for which you wish to view the detailed information.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Configuration + + + + + &Wireless + + + + + Wireless Services + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Connect + Qqen + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disconnect + Senser tuqqna + + + + + Remove + Kkes + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This label shows the number of WiFi technologies (devices) that were found, and the number that are powered on. There must be at least one WiFi technology found and powered in order for the box below to show services.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off go to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologies</span> box in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> tab and double click on the text that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p></body></html> + + + + + Wifi State + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will implement an internet kill switch for VPN connections. If a VPN connection drops while the kill switch is enabled all technologies will be powered off.</p><p>The way this works is the service order is monitored. If the topmost service is of type VPN and then if it changes to something other than VPN and if the change was not initiated by the user (for instance by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Disconnect</span> button in the VPN tab), then CMST will cycle through all technologies powering each one down in turn. </p></body></html> + + + + + Enable VPN Internet Kill Switch + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the Start Up Options in the right hand pane will be enabled. Start up options set in this pane will be read and used next time the program starts. Start up options are also available as command line switches and an option provided on the command line will take precedence over an option set in the right hand pane. The options in this pane are provided as a convienence to avoid the necessity of editing a systemd service or other start up file. </p><p>Settings are stored in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Start Options from GUI (right hand pane) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>These entries control various options for CMST at program start. Changing or setting these will only take effect at the next program start. </p><p>All of these options are available from the command line, and if a command line option is provided it will take precedence over these settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + Start Up Options + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Start the GUI minimized in the system tray.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--counter-update-rate</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + + Counter Update Rate + + + + + External Programs + + + + + Aw&Oken + + + + + A&rtwork + + + + + Rescan + + + + + Offline Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + + Favorite + Imenyafen + + + + Security + Taɣellist + + + + Signal Strength + + + + + &Counters + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The service being monitored by the counters.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Service: + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection that is not marked roaming. </p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + Home + Agejdan + + + + + Counter not available. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection marked &quot;roaming&quot;.</p><p>In the case of cellular services this normally indicates connections to a foreign provider.</p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + Roaming + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counter Settings</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The threshold values for counter updates (counter resolution). Data and time work together to define how often the fields are updated.</p></body></html> + + + + + Settings: + Iɣewwaṛen: + + + + &Preferences + I&smenyafen + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'monospace';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">-c</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Enable Connman RX and TX counters. Counters are experimental in Connman and enabling them will write a large amount of data to the system logs.</p><p>Counters are turned off by default, and is a change from the way it was originally. Up to and including version 2017.09.19 counters were enabled by default. All versions subsequent to that counters are disabled by default.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Counters + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Disable VPN. This will hide the VPN tab and will also skip trying to make a connection to connman-vpn. The later is useful if your Connman was built with the --disable-vpn feature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable VPN + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-M</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Minimized + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the interface are in this box.</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface + Agrudem + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the display of tooltips will be enabled for the interface widgets.</p><p>Tooltips are the small popups that appear when you hover the mouse pointer over an area of the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + Enable ToolTips (Interface) + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Normally counters are cumulative and will retain the connect time and the TX and RX counts between boots. </p><p>When this box is checked the counters will reset to zero every time CMST is started, and if CMST is running everytime a Connman service is started. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Counters + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked additional controls for advanced users are displayed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Advanced Controls + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Disable the system tray icon.</p><p>May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disabled because currently Connman will accept this option but will do nothing with it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman will accept this entry, but according to a comment in the Connman code the actual feature still needs to be implemented and the selection is therefore disabled.</p></body></html> + + + + + Counter Update KB + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + + + + + Start Minimized + + + + + Wait Time + + + + + Disable Tray Icon + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the state of the GUI will be restored from settings saved on disk. Settings include the geometry and position of the dialog and the current tab. </p><p>These settings will be used at next boot to restore the user interface to the way it was at shutdown.</p><p>The settings file is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Retain State + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Use an icon theme from your system. You may specify the theme in the box at the right, or if the box is left blank CMST will try and use the system wide icon theme (if one is defined).</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Icon Theme + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to remove the service. </p><p>If a service has previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) this button will remove the Favorite property. The service will also be disconnected if it is currently connected. If the service required a passphrase then the passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>If a connection attempt failed this can slso be used to reset the service.</p></body></html> + + + + + &VPN + &VPN + + + + VPN Services + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + Host + + + + + Fake Transparency + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the system tray are in this box.</p></body></html> + + + + + System Tray + + + + + Hide Tray Icon + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray icon will popup a status message when you hover the mouse over it.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable System Tray Popups + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + + System Tray Notifications + + + + + Notifications + + + + + Notification Daemon + + + + + Server Status + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman refers to hardware devices as technologies. This box will display information about all known technologies.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off click on the button that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p><p>To tether a technology click the button in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> column to on. When tethering is enabled the default service is bridged to all clients connected through the tethered technology. If the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> columns are not shown clear the check in <span style=" font-weight:600;">Less</span> checkbox below this window.</p><p>Note that by default wired connections cannot be tethered. This behavior can be overwritten in the connman.conf file. </p></body></html> + + + + + ID:Password + ID:Awal n uɛeddi + + + + <html><head/><body><p>To edit the ID and Password of a tethered WiFi device click this button.</p><p>The ID and Password are what clients will have to enter to connect to the ad-hoc network. This is only valid for WiFi connections</p></body></html> + + + + + ID:Pass + ID:Awal n uɛeddi + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked the tethering columns will be hidden.</p></body></html> + + + + + Less + Drus + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service before another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service after another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + + Program Control + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will place an entry in the autostart directory for the current user, unchecking will remove said entry. This directory is typically: <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>CMST only add or remove the .desktop file from the autostart directory. Autostarting is typically dependent upon your Desktop Environment and must be enabled from there.</p></body></html> + + + + + Enable Autostart + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If a Connman service falls into the &quot;Failed&quot; state it will normally remain in that state.</p><p>If this box is checked CMST will try to automatically reconnect a WiFi service that enters the &quot;Failed&quot; state. </p></body></html> + + + + + Retry Failed Connection + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Color in #RGB format to colorize the internal icons with.</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Edit + Ẓreg + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line. This will also clear any selections in the table below.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Create + Snulfu-d + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal icons can be colorized. You may select a color using the button to the left, or you may type in the #RGB color yourself.</p><p>If you type the entry it must have leading # sign. Example: #22aa44 </p></body></html> + + + + + Colorize + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + Hide Tray Icon Unless Needed + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the CMST icon will be hidden in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Scale icons and other artwork in CMST. For High DPI moitors it may be necessary to specify a scale factor on icons and other artwork in CMST. Default scale is 1.0. You may override the default using this option. </p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0.</p></body></html> + + + + + Icon Scale Factor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Icon scale factor. If the box is disabled by clearing the checkbox at the left the value contained in this field will be ignored.</p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0. Default value is 1.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p><p>If CMST is started and tries to create a tray icon before the system tray itself is created the proram will not be able to start minimized. This sometimes happens when the program is started automatically. If you know the tray will exist once the system is up you may specify a wait time and CMST will wait that number of seconds before trying to create the tray icon. This is to give the window manager or panel time to create the tray before we try to place the icon there.</p><p>If you plan to start with the main dialog shown on screen there is no reason to use this option. This is only intended to be used for starting minimized.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line. Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Two events are checked. <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connecting</span> events are called after the Connect button is pressed in either the Wireless or VPN tabs. The program or process in the Execute box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the service shown in the Service box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connecting</span> box will be called after Connman enters the ready or online state.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This area is to specify a program or process to run after a wifi or vpn service button is pressed, but before the connect method is sent to ConnMan. This is mainly used to modify a .cmst.config file which seems useful to modify certain short lived entries for openConnect vpn connections.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Execute</span> box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the single service shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span> box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service. If a .cmst.config file is to be modified a check must in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> box and the path and name of the file to be modified must be provided.</p><p>To modify a .cmst.config file CMST will read stdout of the program or process being called. Program output should be individual lines in KEY=VALUE format. If KEY exists in the .cmst.config file it will be replaced by the new VALUE. If KEY does not exist it will be appended. </p></body></html> + + + + + Before Connecting + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter the program or process to be executed before Connman initiates a connection to the service listed in the box above. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + + Execute: + Selkem: + + + + Specify the service you are connecting to where you want a program or process to execute prior to initiating the connection. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> + + + + + Modify Service File + + + + + Service configuration file to be modified by the program. + + + + + FIle: + Afaylu: + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the program or process to be executed after Connman enters the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> state. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + + After Connecting + + + + + &Help + Ta&llelt + + + + &About + Ɣe&f + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + C&MST + C&MST + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the Icon set used in this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the QT toolkit used to develop this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + &QT + &QT + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the program license.</p></body></html> + + + + + &License + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the change log of the program.</p></body></html> + + + + + ChangeLo&g + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Help</span></p><p>Program help is mainly provided by the &quot;What's This&quot; button in the lower left corner. Press the button and then click on an item you are interested in. &quot;What's This&quot; is also available via context menu by right clicking on a button, box or text area.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to find information about an element in the GUI by entering &quot;What's This&quot; mode. </p><p>You may also right click on an element to show the &quot;What's This&quot; text for it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + Provisioning Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the VPN provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files for VPN connections.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman-vpn which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the program and remove the system tray icon. Connman will still be running as a daemon but will not be managed by this program.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + Ff&eɣ + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Minimize the dialog. If you have the system tray Icon shown this dialog may be restored by right clicking on the tray icon. If the tray icon is hidden minimize will not be active.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Mi&nimize + + + + + IDPass + + + + + Set ID and Password for tethered wifi + + + + + Ma&ximize + + + + + &Exit + + + + + About %1 + + + + + Service Details + + + + + WiFi Connections + + + + + VPN Connections + + + + + About AwOken + + + + + <center>This program uses artwork from <b>Freepik</b> obtained from www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Released under the Flaticon Basic License<br><br><b>Artwork files:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> + + + + + License + + + + + %1 change log is not available. + + + + + ChangeLog + + + + + + Cancel + Sefsex + + + + + <b>Service:</b> %1 + + + + + Unable to determine service + + + + + + + + No Services Selected + + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the remove button. + + + + + Offline Mode Engaged + + + + + Offline Mode Disabled + + + + + Network Services: + + + + + Service Error: %1 + + + + + + Object Path: %1 + + + + + VPN Engaged + + + + + VPN Disengaged + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WiFi AP SSID that clients will<br>have to join in order to gain internet connectivity. + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WPA pre-shared key clients will<br>have to use in order to establish a connection.<p>PSK length: minimum of 8 characters. + + + + + Ethernet Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + + Service: %1 + + + + + + WiFi Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + SSID: %1 + + + + + + Security: %1 + + + + + + Strength: %1% + + + + + + VPN Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Type: %1 + + + + + + Host: %1 + + + + + <b>Connection:</b> %1 + + + + + <center>%1 is a program to interface with the Connman daemon and to provide a system tray control.<br><center>Version <b>%2</b><center>Release date: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>by<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Translations:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (German)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russian)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Dutch)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkish)<br><center><b>Build Information:</b><center>Compiled using QT version %5<center>Connman version %6 + + + + + &Colorize + + + + + &Transparency + + + + + About Other Artwork + + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the edit button. + + + + + Information + + + + + No provisioning files created by %1 were found.<br>There are no VPN services which can be removed. + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + All network devices are powered off, now in Airplane mode. + + + + + Power has been restored to all previously powered network devices. + + + + + The system is online. + + + + + The system is offline. + + + + + VPN Kill Switch Engaged + + + + + The connection to VPN service %1 was dropped and the VPN kill switch was engaged. All network devices are powered off. + + + + + <br><b>Service Details:</b><br> + + + + + Service Type: %1<br> + + + + + Service Name: %1<br> + + + + + Service State: %1<br> + + + + + Favorite: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + favorite + Ih + + + + No + favorite + Uhu + + + + External Configuration File: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + immutable + Ih + + + + No + immutable + Uhu + + + + Auto Connect: %1<br> + + + + + On + autoconnect + + + + + No + autoconnect + Uhu + + + + <br><b>IPv4</b><br> + <br><b>IPv4</b><br> + + + + IP Address Acquisition: %1<br> + + + + + + + IP Address: %1<br> + + + + + IP Netmask: %1<br> + + + + + + IP Gateway: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>IPv6</b><br> + <br><b>IPv6</b><br> + + + + + Address Acquisition: %1<br> + + + + + Prefix Length: <br> + + + + + Prefix Length: %1<br> + + + + + Privacy: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>Proxy</b><br> + <br><b>Apṛuksi</b><br> + + + + URL: %1<br> + + + + + Servers:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + Iqeddacen:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + Excludes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> + + + + Support Enabled: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + mdns + Ih + + + + No + mdns + Uhu + + + + <br><b>Last Address Conflict</b><br> + + + + + MAC Address: %1<br> + + + + + Conflict detected on: %1<br> + + + + + Resolved: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + last_address_conflict + Ih + + + + No + last_address_conflict + Uhu + + + + <br><b>Name Servers</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Time Servers</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Search Domains</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Ethernet</b><br> + + + + + Connection Method: %1<br> + + + + + Interface: %1<br> + + + + + Device Address: %1<br> + + + + + MTU: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>Wireless</b><br> + + + + + Security: %1<br> + + + + + Strength: %1<br> + + + + + Roaming: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + roaming + Ih + + + + No + roaming + Uhu + + + + <br><b>VPN Provider</b><br> + + + + + Host: %1<br> + + + + + Domain: %1<br> + + + + + Name: %1<br> + + + + + Type: %1<br> + + + + + State: + + + + + Engaged + + + + + + + Disabled + + + + + Offline Mode + + + + + Yes + connected + Ih + + + + No + connected + Uhu + + + + On + tethering + + + + + Off + tethering + + + + + Update resolution of the counters is based on a threshold of %L1 KB of data and %L2 seconds of time. + + + + + + Interface: %1 + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State, attempting to reestablish the connection + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State. + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Not Connected + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Error retrieving properties via Dbus + + + + + Connection status is unknown + + + + + Type: %1 + + + + + <br>Powered + + + + + On + + + + + Off + + + + + Not Connected + + + + + <br>Tethering + + + + + + Enabled + + + + + + Connection : %1 + + + + + Signal Strength: %1% + + + + + Favorite Connection + + + + + Never Connected + + + + + <br>Roaming + + + + + <br>Autoconnect is + + + + + Background Color for Fake Transparency + + + + + Could not find a connection to the system bus + + + + + + %1 - Critical Error + + + + + Unable to find a connection to the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman on the system bus + + + + + Unable to create an interface to connman on the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetProperties + + + + + + + %1 - Warning + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetProperties.<br><br>It is unlikely any portion of %1 will be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetTechnologies + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetTechnologies.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetServices + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetServices.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman-vpn on the system bus + + + + + [Hidden Wifi] + + + + + %1 version %2 by %3 has been detected on this system.<p>This server supports desktop Notification Specification version %4 + + + + + Attempt %1 of %2 looking for notification server. + + + + + Unable to connect to a notification server after %1 tries. + + + + + Colorize Icons + + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1</b></center> + + + + + <center>This program uses the <b>AwOken</b> icon set version 2.5<br><br>Released under the<br>Creative Commons<br>Attribution-Share Alike 3.0<br>Unported License<br><a href="url">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode</a> + + + + + On + powered + + + + + Off + powered + + + + + Security: %1 + + + + + %1 license is the MIT (Expat) license. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the connect button. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the disconnect button. + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 Properties</b></center> + + + + + WiFi Technologies:<br> %1 Found, %2 Powered + + + + + GEN_Editor + + + File save failed. + + + + + %L1 KB written + + + + + %L1 Bytes written + + + + + Critical + + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + IconManager + + + A new icon definition file will be installed to <b>%1</b> and a backup of the old definition file has been created as <b>%2</b> <p>If the original definition file was customized and you wish to retain those changes you will need to manually merge them into the new file. <p>If the original was never customized or you just wish to delete the backup now you may select <i>Discard</i> to delete the backup or <i>Save</i> to retain it. + + + + + Peditor + + + Property Editor + + + + + &General + + + + + AutoConnect + + + + + &Nameservers + + + + + &Domains + + + + + IPv&4 + + + + + + Address + + + + + Netmask + + + + + + Gateway + + + + + + + Method + + + + + IPv&6 + + + + + Prefix Length + + + + + Privacy + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>User configuration of Proxy settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Proxy + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Automatic proxy configuration URL. Used by the &quot;auto&quot; method.</p></body></html> + + + + + URL + + + + + &Timeservers + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked this service will auto-connect when no other connection is available. This is only available for services marked &quot;Favorite&quot;. </p><p>The service will not auto-connect while roaming.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured domain name servers. Some cellular networks don't provide correct name servers and this allows for an override.</p><p>This array is sorted by priority and the first entry in the list represents the nameserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration and no global nameservers are configured, then it is useful to configure this setting.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured time servers.</p><p>The first entry in the list represents the timeserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration this setting is useful to override all the other timeserver settings. This is service specific, hence only the values for the default service are used.</p><p>Changes to this property will result in restart of NTP query.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>List of manually configures search domains.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values of <span style=" font-weight:600;">dhcp</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span>, and <span style=" font-weight:600;">off</span>.</p><p>If <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span> is selected boxes for <span style=" font-weight:600;">Address</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">Netmask</span> and<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Gateway</span> will become visible.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941,</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The prefix length of the IPv6 connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values are &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;manual&quot;, and &quot;off&quot;</p></body></html> + + + + + Servers + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + Excludes + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. List of proxy URIs. The URI without a protocol will be interpreted as the generic proxy URI.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. A list of hosts which can be accessed directly.</p><p><br/></p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it. + + + + + + + &mDNS + + + + + Enable mDNS + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all entries on the current page.</p><p>This button will reset every field on the current page to the default value, which generally means nothing in the field.</p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Pa&ge + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all fields on every page of the dialog.</p><p>This will reset every field on every page to the default value for the field. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset &All + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept the entries, send them to Connman, and close the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + OK + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Close the dialog without sending any entries to Connman.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cancel + + + + + Provisioning + + + Provisioning Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Open + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + + + + + [global] + + + + + + Name + + + + + Description + + + + + [service_*] + + + + + Type + + + + + MAC + + + + + Nameservers + + + + + Timeservers + + + + + SearchDomains + + + + + Domain + + + + + SSID + + + + + EAP + + + + + CACertFile + + + + + ClientCertFile + + + + + PrivateKeyFile + + + + + PrivateKeyPassphrase + + + + + PrivateKeyPassphraseType + + + + + Identity + + + + + Phase2 + + + + + Passphrase + + + + + Security + + + + + Hidden + + + + + Eduroam (long) + + + + + Eduroam (short) + + + + + IPv4 + + + + + Set IPv4 to "off", "dhcp", or enter IPV4 address information + + + + + IPv6 + + + + + Set IPv6 to "off, "auto", or enter IPv6 address information + + + + + DeviceName + + + + + Interface name where this provisioning applies (ex: eth0) + + + + + mDNS + + + + + Set to true if mDNS domains can be resolved and the hostname registered. + + + + + AnonymousIdentity + + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP + + + + + SubjectMatch + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + AltSubjectMatch + + + + + Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + DomainSuffixMatch + + + + + A FQDN used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + DomainMatch + + + + + A FQDN used as a full match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + + EAP-PEAP + + + + + + EAP-TLS + + + + + + EAP-TTLS + + + + + IPv6.Privacy + + + + + ProvisioningEditor + + + Global + + + + + Service + + + + + WiFi + + + + + Templates + + + + + File Path to the CA Certificate File + + + + + File Path to the Client Certificate File + + + + + File path to the Client Private Key File + + + + + Key Files (*.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + MAC address. + + + + + SSID: hexadecimal representation of an 802.11 SSID + + + + + List of Nameservers + + + + + List of Timeservers + + + + + List of DNS Search Domains + + + + + Domain name to be used + + + + + Enter the string representation of an 802.11 SSID. + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server + + + + + List of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name. + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a full match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + Service type. + + + + + EAP type. + + + + + Private key passphrase type. + + + + + Network security type. + + + + + Hidden network + + + + + IPv6 Privacy + + + + + IPv4 Settings + + + + + IPv6 Settings + + + + + %1 - Item Input + + + + + Tag which will replace the * with<br>an identifier unique to the config file. + + + + + Enter the network name. + + + + + Enter a description of the network. + + + + + Password/Passphrase for the private key file. + + + + + Identity string for EAP. + + + + + RSN/WPA/WPA2 Passphrase + + + + + Phase 2 (inner authentication with TLS tunnel)<br>authentication method. + + + + + %1 - Text Input + + + + + IPv4 Address. <br><br>Enter the IPv4 network address in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + IPv6 Gateway .<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + + Information + + + + + IPv4 Gateway.<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + Critical + + + + + IPv6 Address + + + + + Enable mDNS + + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP. + + + + + The interface name in which to apply the provisioning (ex. eth0) + + + + + IPv4 Netmask. <br><br>The entry can be a mask length (example 24) or in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + %1 - Integer Input + + + + + Enter the IPv6 prefix length + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to load. + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + + + + + File deleted + + + + + Error encountered deleting. + + + + + File save failed. + + + + + %L1 KB written + + + + + %L1 Bytes written + + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + ScrollBox + + + Scrollbox + + + + + TextLabel + + + + + TranslateStrings + + + connman system tray + Main Window Title + + + + + cmst + Abbreviated Program Name - used for QMessageBox titles + + + + + idle + connman state string + + + + + association + connman state string + + + + + configuration + connman state string + + + + + ready + connman state string + + + + + online + connman state string + + + + + disconnect + connman state string + + + + + failure + connman state string + + + + + offline + connman state string + + + + + system + connman type string + + + + + ethernet + connman type string + + + + + wifi + connman type string + + + + + bluetooth + connman type string + + + + + cellular + connman type string + + + + + gps + connman type string + + + + + vpn + connman type string + + + + + gadget + connman type string + + + + + p2p + connman type string + + + + + wired + connman type string + + + + + direct + connman proxy string + + + + + manual + connman proxy string + + + + + auto + connman proxy string + + + + + psk + connman security string + + + + + ieee8021x + connman security string + + + + + none + connman security string + + + + + wep + connman security string + + + + + wps + connman security string + + + + + wps_advertising + connman security string + + + + + Invalid arguments + connman error string + + + + + Permission denied + connman error string + + + + + Passphrase required + connman error string + + + + + Not registered + connman error string + + + + + Not unique + connman error string + + + + + Not supported + connman error string + + + + + Not implemented + connman error string + + + + + Not found + connman error string + + + + + No carrier + connman error string + + + + + In progress + connman error string + + + + + Already exists + connman error string + + + + + Already enabled + connman error string + + + + + Already disabled + connman error string + + + + + Already connected + connman error string + + + + + Not connected + connman error string + + + + + Operation aborted + connman error string + + + + + Operation timeout + connman error string + + + + + Invalid service + connman error string + + + + + Invalid property + connman error string + + + + + disabled + connman privacy string + + + + + enabled + connman privacy string + + + + + prefered + connman privacy string - known misspelling but needed to avoid breaking code + + + + + preferred + connman privacy string + + + + + auto + connman ethernet connection method + + + + + manual + connman ethernet connection method + + + + + dhcp + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + manual + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + off + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + fixed + connman ipv4 method string + + + + + address + connamn ipv4 method string + + + + + auto + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + manual + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + 6to4 + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + off + connman ipv6 method string + + + + + openconnect + connman vpn connection type + + + + + openvpn + connman vpn connection type + + + + + vpnc + connman vpn connection type + + + + + l2tp + connman vpn connection type + + + + + pptp + connman vpn connection type + + + + + wireguard + connman vpn connection type + + + + + true + connman mdns setting + + + + + false + connman mdns setting + + + + auto + connamn ipv6 method string + Auto + + + manual + connamn ipv6 method string + Manual + + + off + connamn ipv6 method string + Off + + + + VPNAgent + + + VPN Agent Input + + + + + Username + + + + + Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Username for authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + Host + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>End point of this VPN link i.e., the VPN gateway we re trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Name + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The name of the VPN connection we are trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for decrypting PKCS#8/PKCS#12 client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + + + + + CA Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a path name for an additional Certificate of Authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Client Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a pkcs11 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cookie + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect cookie value that is used for authenticating the VPN session.</p></body></html> + + + + + Group + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication login group.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Client Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Password + + + + + Server Cert. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect server hash used to identify the final server after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Host + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + Second Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Second factor password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Indicates that the second factor password is used for the selected authentication group.</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Second Password + + + + + Open VPN + + + + + Private Key Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Private key password used to decrypt the encrypted OpenVPN private key file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + ... + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + + + + + Save Credentials + + + + + VPN_Create + + + Dialog + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Type</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select the type of VPN connection you wish to create.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + + + + + OpenVPN + + + + + VPNC + + + + + L2TP + + + + + PPTP + + + + + WireGuard + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Name</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A name for this connection. A name is mandatory but the name may be anything you wish and may contain spaces.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The VPN server address (example: 1.2.3.4). You may use CIDR notaton if the VPN service accepts it (example: 1.2.3.0/24). An entry in this field is mandatory.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Domain Name + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The domain name of the VPN connection (example: corporate.com). An entry in this field is optional.</p></body></html> + + + + + Networks + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Server Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + CA Certificate + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server after possible web authentication login, selection and redirection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>File containing other certificate authorities in addition to the ones in the system trust database.</p></body></html> + + + + + Server Certificate + + + + + VPN Host + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. </p><p>Only usable for extremely simple VPN configurations and should normally be set only via the VPN Agent.</p></body></html> + + + + + + MTU + + + + + Request MTU from server as the MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Do not advertise IPv6 capability to server + + + + + Disable IPv6 + + + + + + Disable DTLS + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Version 8.2.2.5 of the Cisco ASA software has a bug where it will forget the client's SSL certificate when HTTP connections are being re-used for multiple requests. So far, this has only been seen on the initial connection, where the server gives an HTTP/1.0 redirect response with an explicit Connection: Keep-Alive directive. OpenConnect as of v2.22 has an unconditional workaround for this, which is never to obey that directive after an HTTP/1.0 response. </p><p><br/></p><p>However, Cisco's support team has failed to give any competent response to the bug report and we don't know under what other circumstances their bug might manifest itself. So this option exists to disable ALL re-use of HTTP sessions and cause a new connection to be made for each request. If your server seems not to be recognising your certificate, try this option. If it makes a difference, please report this information to the openconnect-devel@lists.infradead.org mailing list.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Keep Alive + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Additional option to define if self signed server certificates are allowed. Not checked this value defaults to &quot;false&quot;. Affects the OpenConnect internal function only: --servercert is not added to startup parameters and receiving self signed cert from server terminates the connection if set as false (or omitted)</p></body></html> + + + + + Allow Self Signed Certificate + + + + + Read cookie from standard input + + + + + Cookie on stdin + + + + + Authentication Type + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Type of authentication used with OpenConnect. Applicable values are:</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie - </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">basic cookie based authentication.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie_with_userpass</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - the credentials are used to retrieve the connection cookie, which hides the username from commandline.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">userpass </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- username and password are used.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">publickey - r</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">equires CACert and UserPrivateKey to be set.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">pkcs</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - uses the PKCSClientCert and requests password input.</span></p><p><br/></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Defaults to &quot;cookie&quot;</span></p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + none specified + + + + + cookie + + + + + cookie_with_userpass + + + + + userpass + + + + + publickey + + + + + pkcs + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SSL private key file needed by beb authentication when AuthType is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Private Key + + + + + PKCS Client Certificate + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate and private key in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. Needed when AuthType is <span style=" font-weight:600;">pkcs</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set login usergroup on the remote server.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Group + + + + + Client Cerificate + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Client certificate file, needed by web authentication when authentication type is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This button will import an OpenVPN .opvn file. The .opvn file will be read, processed, and converted to a .conf file with the location of the resulting file entered into the Extra Config box below. The .conf file will be supplied as an argument to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--config</span> option in OpenVPN.</p></body></html> + + + + + Import OPVN File + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This will allow the creation of a User/Password file. You will be prompted to supply the OpenVPN user name and password for the VPN service. This file is used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option. The location of the file created will be automatically entered in the User/Password box below.</p></body></html> + + + + + Create User/Pass + + + + + User/Password File + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA Certificate</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's signed certificate in .pem format which must be signed by a certificate authority whose certificate is in --ca file.</p><p>Each peer in an OpenVPN link running in TLS mode should have its own certificate and private key file. In addition, each certificate should have been signed by the key of a certificate authority whose public key resides in the --ca certificate authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Signed Certificate</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Extra Config + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate authority (CA) file in .pem format, also referred to as the root certificate. This file can have multiple certificates in .pem format, concatenated together.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Location of a user/password file to be used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's private key in .pem format. Use the private key which was generated when you built your peer's certificate</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options not supported by the ConnMan OpenVPN plugin.</p><p>When an OpenVPN .opvn file is imported the contents of that are placed in the extra config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Certificate Password File + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>For the extremely security conscious, it is possible to protect your private key with a password. Location of the file containing the password is in this box. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Don't cache <span style=" font-weight:600;">--askpass</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> username names and passwords in virtual memory.</p></body></html> + + + + + Don't cache password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">DEPRECATED</span></p><p>Enable LZO compression algorithm. Compression is generally not recommended. VPN tunnels which use compression are suspectible to the VORALCE attack vector. Use LZO compression may add up to 1 byte per packet for incompressible data. mode may be yes, no, or adaptive (default).</p></body></html> + + + + + adaptive + + + + + yes + + + + + no + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This option is deprecated for server-client mode. Options <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers</span> or possibly -<span style=" font-weight:600;">-data-ciphers-fallback</span> should be used instead. Encrypt data channel packets with the specified cipher algorithm.</p><p>The default is BF-CBC, an abbreviation for Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP port number.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the protocol for communicating with remote host. The protocal can be <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp, tcp-client, or tcp-server.</span></p><p>You can also limit OpenVPN to use only IPv4 or only IPv6 by specifying the protocol as <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp4, tcp4-client, tcp4-server or udp6, tcp6-client, tcp6-server</span>, respectively. </p><p>The default protocol is udp when --proto is not specified.</p><p>For UDP operation, --proto udp should be specified on both peers.</p></body></html> + + + + + udp + + + + + udp4 + + + + + udp6 + + + + + tcp-client + + + + + tcp4-client + + + + + tcp6-client + + + + + tcp-server + + + + + tcp4-server + + + + + tcp6-server + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify which device type are we using. Device-type should be tun (OSI Layer 3) or tap (OSI Layer 2).</p><p>Only use this option if the TUN/TAP device used with <span style=" font-weight:600;">--dev</span> does not begin with tun or tap.</p></body></html> + + + + + + tun + + + + + + tap + + + + + Protocol + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + server + + + + + + client + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authenticate data channel packets and (if enabled) tls-auth control channel packets with HMAC using the specified message digest algorithm. (The default is SHA1 ).</p><p>HMAC is a commonly used message authentication algorithm (MAC) that uses a data string, a secure hash algorithm and a key to produce a digital signature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Remote Certificate TLS + + + + + NS Certificate Type + + + + + Fast LZO Compression + + + + + Port + + + + + Cipher + + + + + Authenticate HMAC + + + + + Device Type + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require that peer certificate was signed with an explicit key usage and extended key usage based on RFC3280 TLS rules.</p><p>This is a useful security option for clients to ensure that the host they connect to is a designated server. Or the other way around; for a server to verify that only hosts with a client certificate can connect.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set the tunnel MTU.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Password + + + + + Group Password + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group password in cleartext.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Group User Name</span></p></body></html> + + + + + User Name + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth username.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group username.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth password in clear text.</p></body></html> + + + + + Domain + + + + + Application Version to report. Note: Default string is generated at runtime. +Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux + + + + + Application Version + + + + + (NT-) Domain name for authentication + + + + + Diffie-Hellman Group + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication mode: </p><p>psk: pre-shared key (default)</p><p>cert: server + client certificate (not implemented yet) </p><p>hybrid: server certificate + xauth (if built with openssl support)</p><p><br/>Default: psk</p></body></html> + + + + none selected + None Selected + + + + psk + + + + + cert + + + + + hybrid + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Diffie-Hellman group to use for Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).</p></body></html> + + + + + nopfs + + + + + + dh1 + + + + + + dh2 + + + + + + dh5 + + + + + + UDP Port + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local ISAKMP port number to use (0 == use random port).</p><p>Default: 500</p></body></html> + + + + + Local Port + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local UDP port number to use (0 == use random port). This is only relevant if cisco-udp nat-traversal is used. This is the _local_ port, the remote udp port is discovered automatically. It is especially not the cisco-tcp port.</p><p>Default: 10000</p></body></html> + + + + + IKE Authentication Mode + + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group + + + + + IKE DH Group + + + + + Vendor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Vendor of your IPSec gateway.</p><p>Default: cisco</p></body></html> + + + + + cisco + + + + + netscreen + + + + + Nat Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Which NAT-Traversal Method to use:</p><p>natt -- NAT-T as defined in RFC3947</p><p>none -- disable use of any NAT-T method </p><p>force-natt -- always use NAT-T encapsulation even without presence of a NAT device (useful if the OS captures all ESP traffic)</p><p>cisco-udp -- Cisco proprietary UDP encapsulation, commonly over Port 10000 Note: cisco-tcp encapsulation is not yet supported </p><p>Default: natt</p></body></html> + + + + + none + + + + + natt + + + + + force-natt + + + + + cisco-udp + + + + + DPD Idle + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for <span style=" font-style:italic;">idle</span> seconds. Use 0 to disable DPD completely (both ways). </p><p>Default: 600</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Mode of TUN/TAP interface:</p><p>tun: virtual point to point interface (default) </p><p>tap: virtual ethernet interface</p><p>Default: tun</p></body></html> + + + + + Enables weak single DES encryption + + + + + Single DES + + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic (key exchanged must be encrypted) + + + + + No Encrypton + + + + + L2TP Options + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Password: + + + + + + User: + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank the password will be asked from the user by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + Authentication File + + + + + Specify where to find the authentication file used to authenticate l2tp tunnels. The default is /etc/xl2tpd/l2tp-secrets + + + + + BPS + + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + + + + + Default Route + + + + + TX BPS + + + + + If set, the transmit bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + + Listen Address + + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. By default, it listens on INADDR_ANY (0.0.0.0), meaning it listens on all interfaces. + + + + + RX BPS + + + + + If set, the receive bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + Specify which UDP port xl2tpd should use. The default is 1701. + + + + + Tunnel RWS + + + + + This defines the window size of the control channel. The window size is defined as the number of outstanding unacknowledged packets, not as a number of bytes. + + + + + If checked xl2tpd will attempt to redial if the call get disconnected. Note that, if enabled, xl2tpd will keep passwords in memory: a potential security risk. + + + + + Redial + + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + Require PAP + + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking. When this is enabled, packets received by xl2tpd should have to extra fields (refme and refhim) which allows tracking of multiple clients using the same internal NATed IP address, and allows tracking of multiple clients behind the same NAT router. This needs to be supported by the kernel. Currently, this only works with Openswan KLIPS in "mast" mode. (see http://www.openswan.org/) + + + + + IPsec Security Association + + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + + Require CHAP + + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself. + + + + + Require Authentication + + + + + If checked the length bit present in the l2tp packet payload will be used. + + + + + + Use Length Bit + + + + + When checked use challenge authentication to authenticate peer. + + + + + Challenge Authentication + + + + + If checked sequence numbers will be included in the communication. The feature to use sequence numbers in sessions is currently broken and does not function. + + + + + Flow Bit + + + + + If checked the xl2tpd process will only accept connections from peers addresses specified in the following sections. The default is no. + + + + + Access Control + + + + + If checked only one control tunnel will be allowed to be built between 2 peers. + + + + + Exclusive + + + + + Wait X seconds before redial. The redial option must be set to yes to use this option. Defaults to 30 seconds. + + + + + Redial Timeout + + + + + Maximum Redials + + + + + Will give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + PPTP Options + + + + + Disable Address Control Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables Deflate compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the Deflate scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Deflate Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the transmit and the receive direction.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson Compression + + + + + Disable protocol field compression negotiation in both the receive and the transmit direction. + + + + + Disable Protocol Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables BSD-Compress compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the BSD-Compress scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable BSD Compression + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enables connection debugging facilities. If this option is given, pppd will log the contents of all control packets sent or received in a readable form. The packets are logged through syslog with facility daemon and level debug. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Debug + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 40-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE40 + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 128-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE128 + + + + + + With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using EAP. + + + + + + Refuse EAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using PAP</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse PAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse CHAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAPv2.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP 2 + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE (Microsoft Point to Point Encryption). This option disables all other compression types. This option enables both 40-bit and 128-bit encryption. In order for MPPE to successfully come up, you must have authenticated with either MS-CHAP or MS-CHAPv2. This option is presently only supported under Linux, and only if your kernel has been configured to include MPPE support.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first. The default is to disallow stateful mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Allow MPPE Stateful Mode + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will presume the peer to be dead if n LCP echo-requests are sent without receiving a valid LCP echo-reply. If this happens, pppd will terminate the connection. Use of this option requires a non-zero value for the lcp-echo-interval parameter. This option can be used to enable pppd to terminate after the physical connection has been broken (e.g., the modem has hung up) in situations where no hardware modem control lines are available.</p></body></html> + + + + + Dead Peer Check Interval + + + + + Dead Peer Check Count + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. Normally the peer should respond to the echo-request by sending an echo-reply. This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect that the peer is no longer connected.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Allowed IP's</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 preshared key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genpsk</span>.</p><p>Optional, and may be omitted. This option adds an additional layer of symmetric-key cryptography to be mixed into the already existing public-key cryptography, for post-quantum resistance.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A list of nameservers separated by comma.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A comma-separated list of IP (v4 or v6) addresses with CIDR masks from which this peer is allowed to send incoming traffic and to which outgoing traffic for this peer is directed.</p><p>The catch-all 0.0.0.0/0 may be specified for matching all IPv4 addresses, and ::/0 may be specified for matching all IPv6 addresses.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Public Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Internal IP Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal IP address. Format is local/netmask/peer.</p><p>Example 10.2.0.2/24</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 private key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genkey.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 public key calculated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg pubkey</span> from a private key, and usually transmitted out of band to the author of the configuration file.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Preshared Key + + + + + Name Servers + + + + + Local Listen Port + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Open Sans','Helvetica','Helvetica Neue','Arial'; font-size:14px; color:#535353; background-color:#fefefe;">A 16-bit port for listening. Optional; if not specified, automatically generated based on interface name.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Endpoint Port + + + + + Endpoint listen port number. + + + + + Keep Alive + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A seconds interval, between 10 and 3600 inclusive, of how often to send an empty UDP packet to the peer for the purpose of keeping a stateful firewall or NAT mapping valid persistently. For example, if the interface very rarely sends traffic, but it might at anytime receive traffic from a peer, and it is behind NAT, the interface might benefit from having a persistent keepalive interval of 25 seconds. If set to 0 or &quot;off&quot;, this option is disabled. By default or when unspecified, this option is off.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Items shown in </span><span style=" font-size:8pt; color:#aa0000;">red</span><span style=" font-size:8pt;"> are mandatory and must be provided to create a VPN connection</span></p></body></html> + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select the file containing other Certificate Authorities + + + + + Select the file containing the Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the PKCS Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Certificate Authority + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Signed Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Private Key + + + + + Select the file containing extra OpenVPN options + + + + + Select the file containing the User and Password credentials + + + + + Select the file containing the password to unlock the private key + + + + + Select the L2TP Authority file + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + All Files (*.*) + + + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Config files (*.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + User/Pass Files (*.up) + + + + + Select the configuration file to import + + + + + OpenVPN Configurations (*.ovpn *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + + Base Name + + + + + Please enter a name for the connection to be created from the imported .opvn file + + + + + Keep --auth-user-pass + + + + + The conf file will contain the <b>auth-user-pass</b> entry which will require prompts sent to stdout and a reply on stdin. This cannot be handled by Connman nor by CMST.<p>If this entry is removed you will need to create a "user:pass" file in order to have Connman make the VPN connection. In the next step you will be asked if you want to create this file and you will prompted for the user name and password.<p><b>Do you wish to remove this entry?</b> + + + + + Create User:Password File + + + + + Do you wish to create a user:password file for this connection? + + + + + Unable to write conf file <b>%1</b> + + + + + Unable to read <b>%1</b> - Aborting the import + + + + + OpenVPN import is complete. + + + + + Please enter a name for the user/pass file + + + + + User + + + + + Enter the user name for this connection. + + + + + Password + + + + + Enter the password for this connection. + + + + + Unable to write user:password file <b>%1</b> + + + + + VPN_Editor + + + Global + + + + + OpenConnect + + + + + OpenVPN + + + + + VPNC + + + + + L2TP + + + + + PPTP + + + + + All Files (*.*) + + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + User:Pass Files (*.up *.txt *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + WireGuard + + + + + CA Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + Config Files (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + VPN server IP address (ex: 1.2.3.4) + + + + + Domain Name for the VPN Service + + + + + Networks behind the VPN link, if more than one separate by a comma. +Format is network/netmask/gateway, and gateway can be omitted. +Ex: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:db8::1/16 + +Networks = entry is optional and may be left blank. + + + + + %1 - Item Input + + + + + %1 - Verify Option + + + + + User defined name for the VPN + + + + + Network address in the form address/netmask/peer. +Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 + + + + + %1 - Text Input + + + + + + Information + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to load. + + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + + + + + File deleted + + + + + Error encountered deleting. + + + + + File save failed. + + + + + %L1 KB written + + + + + %L1 Bytes written + + + + + Critical + + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + + + + + VPN_Prov + + + VPN Provisioning Editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Open + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + + + + + Name of the network. + + + + + Description of the network. + + + + + PPTP User Name. + + + + + PPTP Password. + + + + + Set the maximum number of LCP configure-NAKs returned +before starting to send configure-Rejects (default is 10). + + + + + Send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. + This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect +that the peer is no longer connected. + + + + + Debug level. + + + + + Deny EAP authorization? + + + + + Deny PAP authorization? + + + + + Deny CHAP authorization? + + + + + Deny MSCHAP authorization? + + + + + Deny MSCHAPV2 authorization? + + + + + Disables BSD compression? + + + + + Disable deflate compression? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 40 bit? + + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 128 bit? + + + + + + Allow MPPE to use stateful mode? + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson compression? + + + + + L2TP User Name. + + + + + L2TP Password. + + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + + + + + Maximum transmit bandwidth to use. + + + + + Maximum receive bandwidth to use. + + + + + Use length bit? + + + + + Use challenge authentication? + + + + + Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gatewa? + + + + + Sequence numbers included in the communication? + + + + + The window size of the control channel (number of unacknowledged packets, not bytes) + + + + + Use only one control channel? + + + + + Redial if disconnected? + + + + + Wait n seconds before redial. + + + + + Give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself? + + + + + Only accept connections from specified peer addresses? + + + + + Authentication file location. + + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. + + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking? + + + + + Specify which UDP port should be used. + + + + + Disable protocol compression? + + + + + Disable address/control compression? + + + + + Your Group username. + + + + + Your group password (cleartext). + + + + + Your username. + + + + + Your password (cleartext). + + + + + IKE authentication mode. + + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group. + + + + + Domain name for authentication. + + + + + Vendor of your IPSec gateway. + + + + + Local ISAKMP port to use. + + + + + Local UDP port number to use. + + + + + Application version to report. + + + + + NAT-Traversal method to employ. + + + + + Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for n seconds + + + + + Enable single DES encryption. + + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic. + + + + + Certificate authority file. + + + + + File containing peer's signed certificate. + + + + + File containing local peer's private key. + + + + + File containing the user:password credentials. + + + + + Provider WireGuard + + + + + Provider Wire Guard + + + + + VPNC.DeviceType + + + + + Wheher the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + WireGuard.Address + + + + + Internal IP Address + + + + + WireGuard.ListPort + + + + + Local listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.DNS + + + + + List of name servers (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PrivateKey + + + + + Private key of the interface. + + + + + WireGuard.PublicKey + + + + + Public key of peer. + + + + + WireGuard.PresharedKey + + + + + Preshared key of peer (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.AllowedIPs + + + + + See cryptokey routing. + + + + + WireGuard.EndpointPort + + + + + Endpoint listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive + + + + + Keep alive in seconds (optional). + + + + + OpenVPN.DeviceType + + + + + Whether the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert + + + + + Define if self signed server certificates are allowed. + + + + + OpenConnect.AuthType + + + + + Type of authentication used. + + + + + OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 + + + + + Do not ask for IPv6 connectivity. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoDTLS + + + + + Disable DTLS and ESP. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive + + + + + Disable HTTP connection re-use. + + + + + OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert + + + + + Certificate and privatekey in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. + + + + + OpenConnect.Usergroup + + + + + Set login usergroup on remote server. + + + + + OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey + + + + + SSL private key file needed by web authentication. + + + + + MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + DH group to use for perfect forward secrecy. + + + + + Peer certificate type (server/client). + + + + + Protocol type (udp/tcp-client/tcp-server). + + + + + TCP/UDP port number. + + + + + Get certificate password from console or file? + + + + + Don't cache --askpass or --auth-user-pass values? + + + + + Encrypt packets with cipher algorithm: + + + + + Authenticate packets using algorithm: + + + + + Use fast LZO compression (yes/no/adaptive). + + + + + Require peer certificate signed (client/server). + + + + + OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options. + + + + + SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server. + + + + + File containing other certificate authorities. + + + + + Client certificate file, if needed for web authentication. + + + + + Request MTU from server to use as MTU of tunnel? + + + + + Read cookie from standard input? + + + + + The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. + + + + + main.cpp + + + Another running instance of CMST has been detected. This instance is aborting + + + + + Bypass restoring the window state if restoring window state is specified in the settings file. + + + + + Bypass restoring any start options in the settings file. + + + + + Disable the system tray icon. May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification. + + + + + Connman System Tray. + + + + + [Experimental] Enable data counters. + + + + + Use an icon theme from your system. + + + + + Icon Theme Name + + + + + Scale program artwork for high DPI monitors. + + + + + Icon Scale1 + + + + + Log the connman inputRequest for debugging purposes. + + + + + Start the GUI minimized in the system tray. + + + + + Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface. + + + + + Disable VPN support. + + + + + Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon. + + + + + + seconds + + + + + [Experimental] The number of kb that have to be transmitted before the counter updates. + + + + + KB + + + + + [Experimental] The interval in seconds between counter updates. + + + + + If tray icon fake transparency is required, specify the background color to use (format: 0xRRGGBB) + + + + + RRGGBB + + + + + Use XFCE specific code. + + + + + Use MATE DE specific code. + + + + + processReply + + + Warning + + + + + <center><b>We received a DBUS reply message indicating an error.</b></center><br><br>Error Name: %1<br><br>Error Message: %2 + + + + diff --git a/translations/cmst_ko.ts b/translations/cmst_ko.ts index 4023e5bc..cfc5a721 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_ko.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_ko.ts @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Check this box to obscure the password characters.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>암호 문자를 가리려면 이 확인란을 선택합니다.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>비밀번호 문자를 가리려면 이 확인란을 선택하세요.</p></body></html> @@ -86,12 +86,12 @@ Passwor&d - 암호(&D) + 비밀번호(&D) <html><head/><body><p>WISPr password.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>WISPr 암호입니다.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr 비밀번호입니다.</p></body></html> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Use Push &Button Authentication - 푸시 버튼 인증 사용하기(&B) + 푸시 버튼 인증 사용(&B) @@ -171,12 +171,12 @@ Launch &Browser - 브라우저 시작하기(&B) + 브라우저 실행(&B) <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>이건 뭘까요</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>도움말 보기</p></body></html> @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ &Cancel - 취소하기(&C) + 취소(&C) @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ %Ln Packet(s) - %Ln 패킷 + %Ln개 패킷 @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>The global connection state of the system. Possible values are &quot;offline&quot;, &quot;idle&quot;, &quot;ready&quot;, and &quot;online&quot;. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>시스템의 전역 연결 상태입니다. 가능한 값은 &quot;오프라인(offline)&quot;, &quot;유휴(idle)&quot;, &quot;준비(ready)&quot;, 그리고 &quot;온라인(online)&quot;입니다. </p></body></html> @@ -504,17 +504,17 @@ &Less - 더 적게(&L) + 줄이기(&L) <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>이 페이지는 상단 상자에 선택된 서비스의 상세 정보를 표시합니다. 선택된 서비스가 '준비' 또는 '온라인' 상태가 아니면 대부분의 상세 정보는 공란으로 표시됩니다. </p><p>오른쪽 아래의 <span style=" font-weight:600;">구성</span> 버튼을 사용하여 서비스 세부 정보를 재정의할 수 있습니다. </p></body></html> &Details - 세부 정보(&D) + 세부정보(&D) @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Enable VPN Internet Kill Switch - + VPN 인터넷 킬 스위치 활성화 @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ &Counters - + 네트워크 통계(&C) @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>모든 서비스에 대한 기본 구성 방법은 자동 또는 DHCP와 같은 것입니다. 이는 대부분의 일반적인 사용에는 충분하지만, 그렇지 않은 경우 이 버튼을 사용하면 선택한 서비스에 대한 이더넷 및 IP 설정을 수동으로 구성할 수 있습니다.</p><p>서비스가 외부 구성 파일을 통해 프로비저닝되거나 서비스가 VPN 유형인 경우 이 버튼은 비활성화됩니다. 이러한 서비스의 속성을 수정할 수 없습니다.</p></body></html> @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>이 옵션을 체크하면, 아래에 표시된 구성 파일은 프로그램이 제공하는 출력에 따라 수정됩니다.</p></body></html> @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ Service configuration file to be modified by the program. - + 프로그램에서 수정할 서비스 구성 파일입니다. @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &QT - QT(&Q) + &QT @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>도움말 보기</p></body></html> @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Open the provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>프로비저닝 편집기를 열어 ConnMan 구성(프로비저닝) 파일을 만들거나 편집합니다.</p><p>이러한 구성 파일은 root:root 소유의 /var/lib/connman 디렉터리에 저장됩니다. CMST는 이 디렉터리에서 파일을 읽고 쓸 수 있도록 roothelper를 등록합니다. </p><p>루트 권한을 남용하지 않기 위해 편집기는 이름이 <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>로 끝나는 파일에서만 작동합니다. 이 파일 이름 끝은 파일 저장 중에 자동으로 추가되며 변경할 수 없습니다. </p><p>이 편집기를 사용하면 다른 방법으로 생성된 구성 파일을 편집하거나 삭제할 수 없습니다.</p></body></html> @@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Open the VPN provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files for VPN connections.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman-vpn which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>VPN 연결을 위한 Connman 구성(프로비저닝) 파일을 만들거나 편집하려면 VPN 프로비저닝 편집기를 엽니다.</p><p>이러한 구성 파일은 root:root 소유의 /var/lib/connman-vpn 디렉터리에 위치합니다. CMST는 이 디렉터리에서 파일을 읽고 쓸 수 있도록 roothelper를 등록합니다. </p><p>루트 권한을 남용하지 않기 위해 편집기는 이름이 <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>로 끝나는 파일에서만 작동합니다. 이 파일 이름 끝은 파일 저장 중에 자동으로 추가되며 변경할 수 없습니다. </p><p>이 편집기를 사용하면 다른 방법으로 만든 구성 파일을 편집하거나 삭제할 수 없습니다.</p></body></html> @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } E&xit - + 종료(&X) @@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Excludes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> - + 제외:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &General - + 일반(&G) @@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Nameservers - + 네임서버(&N) @@ -2258,7 +2258,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } IPv&6 - + IPv&6 @@ -2278,12 +2278,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Proxy - + 프록시(&P) <html><head/><body><p>Automatic proxy configuration URL. Used by the &quot;auto&quot; method.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>자동 프록시 구성 URL입니다. &quot;자동&quot; 방식에서 사용됩니다.</p></body></html> @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Timeservers - + 타임서버(&T) @@ -2319,12 +2319,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured domain name servers. Some cellular networks don't provide correct name servers and this allows for an override.</p><p>This array is sorted by priority and the first entry in the list represents the nameserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration and no global nameservers are configured, then it is useful to configure this setting.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>수동으로 구성된 도메인 이름 서버 목록입니다. 일부 이동통신망은 올바른 이름 서버를 제공하지 않으므로 이를 통해 재정의할 수 있습니다.</p><p>이 배열은 우선순위에 따라 정렬되며 목록의 첫 번째 항목은 우선순위가 가장 높은 네임서버를 나타냅니다.</p><p>수동 구성을 사용하고 글로벌 네임서버가 구성되지 않은 경우 이 설정을 구성하는 것이 유용합니다.</p><p>하나 이상의 IP 주소를 입력합니다. 입력하는 각 주소를 쉼표, 세미콜론, 세로줄 또는 공백으로 구분합니다.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured time servers.</p><p>The first entry in the list represents the timeserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration this setting is useful to override all the other timeserver settings. This is service specific, hence only the values for the default service are used.</p><p>Changes to this property will result in restart of NTP query.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>수동으로 구성된 시간 서버 목록입니다.</p><p>목록의 첫 번째 항목은 우선순위가 가장 높은 시간 서버를 나타냅니다.</p><p>수동 구성을 사용할 때 이 설정은 다른 모든 타임서버 설정을 재정의하는 데 유용합니다. 이는 서비스별이므로 기본 서비스에 대한 값만 사용됩니다.</p><p>이 속성을 변경하면 NTP 쿼리가 다시 시작됩니다.</p><p>하나 이상의 IP 주소를 입력합니다. 입력하는 각 주소는 쉼표, 세미콜론, 세로줄 또는 공백으로 구분합니다.</p></body></html> @@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &mDNS - + &mDNS @@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>도움말 보기</p></body></html> @@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Reset Pa&ge - + 페이지 재설정(&G) @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Open - + 열기(&O) @@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Save - 저장하기(&S) + 저장(&S) @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Delete - + 삭제(&D) @@ -2552,17 +2552,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Clear Page - + 페이지 지우기(&C) <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>도움말 보기</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>&quot;도움말 보기&quot; 모드로 들어가세요.</p></body></html> @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } E&xit - + 종료(&X) @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PrivateKeyPassphraseType - 개인키 암호문구 유형 + 개인키암호문구유형 @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Password/Passphrase for the private key file. - 개인 키 파일에 대한 암호/암호문구 입니다. + 개인 키 파일에 대한 비밀번호/암호문구 입니다. @@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. - + <center>구성 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다.<br>이 대화상자를 사용하여 구성 파일을 만들 수 있습니다. @@ -3065,7 +3065,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <center>Reading configuration file: %1 - + <center>구성 파일 읽는 중: %1 @@ -3082,7 +3082,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. - + <center>구성 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다.<br>아무것도 삭제되지 않습니다. @@ -3347,19 +3347,19 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Not unique connman error string - + 중복됨 Not supported connman error string - + 미지원 Not implemented connman error string - + 미구현 @@ -3371,13 +3371,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } No carrier connman error string - + 신호 없음 In progress connman error string - + 처리 중 @@ -3407,55 +3407,55 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Not connected connman error string - + 연결되지 않음 Operation aborted connman error string - + 작업 중단됨 Operation timeout connman error string - + 작업 시간초과 Invalid service connman error string - + 잘못된 서비스 Invalid property connman error string - + 잘못된 속성 disabled connman privacy string - + 비활성화됨 enabled connman privacy string - + 활성화됨 prefered connman privacy string - known misspelling but needed to avoid breaking code - + 선호됨 preferred connman privacy string - + 선호됨 @@ -3467,7 +3467,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } manual connman ethernet connection method - + 수동 @@ -3479,73 +3479,73 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } manual connman ipv4 method string - + 수동 off connman ipv4 method string - + 끄기 fixed connman ipv4 method string - + 고정 address connamn ipv4 method string - + 주소 auto connman ipv6 method string - + 자동 manual connman ipv6 method string - + 수동 6to4 connman ipv6 method string - + 6to4 off connman ipv6 method string - + 끄기 openconnect connman vpn connection type - + openconnect openvpn connman vpn connection type - + openvpn vpnc connman vpn connection type - + vpnc l2tp connman vpn connection type - + l2tp @@ -3557,19 +3557,19 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } wireguard connman vpn connection type - + wireguard true connman mdns setting - + 활성화 false connman mdns setting - + 비활성화 auto @@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } VPN Agent Input - + VPN 에이전트 입력 @@ -3607,47 +3607,47 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Password - 암호 + 비밀번호 <html><head/><body><p>WISPr password.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr 비밀번호.</p></body></html> Host - + 호스트 Name - + 이름 OpenConnect - + OpenConnect CA Cert. - + 인증 기관 인증서. Client Cert. - + 클라이언트 인증서. Cookie - + 쿠키 Server Cert. - + 서버 인증서. @@ -3657,7 +3657,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>도움말 보기</p></body></html> @@ -3667,12 +3667,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>연결 프로세스를 계속합니다.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>이 대화상자에서 제공한 답변을 수락하고 사용하세요.</p><p>이렇게 하면 연결 프로세스를 계속하기 위해 입력 내용이 connman 데몬으로 전송됩니다.</p></body></html> @@ -3682,22 +3682,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>연결 프로세스를 취소합니다.<br/></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>이 작업은 연결 요청을 취소했음을 connman 데몬에 알리는 메시지를 전송합니다.</p></body></html> &Cancel - + 취소(&C) Save Credentials - + 로그인 정보 저장 @@ -3705,12 +3705,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Global - + 전역 OpenConnect - + OpenConnect @@ -3720,17 +3720,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } VPNC - + VPNC L2TP - + L2TP PPTP - + PPTP @@ -3743,63 +3743,64 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Cert Files (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;All Files (*.*) - + 인증서 파일 (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;모든 파일 (*.*) User:Pass Files (*.up *.txt *.conf);;All Files (*.*) - + 사용자:비번 파일 (*.up *.txt *.conf);;모든 파일 (*.*) WireGuard - + WireGuard CA Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) - + 인증기관 파일 (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;모든 파일 (*.*) Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) - + 인증서 파일 (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;모든 파일 (*.*) Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) - + 키 파일 (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;모든 파일 (*.*) Config Files (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;All Files (*.*) - + 구성 파일 (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;모든 파일 (*.*) VPN server IP address (ex: 1.2.3.4) - + VPN 서버 IP 주소 (예: 1.2.3.4) %1 - Item Input - + %1 - 항목 입력 %1 - Verify Option - + %1 - 확인 옵션 User defined name for the VPN - + VPN에 대한 사용자 정의 이름 Domain name for the VPN Service (ex: corporate.com) - + VPN 서비스의 도메인 이름 +(예: corporate.com) @@ -3808,7 +3809,11 @@ Format is network/netmask/gateway, and gateway can be omitted. Ex: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:Ldb8::1/16 Networks = entry is optional and may be left blank. - + VPN 링크 뒤에 있는 네트워크 (여러 개일 경우 쉼표로 구분) +형식은 network/netmask/gateway이며, gateway는 생략할 수 있습니다. +예: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:Ldb8::1/16 + +네트워크 = 항목은 선택 사항이므로 비워 둘 수 있습니다. @@ -3820,7 +3825,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 %1 - Text Input - + %1 - 텍스트 입력 @@ -3831,94 +3836,94 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. - + <center>구성 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다.<br>이 대화상자를 사용하여 구성 파일을 만들 수 있습니다. %1 - Information - + %1 - 정보 <center>Reading configuration file: %1 - + <center>구성 파일 읽는 중: %1 %1 - Select File - + %1 - 파일 선택 Select a file to load. - + 불러올 파일을 선택하세요. <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. - + <center>구성 파일을 찾을 수 없습니다.<br>아무것도 삭제되지 않습니다. Select a file to be deleted. - + 삭제할 파일을 선택하세요. Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. - + 새 파일 이름을 입력하거나 기존 파일을 선택하여 덮어씁니다. File read completed - + 파일 읽기 완료 File deleted - + 파일이 삭제되었습니다 Error encountered deleting. - + 삭제하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다. File save failed. - + 파일 저장에 실패했습니다. %L1 KB written - + %L1 KB 기록됨 %L1 Bytes written - + %L1 바이트 기록됨 Critical - + 긴급 <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 - + <b>DBus 오류 이름:</b> %1<br><br><b>문자열:</b> %2<br><br><b>메시지:</b> %3 OpenVPN Configurations (*.ovpn *.conf);;All Files (*.*) - + OpenVPN 구성 (*.ovpn *.conf);;모든 파일 (*.*) Select the configuration file to import - + 가져올 구성 파일 선택하기 @@ -3958,7 +3963,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 Password - 암호 + 비밀번호 @@ -4011,7 +4016,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 &Save - + 저장(&S) @@ -4021,7 +4026,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 &Delete - + 삭제(&D) @@ -4031,17 +4036,17 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 &Clear Page - + 페이지 지우기(&C) <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>도움말 보기</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>&quot;도움말 보기&quot; 모드로 들어가세요.</p></body></html> @@ -4051,7 +4056,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 E&xit - + 종료(&X) @@ -4061,7 +4066,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 Description of the network. - + 네트워크에 대한 설명입니다. diff --git a/translations/cmst_lt.ts b/translations/cmst_lt.ts index 7151b035..9ef4065c 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_lt.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_lt.ts @@ -3279,13 +3279,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } gps connman type string - + GPS vpn connman type string - + VPN @@ -3345,13 +3345,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } wep connman security string - + WEP wps connman security string - + WPS @@ -3513,7 +3513,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } dhcp connman ipv4 method string - + DHCP @@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Password for decrypting PKCS#8/PKCS#12 client certificate.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Slaptažodis, skirtas PKCS#8/PKCS#12 kliento liudijimo iššifravimui.</p></body></html> @@ -3705,7 +3705,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Client Cert. - + Kliento liudijimas @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Group - + Grupė @@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PKCS Client Cert. - + PKCS kliento liudijimas @@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PKCS Password - + PKCS slaptažodis @@ -3830,7 +3830,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Atsisakyti prisijungimo proceso.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Atsisakyti prisijungimo proceso.<br/></p></body></html> @@ -3853,12 +3853,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Dialog - Dialogas + Dialogas <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Type</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN tipas</span></p></body></html> @@ -3873,32 +3873,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OpenVPN - + OpenVPN VPNC - VPNC + VPNC L2TP - L2TP + L2TP PPTP - PPTP + PPTP WireGuard - WireGuard + WireGuard <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Name</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Pavadinimas</span></p></body></html> @@ -3923,7 +3923,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Networks - + Tinklai @@ -3933,12 +3933,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Server Address</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN serverio adresas</span></p></body></html> CA Certificate - + LĮ liudijimas @@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MTU - + MTU diff --git a/translations/cmst_nb_NO.ts b/translations/cmst_nb_NO.ts index 29110ce8..072d9884 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_nb_NO.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_nb_NO.ts @@ -970,17 +970,17 @@ System Tray Notifications - Systemkurvsmerknader + Systemkurvvarsler Notifications - Merknader + Varsler Notification Daemon - Merknadsnisse + Bakgrunnstjeneste for varsling @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <center>%1 is a program to interface with the Connman daemon and to provide a system tray control.<br><center>Version <b>%2</b><center>Release date: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>by<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Translations:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (German)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russian)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Dutch)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkish)<br><center><b>Build Information:</b><center>Compiled using QT version %5<center>Connman version %6 - <center>%1 er et program for å bruke Connman-nissen og for å tilby systemkurvskontroll.<br><center>Versjon <b>%2</b><center>Utgivelsesdato: %3<center>Opphavsrett c %4<center>tilhørende<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Oversettelser:</b><center>Allan Nordhøy, (bokmål), Jianfeng Zhang (Kinesisk)<center>sqozz (Tysk)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russisk)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Nederlandsk)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Tyrkisk)<br><center><b>Bygginfo:</b><center>Kompilert med Qt verrsjon %5<center>Connman versjon %6 + <center>%1 er et program for å bruke Connman-bakgrunnstjenesten og for å tilby systemkurvkontroll.<br><center>Versjon <b>%2</b><center>Utgivelsesdato: %3<center>Opphavsrett c %4<center>tilhørende<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Oversettelser:</b><center>Allan Nordhøy, (bokmål), Jianfeng Zhang (Kinesisk)<center>sqozz (Tysk)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russisk)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Nederlandsk)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Tyrkisk)<br><center><b>Bygginfo:</b><center>Kompilert med Qt-versjon %5<center>Connman-versjon %6 @@ -6287,7 +6287,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - KB + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_nl_NL.ts b/translations/cmst_nl_NL.ts index c6fb93de..4be140d7 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_nl_NL.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_nl_NL.ts @@ -11,37 +11,37 @@ Passphrase - Toegangssleutel + Wachtwoord <html><head/><body><p>If an old passphrase is available it will be shown here for reference.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Als er een oude toegangssleutel beschikbaar is, dan wordt deze hier getoond ter referentie.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Als er een oud wachtwoord beschikbaar is, dan wordt dat hier getoond ter referentie.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Type the passphrase here.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Voer de toegangssleutel in.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Voer hier het wachtwoord in.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Check this box to obscure the password characters.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om de tekens van de toegangssleutel te maskeren.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om het wachtwoord te verbergen.</p></body></html> &Hide Passphrase - &Toegangssleutel verbergen + Wachtwoord &verbergen O&ld Passphrase - Oude toegangss&leutel + &Oud wachtwoord &Passphrase - &Toegangssleutel + &Wachtwoord @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Voer de naam in van het verborgen netwerk waar je verbinding mee wilt maken.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Voer de naam in van het verborgen netwerk waarmee u verbinding wilt maken.</p></body></html> Service Set Identifier - Service Set Identifier + Service Set-identificatie @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) - Wireless Internet Service Provider-roaming (WISPr) + Roaming van draadloze internetproviders (WISPr) @@ -96,12 +96,12 @@ Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) - Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) + Uitbreidbaar authenticatieprotocol (EAP) <html><head/><body><p>Type your Identity for the Extensible Authentication Protocol</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Voer de identiteit in van het Extensible Authentication Protocol</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Voer hier uw identiteit van het Uitbreidbaar authenticatieprotocol (EAP) in</p></body></html> @@ -111,17 +111,17 @@ WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) - Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) + WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) <html><head/><body><p>When checked use WPS push button authentication. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om authenticatie middels de WPS-knop te gebruiken. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om de WPS-pushknopauthenticatie te gebruiken.</p></body></html> Use Push &Button Authentication - &Authenticeren middels WPS-knop + WPS-pushknopauthenticatie ge&bruiken @@ -136,17 +136,17 @@ Browser Login Requested - Inloggen via browser vereist + Inloggen via webbrowser vereist Choose or enter a browser: - Kies een browser of voer de naam ervan in: + Kies een webbrowser of voer de naam ervan in: <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan is requesting that you open a web browser to complete the login process.</p><p>We have scanned your PATH for browsers and any browsers found are shown in the list below. You may select any one browser to use it for the login. If your web browser is not shown in the list you may enter it directly in the<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Choose or enter a browser box</span>.</p><p>To launch the browser click the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Launch Browser</span> button. </p><p>If you wish to login manually close this dialog, start your web browser and proceed to the URL shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Login URL</span> box.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Brave Browser Users:</span> Note that Brave does not seem to accept a URL to start with. After the browser starts you will need to enter the URL manually. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan vraagt u om een webbrowser te openen om het inlogproces te voltooien.</p><p>We hebben uw PATH gescand op browsers en alle gevonden browsers worden hieronder getoond. Kies een browser om u mee aan te melden. Als uw browser niet op de lijst staat, kunt u die rechtstreeks invoeren in het veld<span style=" font-weight:600;">Kies een webbrowser of voer de naam ervan in</span>.</p><p>Klik op de<span style=" font-weight:600;">Webbrowser openen</span>-knop om de browser te openen.</p><p>Als u handmatig wilt inloggen, sluit dan dit venster, open uw browser en ga naar de url die wordt getoond in het invoerveld<span style=" font-weight:600;">inlog-url</span>.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Gebruikers van Brave Browser:</span> let op dat Brave blijkbaar geen url's accepteert die direct worden geopend. Nadat u de browser heeft gestart, moet u de url dus handmatig invoeren.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Connman is requesting that you open a web browser to complete the login process.</p><p>We have scanned your PATH for browsers and any browsers found are shown in the list below. You may select any one browser to use it for the login. If your web browser is not shown in the list you may enter it directly in the<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Choose or enter a browser box</span>.</p><p>To launch the browser click the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Launch Browser</span> button. </p><p>If you wish to login manually close this dialog, start your web browser and proceed to the URL shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Login URL</span> box.</p></body></html> @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Connman is requesting you continue login with a web browser. This box shows the URL that contains the login page.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Connman verzoekt je in te loggen middels een webbrowser. Dit veld toont de url van de inlogpagina.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan vraagt u om in te loggen via een webbrowser. Dit veld toont de url van de inlogpagina.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body></html> @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to launch the selected browser. The browser will open at the page shown in the Login URL box.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Klik op deze knop om de gekozen browser te openen. De browser opent de pagina met de hierboven getoonde inlog-url.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Klik op deze knop om de gekozen webbrowser te openen. De browser opent de pagina zoals getoond in het veld ‘Inlog-url’.</p></body></html> Launch &Browser - &Browser openen + Web&browser openen @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ ... - ... + … @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Accepteer en gebruik de antwoorden die je hier hebt opgegeven. </p><p>Dit verstuurt je invoer naar de connman-achtergronddienst om de procedure voort te zetten.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Accepteer en gebruik de antwoorden die u hier heeft opgegeven. </p><p>Dit verstuurt uw invoer naar de connman-achtergronddienst om de procedure voort te zetten.</p></body></html> @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Verwerp dit venster. </p><p>Dit verstuurt een bericht aan de connman-achtergronddienst dat je het verzoek hebt afgebroken.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Sluit dit venster. </p><p>Dit verstuurt een bericht aan de connman-achtergronddienst dat u het verzoek heeft afgebroken.</p></body></html> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ You have requested the %1 browser, but we cannot find a terminal program to open it with. Currenty we can start %1 using these terminals: <b>roxterm</b> and <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>To continue you need to manually open a terminal and then enter: "%1 %2" - Je hebt verzocht %1 te gebruiken, maar er is geen terminalprogramma aangetroffen om deze mee te openen. %1 kan worden gestart middels de terminals <b>roxterm</b> en <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>Open handmatig een terminalvenster en voer daar het volgende in: '%1 %2' + U heeft verzocht om %1 te gebruiken, maar er is geen terminalprogramma aangetroffen om deze browser mee te openen. %1 kan worden gestart middels de terminals <b>roxterm</b> en <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>Open handmatig een terminalvenster en voer daar het volgende in: ‘%1 %2’ @@ -236,12 +236,12 @@ Connman Error - Connman-fout + ConnMan-foutmelding Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? - Connman gaf de volgende fout aan:<b><center>%1</b><br>Wil je het opnieuw proberen? + ConnMan gaf de volgende fout aan:<b><center>%1</b><br>Wilt u het opnieuw proberen? @@ -260,13 +260,13 @@ %L1 Bytes - %L1 Bytes + %L1 bytes %L1 KB - %L1 KB + %L1 kB @@ -346,12 +346,12 @@ Connman Error - Connman-fout + ConnMan-foutmelding Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? - Connman gaf de volgende fout aan:<b><center>%1</b><br>Wil je het opnieuw proberen? + ConnMan gaf de volgende fout aan:<b><center>%1</b><br>Wilt u het opnieuw proberen? @@ -379,17 +379,17 @@ <html><head/><body><p>This checkbox controls the global setting for switching all radios on or off. When checked all radios are powered down.</p><p>When the system is In offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om alle apparaten (bedraad, draadloos en Bluetooth) uit te schakelen.</p><p>Als het systeem in offline-modus staat, dan kun je individuele apparaten inschakelen. Als je online gaat, dan bepaalt het individuele beleid van elk apparaat of het weer wordt ingeschakeld.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Met behulp van dit keuzevakje bedient u de globale instelling voor het in- of uitschakelen van alle draadloze verbindingen. Kruis het vakje aan om alle draadloze verbindingen uit te schakelen.</p><p>Tijdens de offline-modus is het nog steeds mogelijk om bepaalde technologieën handmatig in te schakelen. Bij het verlaten van de offline-modus beslist het individuele beleid van ieder apparaat of de draadloze verbinding weer wordt ingeschakeld of niet.</p></body></html> All Devices &Off - &Alle apparaten uitschakelen + Alle apparaten &uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">OfflineMode</span></p><p>The offline mode indicates the global setting for switching all radios on or off. Changing offline mode to true results in powering down all devices. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device decides to switch the radio back on or not. </p><p>During offline mode, it is still possible to switch certain technologies manually back on. For example the limited usage of WiFi or Bluetooth devices might be allowed in some situations.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Offline-modus</span></p><p>De offline-modus geeft aan of alle apparaten zijn in- of uitgeschakeld. Schakel dit in om alle apparaten uit te schakelen. Als je online gaat, dan bepaalt het individuele beleid van elk apparaat of het weer wordt ingeschakeld. </p><p>Als het systeem in offline-modus staat, dan kun je individuele apparaten inschakelen. Zo kun je, onder bepaalde omstandigheden, bijv.Wi-Fi- of Bluetooth-gebruik toestaan.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style="font-weight:600;">Offline-modus</span></p><p>De offline-modus geeft de globale instelling aan voor het in- of uitschakelen van alle draadloze verbindingen. Als u de offline-modus inschakelt, worden alle netwerkapparaten uitgeschakeld. Bij het verlaten van de offline-modus beslist het individuele beleid van ieder apparaat of de draadloze verbinding weer wordt ingeschakeld of niet.</p><p>Tijdens de offline-modus is het nog steeds mogelijk om bepaalde technologieën weer in te schakelen. Voorbeeld: het beperkte gebruik van wifi- of bluetoothapparaten kan in sommige situaties zijn toegestaan.</p></body></html> @@ -404,13 +404,13 @@ Global Properties - Algemene gegevens + Algemene eigenschappen <html><head/><body><p>The global setting for switching all radios on or off. When offline mode is engaged all radios are powered down.</p><p>While in offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>De offline-modus geeft aan of alle apparaten zijn in- of uitgeschakeld. Schakel het in om alle apparaten uit te schakelen.</p><p>Als het systeem in offline-modus staat, dan kun je individuele apparaten inschakelen. Als je online gaat, dan bepaalt het individuele beleid van elk apparaat of het weer wordt ingeschakeld.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>De globale instelling voor het in- of uitschakelen van alle draadloze verbindingen. Als de offline-modus actief is, worden alle draadloze verbindingen uitgeschakeld.</p><p>Tijdens de offline-modus is het nog steeds mogelijk om bepaalde technologieën weer in te schakelen. Bij het verlaten van de offline-modus beslist het individuele beleid van ieder apparaat of de draadloze verbinding weer wordt ingeschakeld of niet.</p></body></html> @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>This box lists all services that connman can connect to.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Hier vind je alle apparaten waarmee connman verbinding kan maken.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Hier vindt u alle diensten waarmee ConnMan verbinding kan maken.</p></body></html> @@ -497,18 +497,18 @@ Move Before - Omhoog verplaatsen + Omhoog Move After - Omlaag verplaatsen + Omlaag <html><head/><body><p>When checked hide the connection name in the Services box.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om de naam van de verbinding te verbergen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om de naam van de verbinding te verbergen.</p></body></html> @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Deze pagina toont de details van de in het vak hierboven gekozen dienst. Als de gekozen dienst niet de ‘klaar voor gebruik’- of ‘online’-status heeft, zullen er weinig details beschikbaar zijn.</p><p>U kunt de details van de dienst vervangen door de <span style="font-weight:600;">instellingen</span>knop rechtsonder te gebruiken.</p></body></html> @@ -528,12 +528,12 @@ Ser&vice - &Dienst + Dien&st <html><head/><body><p>Use this Combobox to select the service for which you wish to view the detailed information.<br/></p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Kies hier de dienst waarover je uitgebreide informatie wilt bekijken.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kies een dienst van de lijst waarvan u uitgebreide informatie wilt bekijken.<br/></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is a hidden wifi service. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> @@ -547,17 +547,17 @@ &Wireless - &Wi-Fi + &Wifi Wireless Services - Wi-Fi-diensten + Draadloze netwerkdiensten <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Kies hieronder een Wi-Fi-netwerk en klik op deze knop om ermee te verbinden. </p><p>Als er slechts één Wi-Fi-netwerk verschijnt, dan wordt, na klikken op deze knop, automatisch die dienst gekozen en een verbindingspoging gedaan. </p><p>Als er extra informatie benodigd is, zoals een toegangssleutel, dan wordt je hierom gevraagd. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kies een wifidienst uit onderstaande tabel en klik op deze knop om ermee te verbinden.</p><p>Als er slechts één wifidienst in de tabel staat, klik dan op deze knop om automatisch die dienst te kiezen en een verbindingspoging te wagen. </p><p>Als er informatie over de dienst nodig is, bijvoorbeeld een wachtwoord, dan wordt hierom gevraagd.</p></body></html> @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Kies hieronder een Wi-Fi-netwerk en klik op deze knop om de verbinding ermee te verbreken. </p><p>Als er slechts één Wi-Fi-netwerk verschijnt dat &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; of &quot;online&quot; is, dan wordt, na klikken op deze knop, automatisch die dienst gekozen en de verbinding ermee verbroken. </p><p>Je kunt met deze knop tevens een verbindingspoging afbreken. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kies een wifidienst uit onderstaande tabel en klik op deze knop om de verbinding te verbreken.</p><p>Als er slechts één wifidienst staat met de ‘klaar voor gebruik’- of ‘online’-status, dan wordt - na een klik op deze knop - automatisch die dienst gekozen en de verbinding ermee verbroken. </p><p>Dit kan ook worden gebruikt om een vorige verbindingspoging af te breken.</p></body></html> @@ -585,64 +585,64 @@ <html><head/><body><p>This label shows the number of WiFi technologies (devices) that were found, and the number that are powered on. There must be at least one WiFi technology found and powered in order for the box below to show services.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off go to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologies</span> box in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> tab and double click on the text that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Dit label toont het aantal aangetroffen Wi-Fi-technologieën (apparaten), en hoeveel er zijn ingeschakeld. Er moet minimaal één Wi-Fi-technologie zijn aangetroffen en ingeschakeld voordat er netwerken worden getoond.</p><p>Ga naar <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologieën</span> op het tabblad <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> om technologieën in of uit te schakelen door te dubbelklikken op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Aan/Uit</span>.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Dit label toont het aantal wifiapparaten dat is aangetroffen en het aantal dat is ingeschakeld. Er moet minstens één ingeschakeld wifiapparaat zijn om in het onderstaande vakje de wifidiensten te laten zien.</p><p>Ga naar <span style=" font-weight:600;">Wifiapparaten</span> op het tabblad <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> om wifiapparaten in of uit te schakelen door te dubbelklikken op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Aan/Uit</span>.</p></body></html> Wifi State - Wi-Fi-status + Wifistatus <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will implement an internet kill switch for VPN connections. If a VPN connection drops while the kill switch is enabled all technologies will be powered off.</p><p>The way this works is the service order is monitored. If the topmost service is of type VPN and then if it changes to something other than VPN and if the change was not initiated by the user (for instance by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Disconnect</span> button in the VPN tab), then CMST will cycle through all technologies powering each one down in turn. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Als deze optie is ingeschakeld, implementeert CMST een internet ‘kill switch’ voor vpn-verbindingen. Als een vpn-verbinding wegvalt als de kill switch actief is, worden alle netwerkapparaten uitgeschakeld.</p><p>Dit werkt doordat de volgorde van de netwerkdiensten wordt gecontroleerd. Als de bovenste dienst een vpn-dienst is en er vervolgens een wijziging plaatsvindt naar iets anders dan vpn, en de wijziging niet is geïnitieerd door de gebruiker (bijvoorbeeld met de knop <span style=“ font-weight:600;”>Verbinding verbreken</span> op het tabblad ‘vpn’), dan zal CMST alle netwerkapparaten doorlopen en ze een-voor-een uitschakelen.</p></body></html> Enable VPN Internet Kill Switch - + Internetverbinding verbreken als vpn-verbinding wegvalt <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om belangrijke ConnMan-berichten te ontvangen via systeemmeldingen.</p><p>Meldingen kunnen worden afgehandeld door het systeemvakpictogram of door een meldingsdienst, indien die is geïnstalleerd. Ze kunnen echter niet tegelijkertijd actief zijn.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>If checked the Start Up Options in the right hand pane will be enabled. Start up options set in this pane will be read and used next time the program starts. Start up options are also available as command line switches and an option provided on the command line will take precedence over an option set in the right hand pane. The options in this pane are provided as a convienence to avoid the necessity of editing a systemd service or other start up file. </p><p>Settings are stored in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om de opstartopties op het rechterpaneel te kunnen gebruiken. De opstartopties die hier staan, worden gelezen en gebruikt als u het programma de volgende keer opstart. De opties zijn ook beschikbaar op de opdrachtregel en opties van de opdrachtregel hebben voorrang over de opties op het rechterpanneel. De opties in dit venster zijn bedoeld om te voorkomen dat u een systemd-dienst of ander opstartbestand moet bewerken.</p><p>De instellingen worden opgeslagen in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>Dit is een standaard ini-achtig tekstbestand.</span></p></body></html> Enable Start Options from GUI (right hand pane) - + Grafische opstartopties inschakelen (rechterpaneel) <html><head/><body><p>These entries control various options for CMST at program start. Changing or setting these will only take effect at the next program start. </p><p>All of these options are available from the command line, and if a command line option is provided it will take precedence over these settings.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Deze instellingen regelen de verschillenden opties voor het opstarten van het CMST-programma. Aanpassingen aan deze opties worden pas van kracht als het programma de volgende keer wordt gestart.</p><p>Al deze opties zijn beschikbaar op de opdrachtregel en als er een opdrachtregeloptie is opgegeven, heeft die voorrang boven deze instellingen.</p></body></html> Start Up Options - + Opstartopties <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'monospace';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">-c</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Enable Connman RX and TX counters. Counters are experimental in Connman and enabling them will write a large amount of data to the system logs.</p><p>Counters are turned off by default, and is a change from the way it was originally. Up to and including version 2017.09.19 counters were enabled by default. All versions subsequent to that counters are disabled by default.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><pre style=“ margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;”><span style=“ font-family:‘monospace’;”>Command line options: </span><span style=” font-family: 'monospace'; font-weight:600;“>-c</span><span style=” font-family:'monospace';“> of </span><span style=” font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Zet de RX- en TX-tellers van ConnMan aan. De tellers zijn experimenteel in ConnMan en het inschakelen ervan schrijft een grote hoeveelheid gegevens naar de logboeken van het besturingssysteem.</p><p>De tellers zijn standaard uitgeschakeld en zijn veranderd ten opzichte van wat ze oorspronkelijk waren. Tot de versie van 19-09-2017 waren tellers standaard ingeschakeld. In alle versies daarna zijn tellers standaard uitgeschakeld.</p></body></html> Enable Counters - + Tellers inschakelen <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Start the GUI minimized in the system tray.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Opdrachtregeloptie: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> -<html><head/><body><p>Start cmst geminimaliseerd op in het systeemvak.</p></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Start CMST geminimaliseerd op in het systeemvak.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre></body></html> @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Counter Update Rate - Teller-bijwerktempo + Teller-bijwerktussenpoos <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line.</p><p>Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p></body></html> @@ -692,12 +692,12 @@ Aw&Oken - + &Actief A&rtwork - + &Afbeeldingen @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Dwingt af dat alle Wi-Fi-technologieën opnieuw worden gescand. Dit is vergelijkbaar met de opdracht <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> op de opdrachtregel.</p><p>Tijdens het scannen is de knop niet beschikbaar.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Dwing een nieuwe scan van alle wifiapparaten af. Dit is vergelijkbaar met het uitvoeren van de opdracht<span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span>op de opdrachtregel.</p><p>De knop is niet te gebruiken terwijl de scan wordt uitgevoerd.</p></body></html> @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection that is not marked roaming. </p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Tellers voor de &quot;online&quot;-verbinding (roaming uitgezonderd). </p><p>Tellers zijn niet altijd beschikbaar: ze kunnen uitgeschakeld zijn middels de opdrachtregel (-c of --disable-counters) of als de verbinding &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft in plaats van &quot;online&quot;. Online is een verbinding die &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; is en goedgekeurd. Je kunt verbonden zijn met een netwerk dat alleen &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft, maar de tellers werken dan niet.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Tellers voor de &quot;online&quot;-verbinding (roaming uitgezonderd). </p><p>Tellers zijn niet altijd beschikbaar: ze kunnen uitgeschakeld zijn middels de opdrachtregel (-c of --disable-counters) of als de verbinding &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft in plaats van &quot;online&quot;. Online is een verbinding die &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; is en goedgekeurd. U kunt verbonden zijn met een netwerk dat alleen &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft, maar de tellers werken dan niet.</p></body></html> @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection marked &quot;roaming&quot;.</p><p>In the case of cellular services this normally indicates connections to a foreign provider.</p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Tellers voor de &quot;online&quot;-roamingverbinding. </p><p>Bij mobiel internet duidt dit meestal op een verbinding met een buitenlandse provider. Tellers zijn niet altijd beschikbaar: ze kunnen uitgeschakeld zijn middels de opdrachtregel (-c of --disable-counters) of als de verbinding &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft in plaats van &quot;online&quot;. Online is een verbinding die &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; is en goedgekeurd. Je kunt verbonden zijn met een netwerk dat alleen &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft, maar de tellers werken dan niet.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Tellers voor de &quot;online&quot;-roamingverbinding. </p><p>Bij mobiel internet duidt dit meestal op een verbinding met een buitenlandse provider. Tellers zijn niet altijd beschikbaar: ze kunnen uitgeschakeld zijn middels de opdrachtregel (-c of --disable-counters) of als de verbinding &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft in plaats van &quot;online&quot;. Online is een verbinding die &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; is en goedgekeurd. U kunt verbonden zijn met een netwerk dat alleen &quot;klaar voor gebruik&quot; aangeeft, maar de tellers werken dan niet.</p></body></html> @@ -798,17 +798,17 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the interface are in this box.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Hier vind je de instellingen omtrent het uiterlijk van cmst.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Hier vindt u de instellingen omtrent de vormgeving van cmst.</p></body></html> Interface - Uiterlijk + Vormgeving <html><head/><body><p>If checked the display of tooltips will be enabled for the interface widgets.</p><p>Tooltips are the small popups that appear when you hover the mouse pointer over an area of the interface. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om hulpballonnen te tonen in het cmst-venster.</p><p>Hulpballonnen zijn de informatieve berichten die verschijnen als je met de cursor boven een optie of tekstvak zweeft. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om hulpballonnen te tonen binnen het cmst-venster.</p><p>Hulpballonnen zijn informatieve berichten die verschijnen als u de cursor boven een optie of tekstvak houdt. </p></body></html> @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Normally counters are cumulative and will retain the connect time and the TX and RX counts between boots. </p><p>When this box is checked the counters will reset to zero every time CMST is started, and if CMST is running everytime a Connman service is started. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Normaal gesproken zijn tellers cumulatief; de verbindingstijd en TX- and RX-tellingen blijven behouden na een herstart. </p><p>Vink dit aan om alle tellers op nul te zetten telkens als CMST wordt gestart, en als CMST is draait telkens als er een Connman-dienst wordt gestart. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Normaliter zijn tellers cumulatief; de verbindingstijd en TX- and RX-tellingen blijven behouden na een herstart. </p><p>Kruis aan om alle tellers op nul te zetten telkens als CMST wordt gestart, en als CMST is draait telkens als er een ConnMan-dienst wordt gestart. </p></body></html> @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>When checked additional controls for advanced users are displayed.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om bediening voor gevorderde gebruikers te tonen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om bediening voor gevorderde gebruikers te tonen.</p></body></html> @@ -848,32 +848,32 @@ <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Disable the system tray icon.</p><p>May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Opdrachtregeloptie: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> -<html><head/><body><p>Schakelt het systeemvakpictogram uit.</p><p>Dit kan nuttig zijn als je systeemvak afwijkt van de Freedesktop.org-systeemvakspecificatie.</p></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Schakelt het systeemvakpictogram uit.</p><p>Dit kan nuttig zijn als uw systeemvak afwijkt van de Freedesktop.org-systeemvakspecificatie.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Disabled because currently Connman will accept this option but will do nothing with it.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Momenteel niet beschikbaar omdat Connman deze optie aanneemt zonder er iets mee te doen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Momenteel niet beschikbaar, omdat ConnMan deze optie aanneemt zonder er iets mee te doen.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman will accept this entry, but according to a comment in the Connman code the actual feature still needs to be implemented and the selection is therefore disabled.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Geef het aantal gegevens op in KB dat moet worden overgedragen voordat de tellers worden bijgewerkt (standaard: 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman neemt deze optie aan, maar volgens een opmerking in de Connman-code is de functie nog niet geheel geïmplementeerd. De keuze is daarom vooralsnog uitgeschakeld.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Geef de hoeveelheid gegevens in kB op die moet worden verzonden voordat de tellers worden bijgewerkt (standaard: 1024 kB).</p><p>ConnMan accepteert deze invoer, maar volgens een opmerking in de ConnMan-code moet de feitelijke functie nog worden geïmplementeerd. De keuze is daarom vooralsnog uitgeschakeld.</p></body></html> Counter Update KB - Teller-bijwerk-kb's + kB-teller bijwerken <html><head/><body><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Geef aan hoe lang er moet worden gewacht voordat het systeemvakpictogram wordt geladen (standaard: 0 seconden).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Geef aan hoelang er moet worden gewacht voordat het systeemvakpictogram wordt geladen (standaard: 0 seconden).</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Geef het aantal gegevens op in KB dat moet worden overgedragen voordat de tellers worden bijgewerkt (standaard: 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Geef het aantal gegevens in KB op dat moet worden overgedragen voordat de tellers worden bijgewerkt (standaard: 1024 KB).</p></body></html> @@ -901,17 +901,17 @@ <html><head/><body><p>If checked the state of the GUI will be restored from settings saved on disk. Settings include the geometry and position of the dialog and the current tab. </p><p>These settings will be used at next boot to restore the user interface to the way it was at shutdown.</p><p>The settings file is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om alle instellingen op te slaan op de schijf en ze bij de volgende opstart te herstellen. Dit omvat onder meer de vensterafmetingen en -positie, alsmede dat van het huidige tabblad. </p><p>Het instellingenbestand is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>Dit is een standaard ini-tekstbestand.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om alle instellingen te bewaren op de schijf en ze bij de volgende opstart te herstellen. Dit omvat onder meer de vensterafmetingen en -positie, alsmede dat van het huidige tabblad. </p><p>Het instellingenbestand is ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>Dit is een standaard ini-tekstbestand.</p></body></html> Retain State - Sessie-opties opslaan + Sessieopties onthouden <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Use an icon theme from your system. You may specify the theme in the box at the right, or if the box is left blank CMST will try and use the system wide icon theme (if one is defined).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Opdrachtregeloptie: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Gebruik een geïnstalleerd pictogramthema; je kunt het thema in het veld hiernaast opgeven. Als je het veld leeglaat, dan gebruikt CMST het op het systeem ingestelde pictogramthema.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Opdrachtregeloptie: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Gebruik een geïnstalleerd pictogramthema - u kunt het thema in het veld hiernaast opgeven. Als u het veld leeglaat, dan gebruikt CMST het op het systeem ingestelde pictogramthema.</p></body></html> @@ -930,22 +930,22 @@ <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-M</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><pre style=“ margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;”><span style=“ font-family:‘Courier New,courier’;”>Command line option: </span><span style=“ font-family:‘Courier New,courier’; font-weight:600;”>-M</span><span style=“ font-family:‘Courier New,courier’;”> of </span><span style=“ font-family:‘Courier New,courier’; font-weight:600;”>--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>De knop voor minimaliseren uitschakelen. Gebruik deze optie als u wilt dat de vensterbeheerder de volledige controle heeft over het minimaliseren van het venster.</p></body></html> Disable Minimized - + Minimaliseren uitschakelen <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Disable VPN. This will hide the VPN tab and will also skip trying to make a connection to connman-vpn. The later is useful if your Connman was built with the --disable-vpn feature.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Opdrachtregelotie: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Schakel vpn uit. Hiermee wordt het vpn-tabblad uitgeschakeld en het maken van een verbinding met connman-vpn overgeslagen. Dit laatste is handig als uw ConnMan gebouwd is met de functie --disable-vpn.</p></body></html> Disable VPN - + Vpn uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Use code specific for the selected desktop environment.</p><p>As of 2014.11.24 there seems to be a problem with QT5.3 and some system trays. There is code in the program to try and work around this issue, and selecting one of these buttons will invoke the code specific to the desktop.</p><p>If the bug gets fixed these options will remain so that start up scripts do not break, but the options will do nothing.</p></body></html> @@ -980,32 +980,32 @@ <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Opdrachtregeloptie: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> -<html><head/><body><p>Kan worden gebruikt om een Qt-bug te omzeilen die er toe leidt dat systeemvakpictogrammen witte of zwarte achtergronden hebben in plaats van doorzichtig te zijn.</p><p>Geef hier de achtergrondkleur op. De opmaak is een hexadecimaal getal in de vorm van RRGGBB. Als de opgegeven kleur overeenkomt met die van het systeemvak, dan heb je doorzichtigheid nagebootst. </p></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Kan worden gebruikt om een Qt-bug te omzeilen die ertoe leidt dat systeemvakpictogrammen witte of zwarte achtergronden hebben in plaats van doorzichtig te zijn.</p><p>Geef hier de achtergrondkleur op. De opmaak is een hexadecimaal getal in de vorm van RRGGBB. Als de opgegeven kleur overeenkomt met die van het systeemvak, dan heeft u doorzichtigheid nagebootst. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to remove the service. </p><p>If a service has previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) this button will remove the Favorite property. The service will also be disconnected if it is currently connected. If the service required a passphrase then the passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>If a connection attempt failed this can slso be used to reset the service.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Selecteer hieronder een Wi-Fi-netwerk en klik hier om het te verwijderen van de lijst. </p><p>Als je al eens verbonden was met het netwerk ('favoriet'), dan verwijdert deze knop de 'favoriet'-ster. Ook wordt de verbinding verbroken. Als er een toegangssleutel was, dan wordt deze gewist en vergeten.</p><p>Deze knop kan ook worden gebruikt als de verbinding niet tot stand kan worden gebracht.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kies hieronder een wifi-netwerk en klik hier om het te verwijderen van de lijst. </p><p>Als u al eens verbonden was met het netwerk (‘favoriet’), dan haalt deze knop de ‘favoriet’-ster weg. Ook wordt de verbinding verbroken. Als er een toegangssleutel was, dan wordt deze gewist en vergeten.</p><p>Deze knop kan tevens worden gebruikt als de verbinding niet tot stand kan worden gebracht.</p></body></html> &VPN - &VPN + &Vpn VPN Services - VPN-diensten + Vpn-diensten <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Selecteer hieronder een VPN en klik hier om verbinding te maken. </p><p>Als er slechts één VPN verschijnt, dan verbindt deze knop automatisch met die VPN. </p><p>Als er aanvullende informatie vereist is, zoals een toegangssleutel, dan word je hierom gevraagd. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kies een vpn-dienst van onderstaande tabel en klik op deze knop om er verbinding mee te maken. </p><p>Als er slechts één vpn-dienst in de tabel wordt getoond, dan wordt na het aanklikken van deze knop de dienst automatisch gekozen en wordt er geprobeerd verbinding te maken. </p><p>Als er informatie over de dienst nodig is, bijvoorbeeld een wachtwoord, wordt u hierom gevraagd. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Selecteer hieronder een VPN en klik hier om de verbinding te verbreken. </p><p>Als er slechts één VPN verschijnt met status &quot;Klaar voor gebruik&quot; of &quot;Online&quot;, dan verbreekt deze knop automatisch met die VPN. </p><p>Dit kan ook worden gebruikt om een verbindingspoging af te breken. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kies hieronder een vpn en klik hier om de verbinding te verbreken. </p><p>Als er slechts één vpn verschijnt met status &quot;Klaar voor gebruik&quot; of &quot;Online&quot;, dan verbreekt deze knop automatisch de verbinding. </p><p>Dit kan ook worden gebruikt om een verbindingspoging af te breken. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. . </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ Fake Transparency - Nagebootste doorzichtigheid + Doorzichtigheid nabootsen <html><head/><body><p>Specify the background color as a hex number in the format: RRGGBB.</p></body></html> @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the system tray are in this box.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Hier vind je alle instellingen omtrent het systeemvak.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>De systeemvakinstellingen staan in dit vak.</p></body></html> @@ -1051,27 +1051,27 @@ <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray icon will popup a status message when you hover the mouse over it.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink aan om een hulpballon te tonen als je de cursor op het systeemvakpictogram houdt.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om een hulpballon te tonen als u de muis boven het systeemvakpictogram houdt.</p></body></html> Enable System Tray Popups - Systeemvakhulpballonnen gebruiken + Systeemvakhulpballonnen tonen <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink aan om een systeemvakbericht te tonen als er een belangrijke connman-gebeurtenis plaatsvindt.</p><p>Meldingen kunnen worden afgehandeld door het systeemvakpictogram zelf of door de meldingsdienst van het systeem. Er kan slechts één tegelijk actief zijn.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om meldingen te tonen als er belangrijke ConnMan-gebeurtenissen plaatsvinden.</p><p>Meldingen kunnen worden afgehandeld door het systeemvakpictogram of door de meldingsdienst van het systeem. Er kan slechts een van de twee actief zijn.</p></body></html> System Tray Notifications - Systeemvakmeldingen gebruiken + Systeemvakmeldingen tonen Notifications - Melding + Meldingen <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system desktop notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notification daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Connman refers to hardware devices as technologies. This box will display information about all known technologies.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off click on the button that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p><p>To tether a technology click the button in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> column to on. When tethering is enabled the default service is bridged to all clients connected through the tethered technology. If the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> columns are not shown clear the check in <span style=" font-weight:600;">Less</span> checkbox below this window.</p><p>Note that by default wired connections cannot be tethered. This behavior can be overwritten in the connman.conf file. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Connman verwijst naar hardwarematige apparaten als 'technologieën'. Dit vak toont informatie over alle bekende technologieën.</p><p>Schakel een technologie in of uit door te klikken op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Aan</span> in de juiste kolom.</p><p>Tether een technologie door te klikken op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span>. Als tethering is ingeschakeld, dan wordt de standaarddienst gebridged naar alle clients die ermee verbonden zijn. Als de <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span>-kolommen niet worden getoond, haal dan het vinkje weg bij <span style=" font-weight:600;">Minder</span> onder dit vak.</p><p>Let op: standaard kunnen bedrade verbindingen niet worden getethered. Dit kan worden afgedwongen in het connman.conf-bestand. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan verwijst naar hardwarematige apparaten als ‘technologieën’. Dit vak toont informatie over alle bekende technologieën.</p><p>Schakel een technologie in of uit door te klikken op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Aan</span> in de juiste kolom.</p><p>Tether een technologie door te klikken op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span>. Als tethering is ingeschakeld, dan wordt de standaarddienst gebridged naar alle clients die ermee verbonden zijn. Als de <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span>-kolommen niet worden getoond, haal dan het vinkje weg bij <span style=" font-weight:600;">Minder</span> onder dit vak.</p><p>Let op: standaard kunnen bedrade verbindingen niet worden getethered. Dit kan worden afgedwongen in het connman.conf-bestand. </p></body></html> @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>To edit the ID and Password of a tethered WiFi device click this button.</p><p>The ID and Password are what clients will have to enter to connect to the ad-hoc network. This is only valid for WiFi connections</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Klik hier om de id en het wachtwoord van een getethered Wi-Fi-apparaat aan te passen.</p><p>De id en het wachtwoord worden gebruikt door clients om te verbinden met het ad-hocnetwerk. Dit geldt alleen voor Wi-Fi-verbindingen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Klik hier om de id en het wachtwoord van een getethered wifiapparaat aan te passen.</p><p>De id en het wachtwoord worden gebruikt door clients om te verbinden met het ad-hocnetwerk. Dit geldt alleen voor wifiverbindingen.</p></body></html> @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>When checked the tethering columns will be hidden.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om de tetheringkolommen te verbergen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om de tetheringkolommen te verbergen.</p></body></html> @@ -1120,12 +1120,12 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service before another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Verplaats de geselecteerde dienst omhoog in de lijst.</p><p>De knop is alleen actief als de geselecteerde dienst verplaatst kán worden.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Verplaats de geselecteerde dienst omhoog op de lijst.</p><p>De knop is alleen actief als de geselecteerde dienst verplaatst kán worden.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service after another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Verplaats de geselecteerde dienst omlaag in de lijst.</p><p>De knop is alleen actief als de geselecteerde dienst verplaatst kán worden.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Verplaats de geselecteerde dienst omlaag op de lijst.</p><p>De knop is alleen actief als de geselecteerde dienst verplaatst kán worden.</p></body></html> @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will place an entry in the autostart directory for the current user, unchecking will remove said entry. This directory is typically: <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>CMST only add or remove the .desktop file from the autostart directory. Autostarting is typically dependent upon your Desktop Environment and must be enabled from there.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om CMST toe te voegen aan de 'autostart'-map van de huidige gebruiker; vink uit voor het omgekeerde. Deze map is doorgaans <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>Automatisch opstarten afhankelijk van je werkomgeving en moet daar worden ingeschakeld.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Kruis aan om CMST toe te voegen aan de ‘autostart’-map van de huidige gebruiker; kruis af voor het omgekeerde. Deze map is doorgaans <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>Automatisch opstarten is afhankelijk van uw werkomgeving en moet daar worden ingeschakeld.</p></body></html> @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>If a Connman service falls into the &quot;Failed&quot; state it will normally remain in that state.</p><p>If this box is checked CMST will try to automatically reconnect a WiFi service that enters the &quot;Failed&quot; state. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Als een Connman-dienst de status &quot;Mislukt&quot; heeft, dan blijft dat normaal ook zo.</p><p>Vink dit aan als je wilt dat CMST automatisch probeert opnieuw te verbinden als de status &quot;Mislukt&quot; is. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Als een ConnMan-dienst de status &quot;Mislukt&quot; heeft, dan blijft dat normaal ook zo.</p><p>Kruis aan als u wilt dat CMST automatisch probeert opnieuw te verbinden als de status &quot;Mislukt&quot; is. </p></body></html> @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Color in #RGB format to colorize the internal icons with.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>De kleur in #RGB-opmaak waarmee interne pictogrammen worden ingekleurd.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>De kleur in #rgb-opmaak waarmee interne pictogrammen worden ingekleurd.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Open the color selection dialog. </p></body></html> @@ -1164,47 +1164,47 @@ ... - ... + … <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De standaard instelmethode voor alle diensten is automatisch of zoiets als DHCP. Dit zou goed genoeg moeten zijn voor de meeste toepassingen, maar als dat niet het geval is, kunt u met behulp van deze knop de ethernet- en ip-instellingen van de gekozen dienst handmatig instellen.</p><p>Deze knop wordt uitgeschakeld als de dienst wordt geleverd via een extern configuratiebestand of als het een vpn betreft. Het is niet mogelijk om de eigenschappen van deze diensten aan te passen.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Kies een wifidienst van onderstaande tabel en klik op deze knop om te bewerken. </p><p>Er moet eerder verbinding met de dienst zijn gemaakt (‘favoriet’) om deze knop te laten werken. Als u op <span style=" font-weight:600;">Bewerken</span> klikt, wordt de dienst verwijderd en wordt er om inloggegevens gevraagd om de verbinding tot stand te brengen. Als de dienst momenteel is verbonden, wordt de verbinding eerst verbroken. Als de dienst een wachtwoord vereist, wordt het oude gewist en vergeten.</p><p>ConnMan biedt geen methoden om inloggegevens (wachtwoorden e.d.) op te vragen, omdat dit onveilig is. CMST kan deze beveiliging niet omzeilen. Het enige wat deze knop doet is het automatiseren van de <span style=" font-weight:600;verwijder</span>- en <span style=" font-weight:600;">verbind</span>knoppen hierboven. Zorg ervoor dat u de inloggegevens kent om opnieuw verbinding te maken, want de bestaande worden gewist als u op deze knop klikt.</p></body></html> Edit - + Bewerken <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line. This will also clear any selections in the table below.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Dwing het opnieuw zoeken naar wifitechnologieën af. Dit is vergelijkbaar met het uitvoeren van de opdracht <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> vanaf de opdrachtregel. Hiermee worden ook alle selecties op onderstaande tabel gewist.</p><p>De knop wordt uitgeschakeld als de scan bezig is.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Deze pagina toont de bekende wifidiensten. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Naam:</span> de ssid van het netwerk.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favoriet:</span> een hartsymbool in deze kolom geeft aan dat deze computer eerder verbinding heeft gemaakt met het netwerk via deze dienst.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Verbonden:</span> toont de verbindingsstatus van deze dienst. Houd de muis op het pictogram om een tekstbeschrijving te tonen. ‘Online’ geeft aan dat er een internetverbinding beschikbaar is en dat deze is geverifieerd. ‘Klaar voor gebruik’ geeft aan dat er een verbinding mogelijk is. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Beveiliging: </span>beschrijft het type beveiliging dat wordt gebruikt voor deze dienst. Mogelijke waarden zijn &quot;geen&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot; en &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signaalsterkte:</span> De sterkte van het wifisignaal, genormaliseerd op een schaal van 0 tot 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> Create - + Aanmaken <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Deze pagina toont de beschikbare vpn-diensten. Sommige cellen in de tabel zijn mogelijk pas beschikbaar nadat de verbinding tot stand is gebracht. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Naam:</span> de naam die is opgegeven in het provisioningbestand.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> het soort vpn (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, enz.)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Status:</span> toont de verbindingsstatus van deze dienst. Houd de muis op het pictogram om een tekstbeschrijving te tonen. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>het ip-adres van de vpn-host.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> het vpn-domein.<br/></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Internal icons can be colorized. You may select a color using the button to the left, or you may type in the #RGB color yourself.</p><p>If you type the entry it must have leading # sign. Example: #22aa44 </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Interne pictogrammen kunnen worden ingekleurd. Kies een kleur middels de knop links, of voer handmatig een #RGB-kleur in.</p><p>De kleurcode móet beginnen met het #-teken. Voorbeeld: #22aa44 </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Interne pictogrammen kunnen worden ingekleurd. Kies een kleur middels de knop links of voer handmatig een #rgb-kleur in.</p><p>De kleurcode móet beginnen met het #-teken. Voorbeeld: #22aa44 </p></body></html> @@ -1214,92 +1214,92 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Verberg het pictogram in het CMST-meldingsgebied tijdens normaal gebruik. Normaal gebruik houdt in: de globale status is <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> of <span style=" font-weight:600;">Gereed</span>. Elke andere status zorgt ervoor dat het pictogram in het systeemvak wordt getoond. CMST is nog steeds actief, zelfs als het pictogram verborgen is.</p><p>Als CMST wordt geminimaliseerd terwijl het pictogram verborgen is, dient u een nieuw venster van CMST te openen om alles weer terug te krijgen. Deze tweede instantie herstelt de interface van de eerste en breekt daarna onmiddellijk af. </p><p>Als CMST wordt geminimaliseerd terwijl het pictogram in het systeemvak zichtbaar is, klikt u gewoon op het pictogram in het systeemvak om de interface te herstellen. </p></body></html> Hide Tray Icon Unless Needed - + Verberg systeemvlakpictogram tenzij het weer nodig is <html><head/><body><p>If checked the CMST icon will be hidden in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Als deze optie is ingeschakeld, wordt het pictogram van CMST verborgen in het systeemvak. CMST blijft draaien, zelfs als het pictogram is verborgen.</p><p>Als CMST is geminimaliseerd en het pictogram is verborgen, moet je een andere instantie van CMST starten om de interface te herstellen. Deze tweede instantie herstelt de interface van de eerste instantie en wordt dan onmiddellijk beëindigd. </p><p>Als CMST wordt geminimaliseerd terwijl het pictogram in de lade wordt weergegeven, wordt de interface hersteld door eenvoudig op het pictogram in de lade te klikken. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Scale icons and other artwork in CMST. For High DPI moitors it may be necessary to specify a scale factor on icons and other artwork in CMST. Default scale is 1.0. You may override the default using this option. </p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:‘Courier New,courier’;">Command-line optie:</span><span style=" font-family:‘Courier New,courier’; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family: 'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Schaal iconen en andere illustraties in CMST. Voor schermen met een hoge resolutie kan het nodig zijn om een schaalfactor op te geven voor iconen en andere illustraties in CMST. De standaard schaal is 1,0. Je kunt de standaardwaarde overschrijven met deze optie. </p><p>Voor monitoren met een hoge DPI wordt een factor 2 als goed beschouwd. Geldige waarden voor de schaalfactor liggen tussen 1,0 en 3,0.</p></body></html> Icon Scale Factor - + Icoongrootte <html><head/><body><p>Icon scale factor. If the box is disabled by clearing the checkbox at the left the value contained in this field will be ignored.</p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0. Default value is 1.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Icon schaalfactor. Als het vak is uitgeschakeld door het selectievakje links te deactiveren, wordt de waarde in dit veld genegeerd.</p><p>Voor monitoren met een hoge DPI is een factor 2 goed bevonden. Geldige waarden voor de schaalfactor zijn 1,0 tot 3,0. De standaardwaarde is 1.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p><p>If CMST is started and tries to create a tray icon before the system tray itself is created the proram will not be able to start minimized. This sometimes happens when the program is started automatically. If you know the tray will exist once the system is up you may specify a wait time and CMST will wait that number of seconds before trying to create the tray icon. This is to give the window manager or panel time to create the tray before we try to place the icon there.</p><p>If you plan to start with the main dialog shown on screen there is no reason to use this option. This is only intended to be used for starting minimized.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command line option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> of </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wachttijd</span></pre><p>Specificeer de wachttijd in seconden voordat het systeemvakpictogram wordt gestart (standaard is 0 seconden).</p><p>Als CMST wordt gestart en het een pictogram probeert aan te maken vóórdat het systeemvak zelf is aangemaakt, kan het programma niet geminimaliseerd starten. Dit gebeurt soms als het programma automatisch wordt gestart. Als u weet dat het systeemvak zal bestaan zodra het systeem is opgestart, kunt u een wachttijd opgeven en CMST zal dat aantal seconden wachten voordat het probeert het pictogram van het systeemvak aan te maken. Dit is om de vensterbeheerder of het paneel de tijd te geven het systeemvlak aan te maken voordat we proberen het pictogram daar te plaatsen.</p><p>Als u van plan bent te starten met het hoofddialoogvenster op het scherm, is er geen reden om deze optie te gebruiken. Deze optie is alleen bedoeld voor geminimaliseerd starten.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Gebruikt om een QT-bug te omzeilen waarbij systeemvakpictogrammen worden weergegeven met een witte of zwarte achtergrond in plaats van transparant.</p><p>Je kunt hier de achtergrondkleur van het pictogram opgeven. Het formaat is een hexadecimaal getal in de vorm RRGGBB. Als de opgegeven kleur overeenkomt met de achtergrondkleur van het meldingsgebied, creëren we effectief een valse transparantie.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line. Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Two events are checked. <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connecting</span> events are called after the Connect button is pressed in either the Wireless or VPN tabs. The program or process in the Execute box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the service shown in the Service box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connecting</span> box will be called after Connman enters the ready or online state.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Programma's of processen die worden uitgevoerd nadat verschillende gebeurtenissen hebben plaatsgevonden.</p><p>Als het programma of proces opdrachtregel-argumenten vereist, voer deze dan hier in alsof je op een opdrachtregel typt. Voorbeeld:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Twee gebeurtenissen worden gecontroleerd. De <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connection</span> gebeurtenissen worden aangeroepen na het indrukken van de Verbinden-knop op de tabbladen Draadloos of VPN. Het programma of proces in het veld Uitvoeren wordt alleen uitgevoerd voordat er een verbinding tot stand wordt gebracht voor de service die is opgegeven in het veld Service. Het wordt niet aangeroepen als er verbinding wordt gemaakt met een andere service.</p><p>Het programma of proces in het vak <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connection</span> wordt aangeroepen nadat Connman de gereed- of online-status heeft bereikt.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>This area is to specify a program or process to run after a wifi or vpn service button is pressed, but before the connect method is sent to ConnMan. This is mainly used to modify a .cmst.config file which seems useful to modify certain short lived entries for openConnect vpn connections.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Execute</span> box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the single service shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span> box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service. If a .cmst.config file is to be modified a check must in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> box and the path and name of the file to be modified must be provided.</p><p>To modify a .cmst.config file CMST will read stdout of the program or process being called. Program output should be individual lines in KEY=VALUE format. If KEY exists in the .cmst.config file it will be replaced by the new VALUE. If KEY does not exist it will be appended. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Dit gebied is voor het specificeren van een programma of proces dat moet worden uitgevoerd nadat op een Wi-Fi- of VPN-serviceknop is gedrukt, maar voordat de verbindingsmethode naar ConnMan wordt verzonden. Dit wordt voornamelijk gebruikt om het .cmst.config-bestand aan te passen, wat handig lijkt voor het wijzigen van bepaalde kortstondige vermeldingen voor openConnect VPN-verbindingen.</p><p>Het programma of proces in het vak <span style=" font-weight:600;">Run</span> wordt alleen uitgevoerd voordat een verbinding wordt gemaakt met de enkele service die wordt weergegeven in het vak <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span>. Het wordt niet aangeroepen als er verbinding wordt gemaakt met een andere service. Als een .cmst.config-bestand moet worden gewijzigd, moet een vinkje worden gezet in het vakje <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> en moeten het pad en de naam van het te wijzigen bestand worden opgegeven.</p><p>Om het .cmst.config-bestand te wijzigen, leest CMST de stdout van het programma of proces dat wordt aangeroepen. De uitvoer van het programma moet bestaan uit afzonderlijke regels in het formaat KEY=VALUE. Als de KEY bestaat in het .cmst.config bestand, wordt hij vervangen door de nieuwe waarde VALUE. Als de KEY niet bestaat, wordt deze toegevoegd.</p></body></html> Before Connecting - + Vóór het verbinden <html><head/><body><p>Enter the program or process to be executed before Connman initiates a connection to the service listed in the box above. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Voer de naam van het programma of proces in dat uitgevoerd moet worden voordat Connman verbindt met de bovengenoemde service. Als hier niets wordt vermeld, zal er geen programma of proces starten. </p></body></html> Execute: - + Uitvoeren: Specify the service you are connecting to where you want a program or process to execute prior to initiating the connection. - + Specificeer de service waarmee u verbinding maakt en waar u wilt dat een programma of proces wordt uitgevoerd voordat de verbinding wordt gestart. <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Indien aangevinkt, wordt de hieronder getoonde configuratiebestand gewijzigd door welke output dan ook het programma levert.</p></body></html> Modify Service File - + Bewerk het Servicebestand Service configuration file to be modified by the program. - + Het Serviceconfiguratiebestand moet worden bewerkt door het programma. FIle: - + Bestand: @@ -1308,12 +1308,16 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the program or process to be executed after Connman enters the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> state. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Voer het programma of proces in dat uitgevoerd moet worden nadat Connman <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> of <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> is geworden. Als je niets invult, wordt er geen programma of proces uitgevoerd.</p></body></html> After Connecting - + Na het verbinden @@ -1402,7 +1406,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Open the VPN provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files for VPN connections.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman-vpn which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Open de VPN-voorzieningenbewerker om de Connman-configurationbestanden ('provisioning') aan te maken of aan te passen.</p><p>Deze configuratiebestanden staan in /var/lib/connman, van welke root:root de eigenaar is. CMST legt een roothelper vast zodat je bestanden in deze map kunt uitlezen en wegschrijven. </p><p>Om rootmisbruik te voorkomen staat de bewerker alleen toe om bestanden aan te passen met namen die eindigen op <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. Dit wordt automatisch toegevoegd tijdens het opslaan en kan niet worden gewijzigd. </p><p>Met deze bewerker kun je géén andere bestanden aanpassen of verwijderen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Open de VPN-voorzieningenbewerker om de Connman-configurationbestanden ('provisioning') aan te maken of aan te passen.</p><p>Deze configuratiebestanden staan in /var/lib/connman, van welke root:root de eigenaar is. CMST legt een roothelper vast zodat u bestanden in deze map kunt uitlezen en wegschrijven. </p><p>Om rootmisbruik te voorkomen staat de bewerker alleen toe om bestanden aan te passen met namen die eindigen op <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. Dit wordt automatisch toegevoegd tijdens het opslaan en kan niet worden gewijzigd. </p><p>Met deze bewerker kun je géén andere bestanden aanpassen of verwijderen.</p></body></html> @@ -1473,7 +1477,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <center>%1 is a program to interface with the Connman daemon and to provide a system tray control.<br><center>Version <b>%2</b><center>Release date: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>by<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Translations:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (German)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russian)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Dutch)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkish)<br><center><b>Build Information:</b><center>Compiled using QT version %5<center>Connman version %6 - + <center>%1 is een programma om te interfacen met de Connman daemon en om een systeemvak te bedienen.<br><center>Versie <b>%2</b><center>Verschijningsdatum: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>door<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, VS<br><center><b>Vertalingen:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (Duitse)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russische)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Nederlandse)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkse)<br><center><b>Build-informatie:</b><center>Gecompileerd met QT versie %5<center>Connman versie %6 @@ -1483,7 +1487,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <center>This program uses artwork from <b>Freepik</b> obtained from www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Released under the Flaticon Basic License<br><br><b>Artwork files:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> - + <center>Dit programma maakt gebruik van artwork van <b>Freepik</b>, verkregen van www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Uitgebracht onder de Flaticon Basic-licentie<br><br><b>Artwork-bestanden:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> @@ -1610,72 +1614,72 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } About Other Artwork - + Over andere kunstwerken &Colorize - + &Kleur in &Transparency - + &Transparantie You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the edit button. - + Kies een Wifi-service voordat u op Bewerken klikt. Information - Informatie + Informatie No provisioning files created by %1 were found.<br>There are no VPN services which can be removed. - + Er zijn geen provisioningbestanden gevonden die zijn aangemaakt door %1.<br>Er zijn geen VPN-diensten die kunnen worden verwijderd. %1 - Select File - %1 - Bestand kiezen + %1 - Bestand kiezen Select a file to be deleted. - Kies een te verwijderen bestand. + Kies een te verwijderen bestand. All network devices are powered off, now in Airplane mode. - + Geen netwerkaparaten actief, vliegtuigstand ingeschakeld. Power has been restored to all previously powered network devices. - + De verbinding is hersteld voor alle eerder losgekoppelde netwerkapparaten. The system is online. - + Het systeem is online. The system is offline. - + Het systeem is offline. VPN Kill Switch Engaged - + VPN Kill Switch ingeschakeld The connection to VPN service %1 was dropped and the VPN kill switch was engaged. All network devices are powered off. - + De verbinding met VPN-service %1 is verbroken en de VPN kill switch is actief. Alle netwerkapparaten zijn uitgeschakeld. @@ -1690,7 +1694,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Service Name: %1<br> - + Servicenaam: %1<br> @@ -1825,56 +1829,56 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <br><b>mDNS</b><br> - + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> Support Enabled: %1<br> - + Ondersteuning ingeschakeld: %1<br> Yes mdns - Ja + Ja No mdns - Nee + Nee <br><b>Last Address Conflict</b><br> - + <br><b>Laatste adresconflict</b><br> MAC Address: %1<br> - + MAC-adres: %1<br> Conflict detected on: %1<br> - + Conflict gedetecteerd op : %1<br> Resolved: %1<br> - + Opgelost: %1 <br> Yes last_address_conflict - Ja + Ja No last_address_conflict - Nee + Nee @@ -1998,7 +2002,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Background Color for Fake Transparency - + Achtergrondkleur voor valse transparantie %1On%1%1 @@ -2069,7 +2073,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Connection is in the Failure State, attempting to reestablish the connection icon_tool_tip - De verbinding kan niet worden opgezet; bezig met opnieuw proberen... + De verbinding kan niet worden opgezet; bezig met opnieuw proberen @@ -2183,88 +2187,95 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } On powered - Aan + Aan Off powered - Uit + Uit On tethering - Aan + Aan Off tethering - Uit + Uit Ethernet Connection icon_tool_tip - + Ethernetverbinding + Service: %1 - + Service: %1 + WiFi Connection icon_tool_tip - + Wifi-verbinding + SSID: %1 - + SSID: %1 + Security: %1 - + Beveiliging: %1 + Strength: %1% - + Sterkte: %1% + VPN Connection icon_tool_tip - + VPN-verbinding + Type: %1 - Soort: %1 + Type: %1 Host: %1 - + Host: %1 Security: %1 - + Beveiliging: %1 <center><b>Unable to find a systemtray on this machine.</b><center><br>The program may still be used to manage your connections, but the tray icon will be disabled.<center><br><br>If you are seeing this message at system start up and you know a system tray exists once the system is up, try starting with the <b>-w</b> switch and set a delay as necessary. The exact wait time will vary from system to system. @@ -2355,12 +2366,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Attempt %1 of %2 looking for notification server. - + Probeer %1 op %2 om de notificatieserver te vinden. Unable to connect to a notification server after %1 tries. - + Kan geen verbinding maken met een meldingsserver na %1 pogingen. @@ -2379,17 +2390,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } You need to select a service before pressing the connect button. - Kies een dienst voordat je op verbinden klikt. + Selecteer een service voordat u op de Verbinden-knop drukt. You need to select a service before pressing the disconnect button. - Kies een dienst voordat je op verbinding verbreken klikt. + U moet een service selecteren voordat u op de verbreekknop drukt. <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 Properties</b></center> - <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 - informatie</b></center> + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 Eigenschappen</b></center> Unable to find or connect to a Notification server. @@ -2398,7 +2409,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WiFi Technologies:<br> %1 Found, %2 Powered - Wi-Fi-technologieën:<br> %1 aangetroffen, %2 ingeschakeld + Wi-Fi-technologieën:<br> %1 Aangetroffen, %2 Ingeschakeld @@ -2406,27 +2417,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } File save failed. - Opslaan mislukt. + Opslaan mislukt. %L1 KB written - %L1 KB weggeschreven + %L1 kB weggeschreven %L1 Bytes written - %L1 Bytes weggeschreven + %L1 Bytes weggeschreven Critical - Kritiek + Kritiek <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 - <b>DBus-foutnaam:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Bericht:</b> %3 + <b>DBus-foutnaam:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Bericht:</b> %3 @@ -2438,7 +2449,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } A new icon definition file will be installed to <b>%1</b> and a backup of the old definition file has been created as <b>%2</b> <p>If the original definition file was customized and you wish to retain those changes you will need to manually merge them into the new file. <p>If the original was never customized or you just wish to delete the backup now you may select <i>Discard</i> to delete the backup or <i>Save</i> to retain it. - + Een nieuw pictogramdefinitiebestand wordt geïnstalleerd op <b>%1</b> en een back-up van het oude definitiebestand is gemaakt als <b>%2</b> <p>Als het originele definitiebestand was aangepast en je wilt die wijzigingen behouden, dan moet je ze handmatig samenvoegen in het nieuwe bestand. <p>Als het origineel nooit is aangepast of als u de back-up nu wilt verwijderen, kunt u <i>Verwijderen</i> kiezen om de back-up te verwijderen of <i>Opslaan</i> om deze te behouden. @@ -2506,7 +2517,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Netmask - Netmask + Netwerkmasker @@ -2533,12 +2544,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>In- of uitschakelen van de IPv6-privacyuitbreiding zoals beschreven in RFC 4941.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: de privacyuitbreiding is uitgeschakeld en de normale autoconf-adressen worden gebruikt. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: het systeem geeft de voorkeur aan openbare adressen boven tijdelijke adressen.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Preferred</span>: de privacyuitbreiding is ingeschakeld en het systeem geeft de voorkeur aan tijdelijke adressen boven openbare adressen.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> Prefix Length - Voorvoegsellengte + Prefixlengte @@ -2549,27 +2560,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>If checked this service will auto-connect when no other connection is available. This is only available for services marked &quot;Favorite&quot;. </p><p>The service will not auto-connect while roaming.</p></body></html> property editor - <html><head/><body><p>Vink dit aan om automatisch te verbinden als er geen andere verbinding is. Dit kan alleen met &quot;Favoriete&quot; verbindingen. </p><p>Tijdens roamen wordt er niet automatisch verbonden.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Als deze optie is ingeschakeld, maakt deze service automatisch verbinding als er geen andere verbinding beschikbaar is. Dit is alleen beschikbaar voor diensten gemarkeerd als &quot;Favoriet&quot;. </p><p>De service maakt niet automatisch verbinding bij roaming.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured domain name servers. Some cellular networks don't provide correct name servers and this allows for an override.</p><p>This array is sorted by priority and the first entry in the list represents the nameserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration and no global nameservers are configured, then it is useful to configure this setting.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De lijst met handmatig geconfigureerde domeinnaamservers. </p><p>Deze lijst wordt gesorteerd op prioriteit en het eerste item in de lijst is de naamserver met de hoogste prioriteit.</p><p>Als u een handmatige configuratie gebruikt en er geen wereldwijde naamservers zijn geconfigureerd, is het handig om deze instelling te configureren.</p><p>Voer een of meer IP-adressen in. Scheid elk adres dat je invoert door een komma, puntkomma, verticale streep of spatie.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured time servers.</p><p>The first entry in the list represents the timeserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration this setting is useful to override all the other timeserver settings. This is service specific, hence only the values for the default service are used.</p><p>Changes to this property will result in restart of NTP query.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De lijst met handmatig geconfigureerde tijdservers.</p><p>De eerste vermelding in de lijst vertegenwoordigt de tijdservers met de hoogste prioriteit.</p><p>Bij gebruik van handmatige configuratie is deze instelling handig om alle andere tijdserversinstellingen op te heffen. Dit is servicespecifiek, vandaar dat alleen de waarden voor de standaardservice worden gebruikt.</p><p>Wijzigingen in deze eigenschap resulteren in het opnieuw starten van de NTP-zoekopdracht.</p><p>Voer een of meer IP-adressen in. Scheid elk adres dat je invoert door een komma, puntkomma, verticale streep of spatie.</p></body></html> &Timeservers - + &Tijdservers <html><head/><body><p>List of manually configures search domains.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Lijst met handmatig geconfigureerde zoekdomeinen.</p><p>Voer een of meer IP-adressen in. Scheid elk adres dat je invoert met een komma, puntkomma, verticale balk of spatie.</p></body></html> @@ -2579,12 +2590,16 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> property editor - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Het IPv4-adres dat moet worden gebruikt voor deze verbinding.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het IPv4-adres dat moet worden gebruikt voor deze verbinding.</p></body></html> @@ -2594,17 +2609,21 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> property editor - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">De IPv4-gateway voor deze verbinding. Dit veld is optioneel en mag leeg blijven</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het IPv4-netmasker voor deze verbinding.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De IPv4-gateway voor deze verbinding. Dit veld is optioneel en mag leeg blijven</p></body></html> @@ -2614,12 +2633,16 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> property editor - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Het IPv4-netmasker voor deze verbinding.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Possible values of <span style=" font-weight:600;">dhcp</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span>, and <span style=" font-weight:600;">off</span>.</p><p>If <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span> is selected boxes for <span style=" font-weight:600;">Address</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">Netmask</span> and<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Gateway</span> will become visible.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Mogelijke waarden voor <span style=" font-weight:600;">dhcp</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span>, en <span style=" font-weight:600;">off</span>. </p><p>Als <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span> is geselecteerd, worden de vakjes voor <span style=" font-weight:600;">Address</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">Netmask</span> en <span style=" font-weight:600;">Gateway</span> zichtbaar.</p></body></html> @@ -2632,30 +2655,38 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">De IPv6-privacyuitbreiding in- of uitschakelen zoals beschreven in RFC 4941,</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Uitgeschakeld</span>: privacy-extensie is uitgeschakeld en de normale autoconf-adressen worden gebruikt.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Ingeschakeld</span>: </p>het systeem geeft de voorkeur aan openbare adressen boven tijdelijke adressen. +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Voorkeur</span>: privacy-extensie is ingeschakeld en het systeem geeft de voorkeur aan tijdelijke adressen boven openbare adressen.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De IPv6-gateway voor deze verbinding. Dit veld is optioneel en mag leeg blijven</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The prefix length of the IPv6 connection.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De prefix-lengte van de IPv6-verbinding.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het IPv6-adres dat moet worden gebruikt voor deze verbinding.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Possible values are &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;manual&quot;, and &quot;off&quot;</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De mogelijke waarden zijn &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;manual&quot; en &quot;disabled&quot;</p></body></html> @@ -2695,7 +2726,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. List of proxy URIs. The URI without a protocol will be interpreted as the generic proxy URI.</p> <p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> property editor - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Wordt gebruikt wanneer Handmatig is ingesteld. Lijst met proxy URI's. De URI zonder protocol wordt geïnterpreteerd als de algemene proxy URI.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Voer een of meer IP-adressen in. Scheid elk adres dat je invoert door een komma, puntkomma of spatie.</p></body></html> @@ -2712,23 +2748,25 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it. - + Vink aan om mDNS te activeren. Merk op dat mDNS een DNS backend vereist die dit ondersteunt. + + &mDNS - + &mDNS <html><head/><body><p>Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> property editor - + <html><head/><body><p>Vink aan om mDNS in te schakelen. Voor mDNS is een DNS-backend nodig die dit ondersteunt.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> Enable mDNS - + Activer mDNS @@ -2942,12 +2980,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Phase2 - Phase2 + Fase 2 Passphrase - Toegangssleutel + @@ -2972,110 +3010,110 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } IPv4 - + IPv4 Set IPv4 to "off", "dhcp", or enter IPV4 address information - + Stel IPv4 in op “uit”, “DHCP” of voer de IPV4-adresgegevens in IPv6 - + IPv6 Set IPv6 to "off, "auto", or enter IPv6 address information - + IPv6 instellen op “uit”, “automatisch” of IPv6-adresinformatie invoeren EAP-PEAP - + EAP-PEAP EAP-TLS - + EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS - + EAP-TTLS DeviceName - + Apparaatnaam Interface name where this provisioning applies (ex: eth0) - + Naam van de interface waarop deze provisioning van toepassing is (bijv. eth0) mDNS - + mDNS Set to true if mDNS domains can be resolved and the hostname registered. - + Zet op waar als mDNS-domeinen kunnen worden opgelost en de hostnaam kan worden geregistreerd. AnonymousIdentity - + Anonieme identiteit Anonymous identity string for EAP - + Anonieme identiteitstekenreeks voor EAP SubjectMatch - + SubjectMatch Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate for EAP - + Substring die moet worden toegewezen aan het onderwerp van het EAP-certificaat van de authenticatieserver AltSubjectMatch - + AltSubjectMatch Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate for EAP - + Door puntkomma gescheiden tekenreeks van vermeldingen die moeten worden vergeleken met de alternatieve onderwerpnaam van het EAP-certificaat van de authenticatieserver DomainSuffixMatch - + DomainSuffixMatch A FQDN used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server. - + Een FQDN gebruikt als een suffix match voor de authenticatieserver. DomainMatch - + DomainMatch A FQDN used as a full match requirement for the authentication server. - + Een FQDN die wordt gebruikt als een volledige match voor de authenticatieserver. IPv4 Address @@ -3122,7 +3160,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WiFi - Wi-Fi + Wifi @@ -3142,7 +3180,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } File path to the Client Private Key File - Bestandspad naar de private clientsleutel + Bestandspad naar het bestand met de privésleutel van de cliënt @@ -3152,7 +3190,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MAC address. - MAC-adres + MAC-adres. @@ -3187,42 +3225,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server - + Substring die moet worden toegewezen aan het onderwerp van de authenticatieserver List of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name. - + Lijst met vermeldingen die moeten worden vergeleken met de alternatieve onderwerpsnaam. A fully qualified domain name used as a full match requirement for the authentication server - + Een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam die wordt gebruikt als een volledige vergelijkingseis voor de authenticatieserver A fully qualified domain name used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server - + Een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam die wordt gebruikt als een suffixvergelijkingseis voor de authenticatieserver Service type. - Soort dienst + Type service. EAP type. - Soort EAP + Type EAP. Private key passphrase type. - Soort privétoegangssleutel + Type privétoegangssleutel. Network security type. - Soort netwerkbeveiliging + Type netwerkbeveiliging. @@ -3237,17 +3275,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } IPv4 Settings - + IPv4-instellingen IPv6 Settings - + IPv6-instellingen Enable mDNS - + mDNS inschakelen @@ -3257,7 +3295,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Tag which will replace the * with<br>an identifier unique to the config file. - Het label dat * zal vervangen door<br>een identificatie die uniek is t.o.v. het configuratiebestand. + Tag die de * vervangt door<br>een identificatie die uniek is voor het configuratiebestand. @@ -3282,7 +3320,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Anonymous identity string for EAP. - + Anonieme identiteitstekststring voor EAP. @@ -3297,7 +3335,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } The interface name in which to apply the provisioning (ex. eth0) - + De interfacenaam waarop de provisioning moet worden toegepast (bijv. eth0) @@ -3307,22 +3345,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } IPv4 Address. <br><br>Enter the IPv4 network address in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - + IPv4-adres. <br><br>Voer het ipv4-netwerkadres in in de vorm van xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx IPv4 Netmask. <br><br>The entry can be a mask length (example 24) or in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx - + IPv4-subnetmasker. <br><br>Voer de subnetmaskerlengte in (bijv. 24) of voer het subnetmasker in als xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx IPv4 Gateway.<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway - + IPv4-Gateway.<br><br>Dit is een optionele invoer, druk op annuleren als er geen invoer is voor Gateway IPv6 Gateway .<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway - + IPv6-Gateway.<br><br>Dit is een optionele invoer, druk op annuleren als er geen invoer is voor Gateway @@ -3648,7 +3686,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } wps_advertising connman security string - + wps_verkondiging @@ -3828,7 +3866,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } address connamn ipv4 method string - + adres @@ -3888,19 +3926,19 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } wireguard connman vpn connection type - + wireguard true connman mdns setting - + waar false connman mdns setting - + onwaar auto @@ -3946,12 +3984,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Username for authentication. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Gebruikersnaam voor authenticatie. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Password for authentication.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Wachtwoord voor authenticatie.</p></body></html> @@ -3961,7 +3999,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>End point of this VPN link i.e., the VPN gateway we re trying to connect to.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Eindpunt van deze VPN-verbinding, d.w.z. de VPN-gateway waarmee we verbinding proberen te maken.</p></body></html> @@ -3971,12 +4009,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>The name of the VPN connection we are trying to connect to.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De naam van de VPN-verbinding waarmee we verbinding proberen te maken.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Password for decrypting PKCS#8/PKCS#12 client certificate.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Wachtwoord voor het ontsleutelen van het PKCS#8/PKCS#12-client certificaat.</p></body></html> @@ -3991,7 +4029,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a path name for an additional Certificate of Authority file.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Informatieveld met een padnaam voor een aanvullend Certificaat van Autoriteit-bestand.</p></body></html> @@ -4001,7 +4039,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a pkcs11 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Informatieveld met een pkcs11 URL of een padnaam voor het cliëntcertificaat.</p></body></html> @@ -4011,32 +4049,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect cookie value that is used for authenticating the VPN session.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De OpenConnect cookie-waarde die wordt gebruikt voor het verifiëren van de VPN-sessie.</p></body></html> Group - + Groep <html><head/><body><p>Authentication login group.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Authenticatie aanmeldgroep.</p></body></html> PKCS Client Cert. - + PKCS Client-certificaat <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Informatieveld met een PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 URL of een padnaam voor het cliëntcertificaat.</p></body></html> PKCS Password - + PKCS-wachtwoord @@ -4046,7 +4084,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect server hash used to identify the final server after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De OpenConnect server hash die wordt gebruikt om de uiteindelijke server te identificeren na mogelijke aanmeldingen, selecties en omleidingen met webauthenticatie.</p></body></html> @@ -4056,42 +4094,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De uiteindelijke VPN-server die wordt gebruikt na eventuele aanmeldingen, selecties en omleidingen voor webverificatie.</p></body></html> Second Password - + Tweede wachtwoord <html><head/><body><p>Second factor password for authentication.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Tweede factor wachtwoord voor verificatie.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Indicates that the second factor password is used for the selected authentication group.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Geeft aan dat het tweede factor wachtwoord wordt gebruikt voor de geselecteerde verificatiegroep.</p></body></html> Use Second Password - + Een tweede wachtwoord gebruiken Open VPN - + OpenVPN Private Key Password - + Privésleutel-wachtwoord <html><head/><body><p>Private key password used to decrypt the encrypted OpenVPN private key file.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Privésleutel-wachtwoord gebruikt om het versleutelde OpenVPN privé sleutelbestand te ontsleutelen.</p></body></html> @@ -4144,189 +4182,189 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Dialog - Venster + Dialoog <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Type</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Type VPN</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Select the type of VPN connection you wish to create.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Selecteer het type VPN-netwerkverbinding dat u wilt maken.</p></body></html> OpenConnect - OpenConnect + OpenConnect OpenVPN - OpenVPN + OpenVPN VPNC - VPNC + VPNC L2TP - L2TP + L2TP PPTP - PPTP + PPTP WireGuard - + WireGuard <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Name</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Naam</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>A name for this connection. A name is mandatory but the name may be anything you wish and may contain spaces.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een naam voor deze verbinding. Een naam is verplicht, maar de naam mag van alles zijn en mag spaties bevatten.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>The VPN server address (example: 1.2.3.4). You may use CIDR notaton if the VPN service accepts it (example: 1.2.3.0/24). An entry in this field is mandatory.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het adres van de VPN-server (voorbeeld: 1.2.3.4). U kunt CIDR-notaton gebruiken als de VPN-service dit accepteert (voorbeeld: 1.2.3.0/24). Een vermelding in dit veld is verplicht.</p></body></html> VPN Domain Name - + VPN-domeinnaam <html><head/><body><p>The domain name of the VPN connection (example: corporate.com). An entry in this field is optional.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De domeinnaam van de VPN-verbinding (voorbeeld: corporate.com). Een vermelding in dit veld is optioneel.</p></body></html> Networks - + Netwerken <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Definieer netwerken achter de VPN-verbinding. Als er meer dan één is, scheid dit dan door een komma. </p><p>Format is netwerk/netmask/gateway en gateway mag worden weggelaten. Voorbeelden: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Dit veld is optioneel, maar als u dit invult, moet het bovenstaande formaat worden gebruikt.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Server Address</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN-serveradres</span></p></body></html> CA Certificate - + CA-certificaat <html><head/><body><p>SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server after possible web authentication login, selection and redirection.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>SHA1-certificaat vingerafdruk van de uiteindelijke VPN-server na mogelijke web authenticatie login, selectie en doorverwijzing.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>File containing other certificate authorities in addition to the ones in the system trust database.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Bestand met andere certificeringsinstanties naast die in de vertrouwensdatabase van het systeem.</p></body></html> Server Certificate - + Servercertificaat VPN Host - VPN-host + VPN-host <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. </p><p>Only usable for extremely simple VPN configurations and should normally be set only via the VPN Agent.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De laatste VPN-server die wordt gebruikt nadat de webverificatie voltooid is. </p><p>Alleen bruikbaar voor zeer eenvoudige VPN-configuraties en normaal gesproken alleen in te stellen via de VPN-Agent.</p></body></html> MTU - + MTU Request MTU from server as the MTU of the tunnel. - + De MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) van de server opvragen als MTU van de tunnel. - <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">De </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> van de server aanvragen als de MTU van de tunnel.</span></p></body></html> Do not advertise IPv6 capability to server - + Geef de mogelijkheid om IPv6 te gebruiken niet door aan de server Disable IPv6 - + IPv6 uitschakelen Disable DTLS - + DTLS uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Version 8.2.2.5 of the Cisco ASA software has a bug where it will forget the client's SSL certificate when HTTP connections are being re-used for multiple requests. So far, this has only been seen on the initial connection, where the server gives an HTTP/1.0 redirect response with an explicit Connection: Keep-Alive directive. OpenConnect as of v2.22 has an unconditional workaround for this, which is never to obey that directive after an HTTP/1.0 response. </p><p><br/></p><p>However, Cisco's support team has failed to give any competent response to the bug report and we don't know under what other circumstances their bug might manifest itself. So this option exists to disable ALL re-use of HTTP sessions and cause a new connection to be made for each request. If your server seems not to be recognising your certificate, try this option. If it makes a difference, please report this information to the openconnect-devel@lists.infradead.org mailing list.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Versie 8.2.2.5 van de Cisco ASA-software bevat een bug waarbij het SSL-certificaat van de client wordt vergeten wanneer HTTP-verbindingen worden hergebruikt voor meerdere verzoeken. Tot nu toe is dit alleen gezien bij de eerste verbinding, waarbij de server een HTTP/1.0 doorverwijzing geeft met een expliciete Connection: Keep-Alive richtlijn. OpenConnect heeft vanaf v2.22 een onvoorwaardelijke workaround hiervoor, namelijk om die richtlijn nooit te gehoorzamen na een HTTP/1.0 antwoord. </p><p><br/></p><p>Het ondersteuningsteam van Cisco heeft echter geen competente reactie gegeven op het bugrapport en we weten niet onder welke andere omstandigheden hun bug zich zou kunnen manifesteren. Dus deze optie bestaat om hergebruik van HTTP-sessies VOLLEDIG uit te schakelen en ervoor te zorgen dat voor elk verzoek een nieuwe verbinding wordt gemaakt. Als uw server uw certificaat niet lijkt te herkennen, probeer dan deze optie. Als het een verschil maakt, meld deze informatie dan op de openconnect-devel@lists.infradead.org mailinglijst.</p></body></html> Disable Keep Alive - + Keep Alive uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Additional option to define if self signed server certificates are allowed. Not checked this value defaults to &quot;false&quot;. Affects the OpenConnect internal function only: --servercert is not added to startup parameters and receiving self signed cert from server terminates the connection if set as false (or omitted)</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Extra optie om aan te geven of zelfondertekende servercertificaten zijn toegestaan. Niet aangevinkt staat deze waarde standaard op &quot;onwaar&quot;. Heeft alleen invloed op de interne functie van OpenConnect: --servercert wordt niet toegevoegd aan de opstartparameters en het ontvangen van een zelfondertekend certificaat van de server beëindigt de verbinding als u onwaar heeft ingesteld (of weggelaten) </p></body></html> Allow Self Signed Certificate - + Zelfondertekende certificaten toestaan Read cookie from standard input - + Cookie lezen van standaardinvoer Cookie on stdin - + Cookie op stdin Authentication Type - + Authenticatietype <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Type of authentication used with OpenConnect. Applicable values are:</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie - </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">basic cookie based authentication.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie_with_userpass</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - the credentials are used to retrieve the connection cookie, which hides the username from commandline.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">userpass </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- username and password are used.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">publickey - r</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">equires CACert and UserPrivateKey to be set.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">pkcs</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - uses the PKCSClientCert and requests password input.</span></p><p><br/></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Defaults to &quot;cookie&quot;</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Authenticatietype gebruikt met OpenConnect. Toepasselijke waarden zijn:</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- basisauthenticatie op basis van cookies.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie_with_userpass</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- de referenties worden gebruikt om de verbindingscookie op te halen, die de gebruikersnaam verbergt van de commandoregel.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">userpass </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord worden gebruikt.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">publickey</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- vereist dat CACert en UserPrivateKey zijn ingesteld.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">pkcs</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - gebruikt het PKCSClientCert en vraagt om wachtwoordinvoer.</span></p><p><br/></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Standaard ingesteld op &quot;cookie&quot;</span></p></body></html> @@ -4343,1164 +4381,1169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } none specified - + niet gespecifiseerd cookie - + cookie cookie_with_userpass - + cookie_with_userpass userpass - + gebruikerswachtwoord publickey - + publieke sleutel pkcs - + pkcs <html><head/><body><p>SSL private key file needed by beb authentication when AuthType is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>SSL-privésleutelbestand dat nodig is voor beb-authenticatie als AuthType is ingesteld als <span style=" font-weight:600;">publieke sleutel</span>.</p></body></html> User Private Key - + Privésleutel gebruiken PKCS Client Certificate - + PKCS-cliëntcertificaat <html><head/><body><p>Certificate and private key in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. Needed when AuthType is <span style=" font-weight:600;">pkcs</span>.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Certificaat en privésleutel in een PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12-structuur. Nodig als AuthType <span style=" font-weight:600;">pkcs</span> is.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Set login usergroup on the remote server.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Inlog gebruikersgroep instellen op de externe server.</p></body></html> User Group - + Gebruikersgroep Client Cerificate - + Clientcertificaat <html><head/><body><p>Client certificate file, needed by web authentication when authentication type is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Client-certificaatbestand is vereist voor webverificatie als het verificatietype is ingesteld als <span style=“ font-weight:600;”>publieke sleutel</span>.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>This button will import an OpenVPN .opvn file. The .opvn file will be read, processed, and converted to a .conf file with the location of the resulting file entered into the Extra Config box below. The .conf file will be supplied as an argument to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--config</span> option in OpenVPN.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Deze knop importeert een OpenVPN .opvn-bestand. Het .opvn bestand wordt gelezen, verwerkt en geconverteerd naar een .conf bestand met de locatie van het resulterende bestand ingevoerd in het Extra Config vak hieronder. Het .conf bestand wordt als argument meegegeven aan de <span style=" font-weight:600;">--config</span> optie in OpenVPN.</p></body></html> Import OPVN File - + OPVN-bestand importeren <html><head/><body><p>This will allow the creation of a User/Password file. You will be prompted to supply the OpenVPN user name and password for the VPN service. This file is used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option. The location of the file created will be automatically entered in the User/Password box below.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Hiermee kunt u een gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand aanmaken. U wordt gevraagd om de OpenVPN gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord voor de VPN-service op te geven. Dit bestand wordt gebruikt in combinatie met de <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> optie. De locatie van het aangemaakte bestand wordt automatisch ingevuld in het vak Gebruiker/Wachtwoord hieronder.</p></body></html> Create User/Pass - + Gebruiker/Wachtwoord aanmaken User/Password File - + Gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA Certificate</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA-certificaat</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's signed certificate in .pem format which must be signed by a certificate authority whose certificate is in --ca file.</p><p>Each peer in an OpenVPN link running in TLS mode should have its own certificate and private key file. In addition, each certificate should have been signed by the key of a certificate authority whose public key resides in the --ca certificate authority file.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het ondertekende certificaat van de lokale peer in .pem formaat dat ondertekend moet zijn door een certificaatautoriteit waarvan het certificaat in het --ca bestand staat.</p><p>Elke peer in een OpenVPN-verbinding die in TLS-modus werkt, moet zijn eigen certificaat en privésleutelbestand hebben. Bovendien moet elk certificaat zijn ondertekend door de sleutel van een certificaatautoriteit waarvan de openbare sleutel zich in het --ca certificate authority bestand bevindt.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Signed Certificate</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Ondertekend certificaat</span></p></body></html> Extra Config - + Extra instellingen <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Privé sleutel</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Certificate authority (CA) file in .pem format, also referred to as the root certificate. This file can have multiple certificates in .pem format, concatenated together.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Certificaatautoriteit (CA) bestand in .pem formaat, ook wel root certificaat genoemd. Dit bestand kan meerdere certificaten in .pem-indeling bevatten, aan elkaar geregen.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Location of a user/password file to be used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Locatie van een gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand dat wordt gebruikt in combinatie met de <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> optie.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's private key in .pem format. Use the private key which was generated when you built your peer's certificate</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Privésleutel van uw lokale peer in .pem-indeling. Gebruik de privésleutel die is gegenereerd toen u het certificaat van uw peer aanmaakte</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options not supported by the ConnMan OpenVPN plugin.</p><p>When an OpenVPN .opvn file is imported the contents of that are placed in the extra config file.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>OpenVPN configuratiebestand dat extra opties kan bevatten die niet worden ondersteund door de ConnMan OpenVPN plugin.</p><p>Wanneer een OpenVPN .opvn bestand wordt geïmporteerd, wordt de inhoud daarvan in het extra configuratiebestand geplaatst.</p></body></html> Certificate Password File - + Certificaatwachtwoordbestand <html><head/><body><p>For the extremely security conscious, it is possible to protect your private key with a password. Location of the file containing the password is in this box. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Voor de extreem veiligheidsbewuste gebruikers is het mogelijk om je privésleutel te beschermen met een wachtwoord. De locatie van het bestand met het wachtwoord staat in dit vak. </p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Don't cache <span style=" font-weight:600;">--askpass</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> username names and passwords in virtual memory.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Sla <span style=" font-weight:600;">--askpass</span> of <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> gebruikersnamen en wachtwoorden niet op in het virtuele geheugen.</p></body></html> Don't cache password - + Sla het wachtwoord niet op in cache <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">DEPRECATED</span></p><p>Enable LZO compression algorithm. Compression is generally not recommended. VPN tunnels which use compression are suspectible to the VORALCE attack vector. Use LZO compression may add up to 1 byte per packet for incompressible data. mode may be yes, no, or adaptive (default).</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">VEROUDERD</span></p><p>LZO-compressiealgoritme inschakelen. Compressie wordt over het algemeen niet aanbevolen omdat VPN-tunnels die compressie gebruiken gevoelig zijn aanvallen door de VORALCE-aanvalsvector. Het gebruik van LZO-compressie kan tot 1 byte per pakket toevoegen voor niet-comprimeerbare gegevens. De modus kan ja, nee of adaptief (standaard) zijn.</p></body></html> adaptive - + adaptief yes - + ja no - + nee <html><head/><body><p>This option is deprecated for server-client mode. Options <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers</span> or possibly -<span style=" font-weight:600;">-data-ciphers-fallback</span> should be used instead. Encrypt data channel packets with the specified cipher algorithm.</p><p>The default is BF-CBC, an abbreviation for Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Deze optie is verouderd voor server-client modus. In plaats daarvan moet optie <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers</span> of eventueel <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers-fallback</span> worden gebruikt. Versleutel datakanaalpakketten met het gespecificeerde versleutelingsalgoritme.</p><p>De standaardinstelling is BF-CBC, een afkorting voor Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining-modus.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP port number.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP poortnummer.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Specify the protocol for communicating with remote host. The protocal can be <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp, tcp-client, or tcp-server.</span></p><p>You can also limit OpenVPN to use only IPv4 or only IPv6 by specifying the protocol as <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp4, tcp4-client, tcp4-server or udp6, tcp6-client, tcp6-server</span>, respectively. </p><p>The default protocol is udp when --proto is not specified.</p><p>For UDP operation, --proto udp should be specified on both peers.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Specificeer het protocol voor communicatie met de host op afstand. Het protocol kan <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp, tcp-client of tcp-server zijn. </span></p><p>U kunt OpenVPN ook beperken om alleen IPv4 of alleen IPv6 te gebruiken door het protocol op te geven als respectievelijk <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp4, tcp4-client, tcp4-server of udp6, tcp6-client, tcp6-server</span>. </p><p>Het standaardprotocol is udp als --proto niet is opgegeven. </p><p>Voor UDP-gebruik moet --proto udp op beide peers worden opgegeven.</p></body></html> udp - + udp udp4 - + udp4 udp6 - + udp6 tcp-client - + tcp-client tcp4-client - + tcp4-client tcp6-client - + tcp6-client tcp-server - + tcp-server tcp4-server - + tcp4-server tcp6-server - + tcp6-server <html><head/><body><p>Specify which device type are we using. Device-type should be tun (OSI Layer 3) or tap (OSI Layer 2).</p><p>Only use this option if the TUN/TAP device used with <span style=" font-weight:600;">--dev</span> does not begin with tun or tap.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Specificeer welk apparaattype we gebruiken. Het apparaattype moet tun (OSI Laag 3) of tap (OSI Laag 2) zijn.</p><p>Gebruik deze optie alleen als het TUN/TAP-apparaat dat met <span style=" font-weight:600;">--dev</span> wordt gebruikt niet begint met tun of tap.</p></body></html> tun - + tun tap - + tap Protocol - + Protocol <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Verwijderd in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>Het veld nsCertType wordt niet langer ondersteund in recente SSL/TLS-bibliotheken. Als uw certificaten geen velden voor sleutelgebruik en uitgebreid sleutelgebruik bevatten, moeten ze worden geüpgraded en moet in plaats daarvan de optie <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> worden gebruikt.</p></body></html> server - + server client - + client <html><head/><body><p>Authenticate data channel packets and (if enabled) tls-auth control channel packets with HMAC using the specified message digest algorithm. (The default is SHA1 ).</p><p>HMAC is a commonly used message authentication algorithm (MAC) that uses a data string, a secure hash algorithm and a key to produce a digital signature.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Verifieer gegevenskanaalpakketten en (indien ingeschakeld) tls-auth-controlekanaalpakketten met HMAC met behulp van het opgegeven message digest-algoritme. (De standaardinstelling is SHA1 ).</p><p>HMAC is een veelgebruikt algoritme voor berichtauthenticatie (MAC) dat gebruikmaakt van een gegevensreeks, een veilig hash-algoritme en een sleutel om een digitale handtekening te maken.</p></body></html> Remote Certificate TLS - + Extern TLS-certificaat NS Certificate Type - + Type NS-certificaat Fast LZO Compression - + Snelle LZO-compressie Port - + Port Cipher - + Cijfer Authenticate HMAC - + Authenticatie HMAC Device Type - + Type apparaat <html><head/><body><p>Require that peer certificate was signed with an explicit key usage and extended key usage based on RFC3280 TLS rules.</p><p>This is a useful security option for clients to ensure that the host they connect to is a designated server. Or the other way around; for a server to verify that only hosts with a client certificate can connect.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Eis dat het peer-certificaat is ondertekend met een expliciet sleutelgebruik en uitgebreid sleutelgebruik op basis van RFC3280 TLS-regels. </p><p>Dit is een handige beveiligingsoptie voor clients om er zeker van te zijn dat de host waarmee ze verbinding maken een toegewezen server is. Tergelijkertijd kan de server controleren dat alleen hosts met een clientcertificaat verbinding kunnen maken.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Set the tunnel MTU.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Stel de MTU van de tunnel in.</p></body></html> User Password - + Gebruikerswachtwoord Group Password - + Groepswachtwoord <html><head/><body><p>Your group password in cleartext.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Uw groepswachtwoord in cleartext.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Group User Name</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Gebruikersgroepnaam</span></p></body></html> User Name - + Gebruikersnaam <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth username.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Uw Xauth-gebruikersnaam.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Your group username.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Uw groepsgebruikersnaam</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth password in clear text.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Uw Xauth-wachtwoord in cleartext.</p></body></html> Domain - Domein + Domein Application Version to report. Note: Default string is generated at runtime. Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux - + Applicatieversie moet worden gerapporteerd. Opmerking: De standaardstring wordt tijdens runtime gegenereerd. + +Standaard: Cisco Systems VPN-client 0.5.3:Linux Application Version - + Applicatieversie (NT-) Domain name for authentication - + (NT-) Domeinnaam voor authenticatie Diffie-Hellman Group - + Diffie-Hellman-groep <html><head/><body><p>Authentication mode: </p><p>psk: pre-shared key (default)</p><p>cert: server + client certificate (not implemented yet) </p><p>hybrid: server certificate + xauth (if built with openssl support)</p><p><br/>Default: psk</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Authenticatiemodus: </p><p>psk: vooraf gedeelde sleutel (standaard)</p><p>cert: server + clientcertificaat (nog niet geïmplementeerd) </p><p>hybride: servercertificaat + xauth (indien gebouwd met openssl-ondersteuning)</p><p><br/>Standaard: psk</p></body></html> psk - PSK + PSK cert - + certificaat hybrid - + hybride <html><head/><body><p>Diffie-Hellman group to use for Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Diffie-Hellman-groep te gebruiken voor Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).</p></body></html> nopfs - + nopfs dh1 - + dh1 dh2 - + dh2 dh5 - + dh5 UDP Port - + UDP-port <html><head/><body><p>Local ISAKMP port number to use (0 == use random port).</p><p>Default: 500</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Lokaal ISAKMP-poortnummer dat moet worden gebruikt (0 == willekeurige poort gebruiken).</p><p>Standaardwaarde: 500</p></body></html> Local Port - + Locale port <html><head/><body><p>Local UDP port number to use (0 == use random port). This is only relevant if cisco-udp nat-traversal is used. This is the _local_ port, the remote udp port is discovered automatically. It is especially not the cisco-tcp port.</p><p>Default: 10000</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Lokaal UDP-poortnummer dat moet worden gebruikt (0 == willekeurige poort gebruiken). Dit is alleen relevant als cisco-udp nat-traversal wordt gebruikt. Dit is de _lokale_ poort, de remote udp poort wordt automatisch ontdekt. Het is vooral niet de cisco-tcp-poort.</p><p>Standaard: 10000</p></body></html> IKE Authentication Mode - + IKE-authenticatiemodus Name of the IKE DH Group - + Naam van de IKE DH-groep IKE DH Group - + IKE DH-groep Vendor - + Leverancier <html><head/><body><p>Vendor of your IPSec gateway.</p><p>Default: cisco</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>De leverancier van uw IPSec-gateway.</p><p>Standaard: Cisco</p></body></html> cisco - + Cisco netscreen - + netscreen Nat Mode - + NAT-modus <html><head/><body><p>Which NAT-Traversal Method to use:</p><p>natt -- NAT-T as defined in RFC3947</p><p>none -- disable use of any NAT-T method </p><p>force-natt -- always use NAT-T encapsulation even without presence of a NAT device (useful if the OS captures all ESP traffic)</p><p>cisco-udp -- Cisco proprietary UDP encapsulation, commonly over Port 10000 Note: cisco-tcp encapsulation is not yet supported </p><p>Default: natt</p></body></html> - + Welke NAT-Traversalmethode te gebruiken:</p><p>natt -- NAT-T zoals gedefinieerd in RFC3947</p><p>none -- gebruik van NAT-T-methode uitschakelen </p><p>force-natt -- altijd NAT-T-inkapseling gebruiken, zelfs zonder de aanwezigheid van een NAT-apparaat (handig als het OS al het ESP-verkeer opvangt) </p><p>cisco-udp -- Eigen UDP-inkapseling van Cisco, gewoonlijk via poort 10000 Opmerking: cisco-tcp-codering wordt nog niet ondersteund </p><p>Default: natt</p></body></html> none - Geen + geen natt - + natt force-natt - + force-natt cisco-udp - + cisco-udp DPD Idle - + DPD onbelast <html><head/><body><p>Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for <span style=" font-style:italic;">idle</span> seconds. Use 0 to disable DPD completely (both ways). </p><p>Default: 600</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Verstuur DPD-pakket nadat <span style=" font-style:italic;">idle</span> seconden niets is ontvangen. Gebruik 0 om DPD volledig uit te schakelen (in beide richtingen). </p><p>Standaard: 600</p></body></html> Interface Mode - + Interfacemodus <html><head/><body><p>Mode of TUN/TAP interface:</p><p>tun: virtual point to point interface (default) </p><p>tap: virtual ethernet interface</p><p>Default: tun</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Modus van TUN/TAP-interface:</p><p>tun: virtuele punt-tot-punt-interface (standaard) </p><p>tap: virtuele ethernetinterface</p><p>Default: tun</p></body></html> Enables weak single DES encryption - + Schakelt zwakke enkelvoudige DES-encryptie in Single DES - + Enkelvoudige DES Enables using no encryption for data traffic (key exchanged must be encrypted) - + Maakt het gebruik van geen versleuteling voor gegevensverkeer mogelijk (uitgewisselde sleutels moeten worden versleuteld) No Encrypton - + Geen encryptie L2TP Options - + L2TP-opties <html><head/><body><p>L2TP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP-gebruikersnaam. Als u dit leeg laat, vraagt de agent u om een gebruikersnaam wanneer u verbinding probeert te maken.</p></body></html> Password: - + Wachtwoord: User: - + Gebruiker: <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank the password will be asked from the user by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP-wachtwoord. Als u deze optie leeg laat, vraagt de agent u om het wachtwoord wanneer u verbinding probeert te maken.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>L2TP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP-wachtwoord. Als u deze optie leeg laat, vraagt de agent u om het wachtwoord wanneer u verbinding probeert te maken.</p></body></html> Authentication File - + Authenticatiebestand Specify where to find the authentication file used to authenticate l2tp tunnels. The default is /etc/xl2tpd/l2tp-secrets - + Geef aan waar het authenticatiebestand staat dat wordt gebruikt om L2TP-tunnels te authenticeren. De standaardinstelling is /etc/xl2tpd/l2tp-secrets BPS - + BPS Maximum bandwidth to use. - Maximaal te gebruiken bandbreedte. + Maximaal te gebruiken bandbreedte. Default Route - + Standaardroute TX BPS - + TX BPS If set, the transmit bandwidth maximum will be set to this value - + Als deze waarde is ingesteld, zal de maximale zendbandbreedte op deze waarde worden ingesteld. + Listen Address - + Luisteradres The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. By default, it listens on INADDR_ANY (0.0.0.0), meaning it listens on all interfaces. - + Het IP-adres van de interface waarop de daemon luistert. Standaard luistert die op INADDR_ANY (0.0.0.0), wat betekent dat die op alle interfaces luistert. RX BPS - + RX BPS If set, the receive bandwidth maximum will be set to this value - + Indien ingesteld, wordt de maximale ontvangstbandbreedte ingesteld op deze waarde Specify which UDP port xl2tpd should use. The default is 1701. - + Geef aan welke UDP-poort xl2tpd moet gebruiken. De standaardinstelling is 1701. Tunnel RWS - + RWS-tunnel This defines the window size of the control channel. The window size is defined as the number of outstanding unacknowledged packets, not as a number of bytes. - + Dit definieert de venstergrootte van het controlekanaal. De venstergrootte wordt gedefinieerd als het aantal uitstaande onbeantwoorde pakketten, niet als een aantal bytes. If checked xl2tpd will attempt to redial if the call get disconnected. Note that, if enabled, xl2tpd will keep passwords in memory: a potential security risk. - + Indien aangevinkt zal xl2tpd proberen opnieuw te bellen als de verbinding wordt verbroken. Merk op dat, indien ingeschakeld, xl2tpd wachtwoorden in het geheugen bewaart: een potentieel veiligheidsrisico. Redial - + Opnieuw verbinden Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP for the ppp authentication. - + Vereist dat de externe peer wordt geauthenticeerd via CHAP voor de ppp-authenticatie. Require PAP - + PAP vereisen Use IPsec Security Association tracking. When this is enabled, packets received by xl2tpd should have to extra fields (refme and refhim) which allows tracking of multiple clients using the same internal NATed IP address, and allows tracking of multiple clients behind the same NAT router. This needs to be supported by the kernel. Currently, this only works with Openswan KLIPS in "mast" mode. (see http://www.openswan.org/) - + Tracking van de IPsec Beveiligingsassociatie gebruiken. Wanneer dit is ingeschakeld, zouden pakketten die door xl2tpd worden ontvangen extra velden (refme en refhim) moeten hebben die het mogelijk maken om meerdere cliënten te volgen die hetzelfde interne NAT IP-adres gebruiken, en het mogelijk maken om meerdere cliënten achter dezelfde NAT-router te volgen. Dit moet ondersteund worden door de kernel. Momenteel werkt dit alleen met Openswan KLIPS in “mast” modus. (zie http://www.openswan.org/) IPsec Security Association - + IPsec Beveiligingsassociatie Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP for the ppp authentication. - + Vereist dat de externe peer zich authenticeert via CHAP voor de ppp-authenticatie. + Require CHAP - + CHAP vereisen Require the remote peer to authenticate itself. - + Authenticatie van de externe peer vereisen. Require Authentication - + Authenticatie vereisen If checked the length bit present in the l2tp packet payload will be used. - + Als deze optie is aangevinkt, wordt het lengtebit in de payload van het l2tp pakket gebruikt. + Use Length Bit - + Lengtebit gebruiken When checked use challenge authentication to authenticate peer. - + Indien aangevinkt, wordt uitdagingsauthenticatie gebruikt om de peer te authenticeren. Challenge Authentication - + Authenticatie uitdagen If checked sequence numbers will be included in the communication. The feature to use sequence numbers in sessions is currently broken and does not function. - + Indien aangevinkt, worden volgnummers opgenomen in de communicatie. De functie om volgnummers te gebruiken in sessies is momenteel defect en niet-werkend. Flow Bit - + Flow Bit If checked the xl2tpd process will only accept connections from peers addresses specified in the following sections. The default is no. - + Indien aangevinkt, zal het xl2tpd-proces alleen verbindingen accepteren van peers die in de volgende secties zijn gespecificeerd. De standaardwaarde is nee. Access Control - + Toegangscontrole If checked only one control tunnel will be allowed to be built between 2 peers. - + Als deze optie is aangevinkt, mag er maar één controletunnel worden gebouwd tussen 2 peers. Exclusive - + Exclusief Wait X seconds before redial. The redial option must be set to yes to use this option. Defaults to 30 seconds. - + Wacht X seconden om opnieuw te verbinden. De optie opnieuw verbinden moet op ja staan om deze optie te gebruiken. Standaard 30 seconden. Redial Timeout - + Time-out opnieuw verbinden Maximum Redials - + Maximum aantal pogingen Will give up redial tries after X attempts. - + Geeft het opnieuw verbinden op na X pogingen. PPTP Options - + PPTP-opties Disable Address Control Compression - + Compressie van adrescontrole uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Disables Deflate compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the Deflate scheme.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Schakelt Deflate-compressie; pppd zal niet vragen of akkoord gaan met het comprimeren van pakketten met behulp van het Deflate-schema.</p></body></html> Disable Deflate Compression - + Deflate-compressie uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the transmit and the receive direction.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/IP-headercompressie in de stijl van Van Jacobson uitschakelen in zowel de zend- als ontvangstrichting.</p></body></html> Disable Van Jacobson Compression - + Van Jacobson-compressie uitschakelen Disable protocol field compression negotiation in both the receive and the transmit direction. - + Schakel onderhandeling over compressie van protocolvelden uit in zowel de ontvangst- als de uitzendrichting. Disable Protocol Compression - + Protocolcompressie uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Disables BSD-Compress compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the BSD-Compress scheme.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Schakelt BSD-Compress compressie uit; pppd zal niet vragen of akkoord gaan met het comprimeren van pakketten met behulp van het BSD-Compress schema.</p></body></html> Disable BSD Compression - + BSD-compressie uitschakelen <html><head/><body><p>Enables connection debugging facilities. If this option is given, pppd will log the contents of all control packets sent or received in a readable form. The packets are logged through syslog with facility daemon and level debug. </p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Schakelt debugging-functies voor verbindingen in. Als deze optie is gegeven, logt pppd de inhoud van alle verzonden of ontvangen controlepakketten in een leesbare vorm. Pakketten worden gelogd via syslog met daemon faciliteit en debug-niveau.</p></body></html> Debug - + Debug <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 40-bit encryption.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het gebruik van MPPE met 40-bits versleuteling verplichten.</p></body></html> Require MPPE40 - + MPPE40 verplichten <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 128-bit encryption.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het gebruik van MPPE met 128-bits versleuteling verplichten.</p></body></html> Require MPPE128 - + MPPE128 verplichten With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using EAP. - + Met deze optie zal pppd er niet mee instemmen om zichzelf te authenticeren naar de peer met EAP. Refuse EAP - + EAP weigeren <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using PAP</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Met deze optie zal pppd er niet mee instemmen om zichzelf te authenticeren naar de peer met PAP</p></body></html> Refuse PAP - + PAP weigeren <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using CHAP.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Met deze optie zal pppd er niet mee instemmen om zichzelf te authenticeren naar de peer met CHAP.</p></body></html> Refuse CHAP - + CHAP weigeren <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAP.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Met deze optie zal pppd er niet mee instemmen om zichzelf te authenticeren naar de peer met MS-CHAP.</p></body></html> Refuse MS CHAP - + MS-CHAP weigeren <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAPv2.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Met deze optie zal pppd er niet mee instemmen om zichzelf te authenticeren naar de peer met MS-CHAPv2.</p></body></html> Refuse MS CHAP 2 - + MS-CHAPv2 weigeren <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE (Microsoft Point to Point Encryption). This option disables all other compression types. This option enables both 40-bit and 128-bit encryption. In order for MPPE to successfully come up, you must have authenticated with either MS-CHAP or MS-CHAPv2. This option is presently only supported under Linux, and only if your kernel has been configured to include MPPE support.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Het gebruik van MPPE (Microsoft Point to Point Encryption) verplichten. Deze optie schakelt alle andere compressietypen uit. Deze optie maakt zowel 40-bit als 128-bit encryptie mogelijk. Om MPPE succesvol te laten werken, moet u zich hebben geauthenticeerd met MS-CHAP of MS-CHAPv2. Deze optie wordt momenteel alleen ondersteund onder Linux, en alleen als uw kernel is geconfigureerd voor MPPE-ondersteuning.</p></body></html> Require MPPE - + MPPE verplichten <html><head/><body><p>Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first. The default is to disallow stateful mode.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>MPPE toestaan om de stateful-modus te gebruiken. De stateless-modus wordt steeds als eerste geprobeerd. De standaardinstelling is om de stateful-modus niet toe te staan.</p></body></html> Allow MPPE Stateful Mode - + MPPE Stateful-modus toestaan <html><head/><body><p>PPTP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP-gebruikersnaam. Als u dit leeg laat, vraagt de agent u om een gebruikersnaam wanneer u verbinding probeert te maken.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP-wachtwoord. Als u dit leeg laat, vraagt de agent u om het wachtwoord wanneer u verbinding probeert te maken.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will presume the peer to be dead if n LCP echo-requests are sent without receiving a valid LCP echo-reply. If this happens, pppd will terminate the connection. Use of this option requires a non-zero value for the lcp-echo-interval parameter. This option can be used to enable pppd to terminate after the physical connection has been broken (e.g., the modem has hung up) in situations where no hardware modem control lines are available.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Indien aangevinkt, zal pppd een verbinding als niet verbonden beschouwen wanneer er een LCP echo-verzoek is verzonden zonder een geldig LCP echo-antwoord te ontvangen. Als dit gebeurt, zal pppd de verbinding verbreken. Het gebruik van deze optie vereist een waarde groter dan nul voor de lcp-echo-interval parameter. Deze optie kan worden gebruikt om pppd zich te laten afsluiten nadat de fysieke verbinding is verbroken, (bijvoorbeeld omdat het modem heeft opgehangen) in situaties waar geen hardware modembesturingslijnen beschikbaar zijn.</p></body></html> Dead Peer Check Interval - + Controle-interval verbroken verbindingen Dead Peer Check Count - + Aantal controles naar verbroken verbindingen <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. Normally the peer should respond to the echo-request by sending an echo-reply. This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect that the peer is no longer connected.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Als deze optie is gegeven, stuurt pppd om de paar seconden een LCP echo-request frame naar de peer. Normaal gesproken zou de peer moeten reageren op het echo-verzoek door een echo-antwoord te sturen. Deze optie kan worden gebruikt met de optie lcp-echo-failure om te detecteren dat de verbinding verbroken is.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Allowed IP's</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Toegelaten IP-adressen</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>A base64 preshared key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genpsk</span>.</p><p>Optional, and may be omitted. This option adds an additional layer of symmetric-key cryptography to be mixed into the already existing public-key cryptography, for post-quantum resistance.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een vooraf gedeelde base64-sleutel gegenereerd door <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genpsk</span>.</p><p>Optioneel en kan worden weggelaten. Deze optie voegt een extra laag symmetrische sleutelcryptografie toe aan de al bestaande openbare sleutelcryptografie, voor post-kwantumbestendigheid.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>A list of nameservers separated by comma.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een lijst met nameservers, gescheiden door een komma.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>A comma-separated list of IP (v4 or v6) addresses with CIDR masks from which this peer is allowed to send incoming traffic and to which outgoing traffic for this peer is directed.</p><p>The catch-all 0.0.0.0/0 may be specified for matching all IPv4 addresses, and ::/0 may be specified for matching all IPv6 addresses.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een door komma's gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen (v4 of v6) met CIDR-maskers waarvan deze peer inkomend verkeer mag verzenden en waarnaar uitgaand verkeer voor deze peer wordt geleid.</p><p>De catch-all 0.0.0.0/0 kan worden opgegeven voor het matchen van alle IPv4-adressen, en ::/0 kan worden opgegeven voor het matchen van alle IPv6-adressen.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Public Key</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Publieke sleutel</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Internal IP Address</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Intern IP-adres</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>Internal IP address. Format is local/netmask/peer.</p><p>Example 10.2.0.2/24</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Intern IP-adres. Het format is local/netmask/peer.</p><p>Voorbeeld 10.2.0.2/24</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>A base64 private key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genkey.</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een base64 privésleutel gegenereerd door <span style=“ font-style:italic;”>wg genkey.</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Privésleutel</span></p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p>A base64 public key calculated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg pubkey</span> from a private key, and usually transmitted out of band to the author of the configuration file.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een base64 publieke sleutel berekend door <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg pubkey</span> uit een privésleutel, meestal gescheiden verzonden naar de auteur van het configuratiebestand.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> Preshared Key - + Vooraf gedeelde sleutel Name Servers - + Name Servers Local Listen Port - + Lokale luisterpoort <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Open Sans','Helvetica','Helvetica Neue','Arial'; font-size:14px; color:#535353; background-color:#fefefe;">A 16-bit port for listening. Optional; if not specified, automatically generated based on interface name.</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Open Sans','Helvetica','Helvetica Neue','Arial'; font-size:14px; color:#535353; background-color:#fefefe;">Een 16-bit poort om naar te luisteren. Optioneel; indien niet gespecificeerd, automatisch gegenereerd op basis van de interfacenaam.</span></p></body></html> Endpoint Port - + Eindpuntpoort Endpoint listen port number. - + Eindpuntpoort luisterpoortnummer. Keep Alive - + Keep Alive <html><head/><body><p>A seconds interval, between 10 and 3600 inclusive, of how often to send an empty UDP packet to the peer for the purpose of keeping a stateful firewall or NAT mapping valid persistently. For example, if the interface very rarely sends traffic, but it might at anytime receive traffic from a peer, and it is behind NAT, the interface might benefit from having a persistent keepalive interval of 25 seconds. If set to 0 or &quot;off&quot;, this option is disabled. By default or when unspecified, this option is off.</p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p>Een interval tussen 10 en 3600 seconden van hoe vaak een leeg UDP pakket naar de peer gestuurd moet worden om een stateful firewall of NAT mapping permanent geldig te houden. Bijvoorbeeld, als een interface zich achter NAT bevindt en het zelden verkeer verzendt maar op elk moment verkeer kan ontvangen, dan kan het profiteren van een persistente keepalive-interval van 25 seconden. Indien ingesteld op 0 of &quot;uit&quot;, is deze optie uitgeschakeld. Standaard staat deze optie uit.</p></body></html> <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Items shown in </span><span style=" font-size:8pt; color:#aa0000;">red</span><span style=" font-size:8pt;"> are mandatory and must be provided to create a VPN connection</span></p></body></html> - + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:8pt;">De in </span><span style=" font-size:8pt; color:#aa0000;">rood</span><span style=" font-size:8pt;"> weergegeven items zijn verplicht en moeten worden ingevuld om een VPN-verbinding tot stand te brengen</span></p></body></html> %1 - Select File - %1 - Bestand kiezen + %1 - Bestand kiezen Select the file containing other Certificate Authorities - + Selecteer het bestand met andere certificaatautoriteiten Select the file containing the Client Certificate - + Selecteer het bestand met het cliëntcertificaat Select the file containing the PKCS Client Certificate - + Selecteer het bestand met het PKCS-clientcertificaat Select the file containing the Certificate Authority - + Selecteer het bestand met de certificaatautoriteit Select the file containing the Local Peer's Signed Certificate - + Selecteer het bestand met het ondertekende certificaat van de lokale peer Select the file containing the Local Peer's Private Key - + Selecteer het bestand met de privésleutel van de lokale peer Select the file containing extra OpenVPN options - + Selecteer het bestand met extra OpenVPN-opties Select the file containing the User and Password credentials - + Selecteer het bestand met de gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord Select the file containing the password to unlock the private key - + Selecteer het bestand met het wachtwoord om de privésleutel te ontgrendelen Select the L2TP Authority file - + Selecteer het L2TP-authoriteitsbestand Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. - Voer een nieuwe naam in of kies<br>bestand bestand dat moet worden overschreven. + Voer een nieuwe naam in of kies<br>bestand bestand dat moet worden overschreven. All Files (*.*) - Alle bestanden (*.*) + Alle bestanden (*.*) @@ -5509,108 +5552,108 @@ Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) - Cert-bestanden (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;Alle bestanden (*.*) + Cert-bestanden (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;Alle bestanden (*.*) Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) - Sleutelbestanden (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;Alle bestanden (*.*) + Sleutelbestanden (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;Alle bestanden (*.*) Config files (*.conf);;All Files (*.*) - + Configuratiebestanden (*.conf);;Alle bestanden (*.*) User/Pass Files (*.up) - + Gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestanden (*.up) Select the configuration file to import - Kies het te importeren configuratiebestand + Kies het te importeren configuratiebestand OpenVPN Configurations (*.ovpn *.conf);;All Files (*.*) - OpenVPN-configuraties (*.ovpn *.conf);;Alle bestanden (*.*) + OpenVPN-configuraties (*.ovpn *.conf);;Alle bestanden (*.*) Base Name - + Basisnaam Please enter a name for the connection to be created from the imported .opvn file - + Voer een naam in voor de verbinding die moet worden gemaakt van het geïmporteerde .opvn-bestand Keep --auth-user-pass - --auth-user-pass behouden + Behoud --auth-user-pass The conf file will contain the <b>auth-user-pass</b> entry which will require prompts sent to stdout and a reply on stdin. This cannot be handled by Connman nor by CMST.<p>If this entry is removed you will need to create a "user:pass" file in order to have Connman make the VPN connection. In the next step you will be asked if you want to create this file and you will prompted for the user name and password.<p><b>Do you wish to remove this entry?</b> - Het configuratiebestand bevat het item <b>auth-user-pass</b>, welke bevestigingen stuurt aan stdout en een antwoord aan stdin. Dit kan niet worden afgehandeld door Connman, noch door CMST.<p>Als je dit item verwijdert, dan moet je een nieuw "user:pass"-bestand aanmaken zodat Connman kan verbinden met de VPN. Op het volgende scherm wordt je gevraagd om dit bestand aan te maken, en om je gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord.<p><b>Wil je dit item verwijderen?</b> + Het configuratiebestand bevat het item <b>auth-user-pass</b> dat bevestigingen stuurt aan stdout en een antwoord aan stdin. Dit kan niet worden afgehandeld door ConnMan, noch door CMST.<p>Als u dit item verwijdert, dan moet u een nieuw gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand aanmaken zodat ConnMan kan verbinden met de VPN. Op het volgende scherm wordt u gevraagd om dit bestand aan te maken en uw gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord op te geven.<p><b>Wilt u dit item verwijderen?</b> Create User:Password File - User:Password-bestand aanmaken + Gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand aanmaken Do you wish to create a user:password file for this connection? - Wil je een user:password-bestand aanmaken voor deze verbinding? + Wilt u een gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand aanmaken voor deze verbinding? Unable to write conf file <b>%1</b> - Kan niet wegschrijven naar <b>%1</b> + Kan het configuratiebestand niet opslaan <b>%1</b> Unable to read <b>%1</b> - Aborting the import - Kan <b>%1</b> niet uitlezen - Importeren afgebroken + Kan <b>%1</b> niet uitlezen - Importeren afgebroken OpenVPN import is complete. - + Het importeren van OpenVPN is voltooid. Please enter a name for the user/pass file - + Voer een naam in voor het gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand User - Gebruikersnaam + Gebruikersnaam Enter the user name for this connection. - Voer de gebruikersnaam in voor deze verbinding. + Voer de gebruikersnaam in voor deze verbinding. Password - Wachtwoord + Wachtwoord Enter the password for this connection. - Voer het wachtwoord in voor deze verbinding. + Voer het wachtwoord in voor deze verbinding. Unable to write user:password file <b>%1</b> - Kan niet wegschrijven naar <b>%1</b> + Kan het gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand niet opslaan <b>&1</b> @@ -5661,12 +5704,12 @@ Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux User:Pass Files (*.up *.txt *.conf);;All Files (*.*) - User:Pass-bestanden (*.up *.txt *.conf);;Alle bestanden (*.*) + Gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestanden (*.up *.txt *.conf);;Alle bestanden (*.*) WireGuard - + WireGuard @@ -5696,7 +5739,7 @@ Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux Domain Name for the VPN Service - + Domeinnaam voor de VPN-service @@ -5705,7 +5748,11 @@ Format is network/netmask/gateway, and gateway can be omitted. Ex: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:db8::1/16 Networks = entry is optional and may be left blank. - + Netwerken acher een VPN-verbinding, als u meer dan één wilt opgeven, scheidt u die met een komma. +Het format is: netwerk/netwerkmasker/gateway. Gateway kan worden weggelaten. +Bv.: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:db8::1/16 + +Netwerk = invoer is optioneel en mag leeg blijven. @@ -5744,7 +5791,8 @@ Voorbeeld: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:Ldb8::1/16 Network address in the form address/netmask/peer. Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 - + Netwerkadres in het format: adres/netwerkmasker/peer. +Bv.: 10.2.0.2/24 @@ -5785,7 +5833,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. - <center>Geen configuratiebestanden aangetroffen.<br>Er wordt niks verwijderd. + <center>Geen configuratiebestanden aangetroffen.<br>Er wordt niets verwijderd. @@ -5810,7 +5858,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 Error encountered deleting. - Fout tijdens verwijderen. + Fout tijdens het verwijderen. @@ -5820,7 +5868,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 %L1 KB written - %L1 KB weggeschreven + %L1 kB weggeschreven @@ -5908,7 +5956,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Tekstbewerkingsvenster.</p><p>Je kunt tekst typen of plakken. Gebruik menu's om tekstvakken in te voegen.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Tekstbewerkingsvenster.</p><p>U kunt tekst typen of plakken. Gebruik de bovenstaande menu's om tekstvakken in te voegen.</p></body></html> @@ -5923,7 +5971,7 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Schrijf de getoonde gegevens weg naar een configuratiebestand.</p><p>Het uitrolmenu bevat een lijst met door CMST aangemaakte configuratiebestanden. Ook kun je er een naam invoeren.</p><p>Je hoeft geen locatie of bestandsextensie op te geven. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Schrijf de getoonde gegevens weg naar een configuratiebestand.</p><p>Het uitrolmenu bevat een lijst met door CMST aangemaakte configuratiebestanden. Ook kunt u er een naam invoeren.</p><p>U hoeft geen locatie of bestandsextensie op te geven. </p></body></html> @@ -5983,19 +6031,19 @@ Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 PPTP User Name. - PPTP-gebruikersnaam + PPTP-gebruikersnaam. PPTP Password. - PPTP-wachtwoord + PPTP-wachtwoord. Set the maximum number of LCP configure-NAKs returned before starting to send configure-Rejects (default is 10). - Stel het maximaal aantal op te halen LCP ingestelde NAK's -voordat je begint met het versturen van Rejects (standaard: 10). + Stel het maximum aantal teruggezonden LCP configure-NAK's in +alvorens te beginnen met het verzenden van configure-Rejects (standaard is 10). @@ -6014,76 +6062,76 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Deny EAP authorization? - Wil je de EAP-autorisatie weigeren? + EAP-autorisatie weigeren? Deny PAP authorization? - Wil je de PAP-autorisatie weigeren? + PAP-autorisatie weigeren? Deny CHAP authorization? - Wil je de CHAP-autorisatie weigeren? + CHAP-autorisatie weigeren? Deny MSCHAP authorization? - Wil je de MSCHAP-autorisatie weigeren? + MS-CHAP-autorisatie weigeren? Deny MSCHAPV2 authorization? - Wil je de MSCHAPv2-autorisatie weigeren? + MS-CHAPv2-autorisatie weigeren? Disables BSD compression? - Wil je BSD-compressie uitschakelen? + BSD-compressie uitschakelen? Disable deflate compression? - Wil je deflate-compressie uitschakelen? + Deflatiecompressie uitschakelen? Require the use of MPPE? - Wil je MPPE afdwingen? + Het gebruik van MPPE vereisen? Require the use of MPPE 40 bit? - Wil je MPPE 40-bit afdwingen? + Het gebruik van MPPE 40 bits vereisen? Require the use of MPPE 128 bit? - Wil je MPPE 128-bit afdwingen? + Het gebruik van MPPE 128 bits vereisen? Allow MPPE to use stateful mode? - Wil je de stateful-modus gebruiken met MPPE? + Wilt u de stateful-modus gebruiken met MPPE? Disable Van Jacobson compression? - Wil je Van Jacobson-compressie uitschakelen? + Van Jacobsons-compressie uitschakelen? L2TP User Name. - L2TP-gebruikersnaam + L2TP-gebruikersnaam. L2TP Password. - L2TP-wachtwoord + L2TP-wachtwoord. @@ -6103,22 +6151,22 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Use length bit? - Wil je lengtebit gebruiken? + Lengtebit gebruiken? Use challenge authentication? - Wil je uitdagingsauthenticatie gebruiken? + Wilt u uitdagingsauthenticatie gebruiken? Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gatewa? - Wil je een standaardroute toevoegen aan de routingtabellen van het systeem, en de peer als gateway? + Een standaardroute toevoegen aan de systeemrouteringstabellen met de host als gateway? Sequence numbers included in the communication? - Wil je opeenvolgende nummers in de communicatie gebruiken? + Volgnummers in de communicatie opnemen? @@ -6128,42 +6176,42 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Use only one control channel? - Wil je slechts één beheerkanaal gebruiken? + Slechts één beheerkanaal gebruiken? Redial if disconnected? - Wil je opnieuw inbellen na het verbreken van de verbinding? + Opnieuw proberen als de verbinding verbreekt? Wait n seconds before redial. - x aantal seconden wachten alvorens opnieuw in te bellen. + Aantal seconden te wachten alvorens opnieuw te verbinden. Give up redial tries after X attempts. - x aantal keren proberen alvorens op te geven. + Opgeven na X verbindingspogingen. Require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP? - Wil je de externe peer gebruiken om te authenticeren middels PAP? + PAP-authenticatie vereisen van een host op afstand? Require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP? - Wil je de externe peer gebruiken om te authenticeren middels CHAP? + CHAP-authenticatie vereisen van een host op afstand? Require the remote peer to authenticate itself? - Wil je dat de externe peer zichzelf authenticeert? + Authenticatie vereisen van een host op afstand? Only accept connections from specified peer addresses? - Wil je alleen verbindingen accepteren van opgegeven peeradressen? + Alleen verbindingen accepteren van gespecificeerde adressen? @@ -6173,47 +6221,47 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. - Het ip-adres van het venster waar de achtergronddienst naar luistert. + Het IP-adres van de interface waarop de daemon luistert. Use IPsec Security Association tracking? - Wil je IPsec Security Association-tracking gebruiken? + IPsec Security Association-tracking gebruiken? Specify which UDP port should be used. - Geef op welke UDP-poort er moet worden gebruikt. + Geef de te gebruiken UDP-poort op. Disable protocol compression? - Wil je protocolcompressie uitschakelen? + Protocolcompressie uitschakelen? Disable address/control compression? - Wil je adres-/beheercompressie uitschakelen? + Adres-/controlecompressie uitschakelen? Your Group username. - Je groepsgebruikersnaam. + De gebruikersnaam van uw groep. Your group password (cleartext). - Je groepswachtwoord (platte tekst). + Uw groepswachtwoord (platte tekst). Your username. - Je gebruikersnaam. + Uw gebruikersnaam. Your password (cleartext). - Je wachtwoord (platte tekst). + Uw wachtwoord (platte tekst). @@ -6237,7 +6285,7 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Vendor of your IPSec gateway. - Uitgever van je IPSec-gateway. + De provider van uw IPSec gateway. @@ -6262,17 +6310,17 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for n seconds - DPD-pakket versturen na niets ontvangen te hebben na x aantal seconden + Een DPD-pakket verzenden als er binnen X seconden niets is ontvangen Enable single DES encryption. - Losse DES-versleuteling inschakelen. + Enkelvoudige DES-versleuteling inschakelen. Enables using no encryption for data traffic. - Geen versleuteling toepassen op gegevensverkeer. + Schakelt het gebruik van dataverkeer zónder encryptie in. @@ -6282,217 +6330,217 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. File containing peer's signed certificate. - Het bestand dat het gesigneerde certificaat van de peer bevat. + Het bestand dat het ondertekende hostcertificaat bevat. File containing local peer's private key. - Het bestand dat de privésleutel van de peer bevat. + Het bestand met de privésleutel van de lokale host. File containing the user:password credentials. - Het bestand dat user:password van de peer bevat. + Gebruikers-/wachtwoordbestand. Provider WireGuard - + WireGuard-provider Provider Wire Guard - + WireGuard-provider VPNC.DeviceType - + VPNC.DeviceType Wheher the VPN should use tun or tap. - + Geeft aan of de VPN tun of tap moet gebruiken. WireGuard.Address - + WireGuard.Address Internal IP Address - + Intern IP-adres WireGuard.ListPort - + WireGuard.ListPort Local listen port (optional). - + Lokaal luisterpoort (optioneel). WireGuard.DNS - + WireGuard.DNS List of name servers (optional). - + Lijst met nameservers (optioneel). WireGuard.PrivateKey - + WireGuard.Privésleutel Private key of the interface. - + Privésleutel van het interface. WireGuard.PublicKey - + WireGuard.Publieke sleutel Public key of peer. - + Publieke sleutel van de node. WireGuard.PresharedKey - + WireGuard.PresharedKey Preshared key of peer (optional). - + Vooraf gedeelde sleutel van de node(optioneel). WireGuard.AllowedIPs - + WireGuard.AllowedIPs See cryptokey routing. - + Zie cryptosleutel-routering. WireGuard.EndpointPort - + WireGuard.EndpointPort Endpoint listen port (optional). - + Luisterpoort eindpunt (optioneel). WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive - + WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive Keep alive in seconds (optional). - + Verbinding in stand houden, in seconden (optioneel). OpenVPN.DeviceType - + OpenVPN.ApparaatType Whether the VPN should use tun or tap. - + Geeft aan of de VPN tun of tap moet gebruiken. OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert - + OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert Define if self signed server certificates are allowed. - + Bepaalt of zelfondertekende servercertificaten zijn toegestaan. OpenConnect.AuthType - + OpenConnect.AuthType Type of authentication used. - + Het gebruikte type authenticatie. OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 - + OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 Do not ask for IPv6 connectivity. - + Geen IPv6-verbinding aanvragen. OpenConnect.NoDTLS - + OpenConnect.NoDTLS Disable DTLS and ESP. - + DTLS en ESP uitschakelen. OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive - + OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive Disable HTTP connection re-use. - + Hergebruik van HTTP-verbindingen uitschakelen. OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert - + OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert Certificate and privatekey in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. - + Certificaat en privésleutel in de PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12-structuur. OpenConnect.Usergroup - + OpenConnect.Usergroup Set login usergroup on remote server. - + Aanmeldingsgegevens van gebruikersgroep op externe server opgeven. OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey - + OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey SSL private key file needed by web authentication. - + Het SSL private key bestand dat nodig is voor webauthenticatie. @@ -6502,7 +6550,7 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. DH group to use for perfect forward secrecy. - + De te gebruiken DH-groep voor geheimhouding van doorverwijzingen. @@ -6590,7 +6638,7 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Another running instance of CMST has been detected. This instance is aborting - Er is al een CMST-proces actief; dit proces wordt afgebroken. + Er is al een CMST-proces actief; dit proces wordt afgebroken @@ -6619,7 +6667,7 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. [Experimental] Enable data counters. - + [Experimenteel] Houd gegevenstellers bij. @@ -6634,12 +6682,12 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Scale program artwork for high DPI monitors. - + Pas de vormgeving aan aan beeldschermen met een hoge dpi. Icon Scale1 - + Pictogramgroottes1 @@ -6654,12 +6702,12 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface. - + Schakel de minimaliseerknop uit. Gebruik dit als u wilt dat alleen de vensterbeheerder de minimaliseeractie mag uitvoeren. Disable VPN support. - + Schakel vpn-ondersteuning uit. @@ -6675,22 +6723,22 @@ of de peer niet langer verbonden is. [Experimental] The number of kb that have to be transmitted before the counter updates. - Het aantal kb dat moet worden uitgezonden voordat de teller wordt bijgewerkt. [experimenteel] + [Experimenteel] Het aantal kB dat moet worden uitgezonden voordat de teller wordt bijgewerkt. KB - KB + kB [Experimental] The interval in seconds between counter updates. - De tussenpoos (in seconden) tussen tellerbijwerkingen. [experimenteel] + [Experimenteel] De interval in seconden tussen tellerbijwerkingen. If tray icon fake transparency is required, specify the background color to use (format: 0xRRGGBB) - Als het systeemvakpictogram doorzichtig dient te zijn, geef dan de achtergrondkleur op (opmaak: 0xRRGGBB). + Als het systeemvakpictogram doorzichtig dient te zijn, geef dan de achtergrondkleur op (opmaak: 0xRRGGBB) diff --git a/translations/cmst_pt.ts b/translations/cmst_pt.ts index 01f57c66..deef5c67 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_pt.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_pt.ts @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ Counter Update KB - Atualização do Contador em KB + Atualização do Contador em kB @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Especifica a quantidade de dados em KB que deve ser transmitida antes da atualização dos contadores (o padrão é 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Especifica a quantidade de dados em kB que deve ser transmitida antes da atualização dos contadores (o padrão é 1024 kB).</p></body></html> @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } E&xit - Sair + &Sair @@ -6505,7 +6505,7 @@ está mais ligado. KB - KB + kB diff --git a/translations/cmst_pt_BR.ts b/translations/cmst_pt_BR.ts index cc27bf95..d23fbc27 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_pt_BR.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_pt_BR.ts @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Ocultar o ícone da área de notificação do CMST durante as operações normais. As operações normais são definidas como tendo o estado Global num modo <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> ou <span style=" font-weight:600;">Pronto</span>. Qualquer outro estado fará com que o ícone seja exibido na área de notificação do sistema. O CMST ainda está em execução mesmo se o ícone estiver oculto.</p><p>Se o CMST for minimizado enquanto o ícone estiver oculto, precisará iniciar outra instância do CMST para obter a interface de volta. Esta segunda instância restaurará a interface da primeira instância e abortará imediatamente. </p><p>Se o CMST for minimizado enquanto o ícone da área de notificação estiver visível, basta clicar no ícone da área de notificação para restaurar a interface. </p></body></html> @@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } AltSubjectMatch - AltSubjectMatch + Comparação Alternativa da Cadeia de Texto @@ -4460,7 +4460,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> + diff --git a/translations/cmst_ru_RU.ts b/translations/cmst_ru_RU.ts index b607789e..9ebeb23e 100644 --- a/translations/cmst_ru_RU.ts +++ b/translations/cmst_ru_RU.ts @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ Counter Update KB - Обновление счётчиков, КБ + Обновление счётчиков, кБ @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Укажите объем данных в килобайтах, который должен быть передан до обновления счетчиков (по умолчанию 1024 КБ).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Укажите объем данных в килобайтах, который должен быть передан до обновления счетчиков (по умолчанию 1024 кБ).</p></body></html> @@ -4420,7 +4420,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> - <html><head/><body><p>Определите сети за соединением VPN. Если их несколько, разделите их запятой. </p><p>Формат — newtork/netmask/gateway, шлюз может быть опущен. Например: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Это поле является необязательным, но если запись сделана, она должна соответствовать формату, указанному выше.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Определите сети за соединением VPN. Если их несколько, разделите их запятой. </p><p>Формат — network/netmask/gateway, шлюз может быть опущен. Например: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>Это поле является необязательным, но если запись сделана, она должна соответствовать формату, указанному выше.</p></body></html> @@ -6870,7 +6870,7 @@ that the peer is no longer connected. KB - КБ + кБ diff --git a/translations/cmst_zh_TW.ts b/translations/cmst_zh_TW.ts new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78d380fc --- /dev/null +++ b/translations/cmst_zh_TW.ts @@ -0,0 +1,6310 @@ + + + + + Agent + + + Agent Input + 代理輸入 + + + + Passphrase + 密碼片語 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If an old passphrase is available it will be shown here for reference.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>如果有舊的密碼片語可用，將會在此顯示以供參考。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the passphrase here.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>在此輸入密碼片語。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check this box to obscure the password characters.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>勾選此框以隱蔽密碼字符。</p></body></html> + + + + &Hide Passphrase + 隱藏密碼片語(&H) + + + + O&ld Passphrase + 舊的密碼片語(&L) + + + + &Passphrase + 密碼片語(&P) + + + + Hidden Network + 隱藏網路 + + + + &Name + 名稱(&N) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type the name of the hidden network you wish to connect to.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>輸入您希望連接到的隱藏網絡的名稱。</p></body></html> + + + + Service Set Identifier + 服務集識別碼 SSID + + + + &SSID + &SSID + + + + Wireless Internet Service Provider roaming (WISPr) + 無線網路服務供應商漫遊 (WISPr) + + + + &Username + 使用者名稱(&U) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr username.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr 使用者名稱。</p></body></html> + + + + Passwor&d + 密碼(&D) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr password.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>WISPr 密碼。</p></body></html> + + + + Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) + 可延伸的驗證通訊協定 (EAP) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Type your Identity for the Extensible Authentication Protocol</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>輸入您的 ID 用於 EAP (可延伸的驗證通訊協定)</p></body></html> + + + + &Identity + 身份 &ID + + + + WiFi Protected Setup (WPS) + Wi-Fi 保護設定 (WPS) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked use WPS push button authentication. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>當已經勾選時，使用 WPS 按鈕身份驗證。 </p></body></html> + + + + Use Push &Button Authentication + 使用按下按鈕身份驗證(&B) + + + + &WPS Pin + &WPS Pin 碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter a WPS pin.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>輸入 WPS pin 碼。</p></body></html> + + + + Browser Login Requested + 瀏覽器登入要求 + + + + Choose or enter a browser: + 選擇或進入瀏覽器： + + + + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan is requesting that you open a web browser to complete the login process.</p><p>We have scanned your PATH for browsers and any browsers found are shown in the list below. You may select any one browser to use it for the login. If your web browser is not shown in the list you may enter it directly in the<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Choose or enter a browser box</span>.</p><p>To launch the browser click the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Launch Browser</span> button. </p><p>If you wish to login manually close this dialog, start your web browser and proceed to the URL shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Login URL</span> box.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Brave Browser Users:</span> Note that Brave does not seem to accept a URL to start with. After the browser starts you will need to enter the URL manually. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>ConnMan 要求您開啟 Web 瀏覽器以完成登錄過程。</p><p>我們已經掃描了您的瀏覽器路徑，並且在下方中顯示所找到的瀏覽器。您可以選擇任何一個瀏覽器將其用於登錄。如果您的網路瀏覽器未顯示其中，則可以直接<span style=" font-weight:600;"> 選擇 或是進入瀏覽器中</span>。</p><p>要啟動瀏覽器就點按 <span style=" font-weight:600;">啟動瀏覽器</span> 按鈕。 </p><p>如果您希望手動登入，請關閉此對話框，啟動您的網路瀏覽器並處理 URL 顯示於 <span style=" font-weight:600;">登入 URL</span> 框中。</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Brave 瀏覽器用戶：</span> 請注意 Brave 似乎不接受由 URL 啟動。在瀏覽器啟動之後，需要手動輸入 URL。 </p></body></html> + + + + Login URL: + 登入 URL ： + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman is requesting you continue login with a web browser. This box shows the URL that contains the login page.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Connman 需要使用瀏覽器登入。本框顯示的 URL 網址包含登入頁面</p></body></html> + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body></html> + Removed double space + <html><head/><body><p>Use the Firefox browser.</p></body><html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to launch the selected browser. The browser will open at the page shown in the Login URL box.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>使用此按鈕來啟動所選擇的瀏覽器。瀏覽器將會開啟網址，頁面顯示 “Login URL" 框。</p></body></html> + + + + Launch &Browser + 啟動瀏覽器(&B) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>這是什麼</p></body></html> + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>繼續連接處理。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>接受並使用您在此對話框提供的回答。</p><p>此將傳送至 ConnMan 背景程式來繼續連接處理。</p></body></html> + + + + O&K + O&K + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>取消連接處理。<br/></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>取消對話框。 </p><p>此將傳送訊息至 ConnMan 背景程式，您已經取消連接請求。</p></body></html> + + + + &Cancel + 取消(&C) + + + + AgentDialog + + + Information + 資訊 + + + + You have requested the %1 browser, but we cannot find a terminal program to open it with. Currenty we can start %1 using these terminals: <b>roxterm</b> and <b>xterm</b>.<br><br>To continue you need to manually open a terminal and then enter: "%1 %2" + 您已要求 %1 瀏覽器，但是找不到用以開啟的終端程式。 目前可以啟動 1% 使用這些終端機： <b>roxterm</b> 和 <b>xterm</b>。<br><br>要繼續進行，須要手動開啟終端機，然後輸入："%1 %2" + + + + ConnmanAgent + + + Connman Error + Connman 錯誤 + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + Connman 回傳下列錯誤：<b><center>%1</b><br>是否重試？ + + + + Agent Request Failed + 代理請求失敗 + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + 代理請求失敗，在回應回傳之前。 + + + + ConnmanCounter + + + + %L1 Bytes + %L1 Bytes + + + + + %L1 KB + %L1 KB + + + + + %L1 MB + %L1 MB + + + + + %L1 GB + %L1 GB + + + + <b>Transmit:</b><br>TX Total: %1 (%2), TX Errors: %3, TX Dropped: %4 + <b>傳遞：</b><br>TX 總計： %1 (%2), TX 錯誤： %3, TX 遺失： %4 + + + + + + + + + %Ln Packet(s) + + %Ln 個數據包 + + + + + <br><br><b>Received:</b><br>RX Total: %1 (%2), RX Errors: %3, RX Dropped: %4 + <br><br><b>已經接收：</b><br>RX 總計： %1 (%2), RX 錯誤： %3, RX 遺失： %4 + + + + <br><br><b>Connect Time:</b><br> + <br><br><b>連接時間：</b><br> + + + + %n Day(s) + + %n 日 + + + + + %n Hour(s) + + %n 時 + + + + + %n Minute(s) + + %n 分 + + + + + %n Second(s) + + %n 秒 + + + + + ConnmanVPNAgent + + + Connman Error + ConnMan 錯誤 + + + + Connman returned the following error:<b><center>%1</b><br>Would you like to retry? + ConnMan 回傳下列錯誤：<b><center>%1</b><br>是否要重試？ + + + + Agent Request Failed + 代理請求失敗 + + + + The agent request failed before a reply was returned. + 代理請求失敗，在回應回傳之前。 + + + + ControlBox + + + Dialog + 對話框 + + + + &Status + 狀態(&S) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This checkbox controls the global setting for switching all radios on or off. When checked all radios are powered down.</p><p>When the system is In offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>This checkbox controls the global setting for switching all radios on or off. When checked all radios are powered down.</p><p>When the system is In offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + All Devices &Off + 全部裝置離線(&O) + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">OfflineMode</span></p><p>The offline mode indicates the global setting for switching all radios on or off. Changing offline mode to true results in powering down all devices. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device decides to switch the radio back on or not. </p><p>During offline mode, it is still possible to switch certain technologies manually back on. For example the limited usage of WiFi or Bluetooth devices might be allowed in some situations.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">OfflineMode</span></p><p>The offline mode indicates the global setting for switching all radios on or off. Changing offline mode to true results in powering down all devices. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device decides to switch the radio back on or not. </p><p>During offline mode, it is still possible to switch certain technologies manually back on. For example the limited usage of WiFi or Bluetooth devices might be allowed in some situations.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + Global Properties + 整體屬性 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global setting for switching all radios on or off. When offline mode is engaged all radios are powered down.</p><p>While in offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>The global setting for switching all radios on or off. When offline mode is engaged all radios are powered down.</p><p>While in offline mode it is possible to turn individual devices back on. When leaving offline mode the individual policy of each device determines if the radio is turned back on or not.</p></body></html> + + + + OfflineMode: Unavailable + 離線模式：無可使用 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The global connection state of the system. Possible values are &quot;offline&quot;, &quot;idle&quot;, &quot;ready&quot;, and &quot;online&quot;. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>系統的整體連接狀態。可能值為 &quot;離線&quot;, &quot;間置&quot;, &quot;就緒&quot;, 及 &quot;連線&quot;。 </p></body></html> + + + + State: Unavailable + 狀態：無可使用 + + + + + Technologies + 科技 + + + + + + + Name + 名稱 + + + + + + Type + 類型 + + + + Powered + 已經發動 + + + + + + Connected + 已經連接 + + + + Tethering + 繫連 + + + + + Resc&an + 重新掃瞄(&A) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This box lists all services that connman can connect to.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>此框列出全部的服務，是 connman 所能連接的。</p></body></html> + + + + Services + 服務 + + + + + State + 狀態 + + + + + Connection + 連接 + + + + + Move Before + 移動於前 + + + + + Move After + 移動於後 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked hide the connection name in the Services box.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>當有勾選，隱藏連接名稱於服務框。</p></body></html> + + + + &Less + 較少(&L) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>This page will show the details of the service selected in the box at the top. If the selected service is not in the READY or ONLINE state then most of the details will be blank. </p><p>You may override service details by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Configuration</span> button at the bottom right. </p></body></html> + + + + &Details + 詳細資訊(&D) + + + + Ser&vice + 服務(&V) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this Combobox to select the service for which you wish to view the detailed information.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>使用此 Combobox 來選擇服務，此為您希望查看詳細資訊。<br/></p></body></html> + + + + Configuration + 設定 + + + + &Wireless + 無線(&W) + + + + Wireless Services + 無線服務 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + + Connect + 連接 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one wifi service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disconnect + 斷線 + + + + + Remove + 移除 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This label shows the number of WiFi technologies (devices) that were found, and the number that are powered on. There must be at least one WiFi technology found and powered in order for the box below to show services.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off go to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologies</span> box in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> tab and double click on the text that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>This label shows the number of WiFi technologies (devices) that were found, and the number that are powered on. There must be at least one WiFi technology found and powered in order for the box below to show services.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off go to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Technologies</span> box in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Status</span> tab and double click on the text that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p></body></html> + + + + Wifi State + Wifi 狀態 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will implement an internet kill switch for VPN connections. If a VPN connection drops while the kill switch is enabled all technologies will be powered off.</p><p>The way this works is the service order is monitored. If the topmost service is of type VPN and then if it changes to something other than VPN and if the change was not initiated by the user (for instance by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Disconnect</span> button in the VPN tab), then CMST will cycle through all technologies powering each one down in turn. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will implement an internet kill switch for VPN connections. If a VPN connection drops while the kill switch is enabled all technologies will be powered off.</p><p>The way this works is the service order is monitored. If the topmost service is of type VPN and then if it changes to something other than VPN and if the change was not initiated by the user (for instance by using the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Disconnect</span> button in the VPN tab), then CMST will cycle through all technologies powering each one down in turn. </p></body></html> + + + + Enable VPN Internet Kill Switch + 啟用 VPN Internet Kill Switch + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system notification daemon will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the Start Up Options in the right hand pane will be enabled. Start up options set in this pane will be read and used next time the program starts. Start up options are also available as command line switches and an option provided on the command line will take precedence over an option set in the right hand pane. The options in this pane are provided as a convienence to avoid the necessity of editing a systemd service or other start up file. </p><p>Settings are stored in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the Start Up Options in the right hand pane will be enabled. Start up options set in this pane will be read and used next time the program starts. Start up options are also available as command line switches and an option provided on the command line will take precedence over an option set in the right hand pane. The options in this pane are provided as a convienence to avoid the necessity of editing a systemd service or other start up file. </p><p>Settings are stored in<span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">: ~</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</span></p></body></html> + + + + Enable Start Options from GUI (right hand pane) + 啟用啟動選項，來自 GUI (右側面板) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>These entries control various options for CMST at program start. Changing or setting these will only take effect at the next program start. </p><p>All of these options are available from the command line, and if a command line option is provided it will take precedence over these settings.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>These entries control various options for CMST at program start. Changing or setting these will only take effect at the next program start. </p><p>All of these options are available from the command line, and if a command line option is provided it will take precedence over these settings.</p></body></html> + + + + Start Up Options + 啟動選項 + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Start the GUI minimized in the system tray.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-m</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--minimized</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Start the GUI minimized in the system tray.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--counter-update-rate</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--counter-update-rate</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + Counter Update Rate + 計算更新率 + + + + External Programs + 外部程式 + + + + Aw&Oken + 喚醒(&O) + + + + A&rtwork + 美編(&R) + + + + Rescan + 重新掃瞄 + + + + Offline Mode + 離線模式 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + Favorite + 最愛 + + + + Security + 安全 + + + + Signal Strength + 訊號長度 + + + + &Counters + 計數(&C) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The service being monitored by the counters.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>正由計數器監視的服務。</p></body></html> + + + + + Service: + 服務： + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection that is not marked roaming. </p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection that is not marked roaming. </p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + Home + 主頁 + + + + + Counter not available. + 計數無可使用。 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection marked &quot;roaming&quot;.</p><p>In the case of cellular services this normally indicates connections to a foreign provider.</p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Counters for the &quot;online&quot; service connection marked &quot;roaming&quot;.</p><p>In the case of cellular services this normally indicates connections to a foreign provider.</p><p>Counters may not always be available. The counters could have been disabled at the command line (-c or --disable-counters) or occasionally the connection will register &quot;ready&quot; instead of &quot;online&quot;. Online is a &quot;ready&quot; connection that has verified internet connectivity. It is possible to be online with only a &quot;ready&quot; connection, however the counters only work for they &quot;online&quot; connection.</p></body></html> + + + + Roaming + 漫遊 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Counter Settings</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>計數設定</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The threshold values for counter updates (counter resolution). Data and time work together to define how often the fields are updated.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>The threshold values for counter updates (counter resolution). Data and time work together to define how often the fields are updated.</p></body></html> + + + + Settings: + 設定： + + + + &Preferences + 偏好設定(&P) + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'monospace';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">-c</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Enable Connman RX and TX counters. Counters are experimental in Connman and enabling them will write a large amount of data to the system logs.</p><p>Counters are turned off by default, and is a change from the way it was originally. Up to and including version 2017.09.19 counters were enabled by default. All versions subsequent to that counters are disabled by default.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'monospace';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">-c</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600;">--enable-counters</span></pre><p>Enable Connman RX and TX counters. Counters are experimental in Connman and enabling them will write a large amount of data to the system logs.</p><p>Counters are turned off by default, and is a change from the way it was originally. Up to and including version 2017.09.19 counters were enabled by default. All versions subsequent to that counters are disabled by default.</p></body></html> + + + + Enable Counters + 啟用計數器 + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Disable VPN. This will hide the VPN tab and will also skip trying to make a connection to connman-vpn. The later is useful if your Connman was built with the --disable-vpn feature.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-n</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-vpn</span></pre><p>Disable VPN. This will hide the VPN tab and will also skip trying to make a connection to connman-vpn. The later is useful if your Connman was built with the --disable-vpn feature.</p></body></html> + + + + Disable VPN + 停用 VPN + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-M</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-M</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-minimized</span></pre><p>Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface.</p></body></html> + + + + Disable Minimized + 停用最小化 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the interface are in this box.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>用於介面的偏好設定位於此框中。</p></body></html> + + + + Interface + 介面 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the display of tooltips will be enabled for the interface widgets.</p><p>Tooltips are the small popups that appear when you hover the mouse pointer over an area of the interface. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the display of tooltips will be enabled for the interface widgets.</p><p>Tooltips are the small popups that appear when you hover the mouse pointer over an area of the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + Enable ToolTips (Interface) + 啟用工具提示 (介面) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Normally counters are cumulative and will retain the connect time and the TX and RX counts between boots. </p><p>When this box is checked the counters will reset to zero every time CMST is started, and if CMST is running everytime a Connman service is started. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Normally counters are cumulative and will retain the connect time and the TX and RX counts between boots. </p><p>When this box is checked the counters will reset to zero every time CMST is started, and if CMST is running everytime a Connman service is started. </p></body></html> + + + + Reset Counters + 重設計數器 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked additional controls for advanced users are displayed.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>When checked additional controls for advanced users are displayed.</p></body></html> + + + + Advanced Controls + 進階控制 + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Disable the system tray icon.</p><p>May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">指令行選項： </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-d</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--disable-tray-icon</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>停用系統匣圖示。</p><p>可能需要用於系統匣與 Freedesktop.org 系統匣規格不相容。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disabled because currently Connman will accept this option but will do nothing with it.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Disabled because currently Connman will accept this option but will do nothing with it.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman will accept this entry, but according to a comment in the Connman code the actual feature still needs to be implemented and the selection is therefore disabled.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p><p>Connman will accept this entry, but according to a comment in the Connman code the actual feature still needs to be implemented and the selection is therefore disabled.</p></body></html> + + + + Counter Update KB + 計數更新 KB + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>指定等待秒數，在啟動系統匣圖示之前 (預設是 0 秒)。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the amount of data in KB that must be transmitted before the counters update (default is 1024 KB).</p></body></html> + + + + Start Minimized + 啟動最小化 + + + + Wait Time + 等待時間 + + + + Disable Tray Icon + 停用系統匣圖示 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the state of the GUI will be restored from settings saved on disk. Settings include the geometry and position of the dialog and the current tab. </p><p>These settings will be used at next boot to restore the user interface to the way it was at shutdown.</p><p>The settings file is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the state of the GUI will be restored from settings saved on disk. Settings include the geometry and position of the dialog and the current tab. </p><p>These settings will be used at next boot to restore the user interface to the way it was at shutdown.</p><p>The settings file is: ~<span style=" font-weight:600;">/.config/cmst/cmst.conf </span><br/>This is a standard ini type text file.</p></body></html> + + + + Retain State + 保留狀態 + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Use an icon theme from your system. You may specify the theme in the box at the right, or if the box is left blank CMST will try and use the system wide icon theme (if one is defined).</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-i</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-theme</span></pre><p>Use an icon theme from your system. You may specify the theme in the box at the right, or if the box is left blank CMST will try and use the system wide icon theme (if one is defined).</p></body></html> + + + + Use Icon Theme + 使用圖示主題 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the frequency in seconds between counter updates (default is 10 seconds). </p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--fake-transparency</span></pre></body></html> +<html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency. </p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to remove the service. </p><p>If a service has previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) this button will remove the Favorite property. The service will also be disconnected if it is currently connected. If the service required a passphrase then the passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>If a connection attempt failed this can slso be used to reset the service.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to remove the service. </p><p>If a service has previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) this button will remove the Favorite property. The service will also be disconnected if it is currently connected. If the service required a passphrase then the passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>If a connection attempt failed this can slso be used to reset the service.</p></body></html> + + + + &VPN + &VPN + + + + VPN Services + VPN 服務 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to connect the service. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service listed in the table pressing this button will automatically select that service and attempt to connect. </p><p>If information about the service is needed, a passphrase for instance, you will be prompted for it. </p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Select a vpn service in the table below and press this button to disconnect it. </p><p>If there is only one vpn service in the &quot;ready&quot; or &quot;online&quot; state pressing this button will automatically select that service and disconnect it. </p><p>This may also be used to abort a previous connection attempt.</p></body></html> + + + + Host + 主機 + + + + Fake Transparency + 偽透明 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Preferences for the system tray are in this box.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>系統匣的偏好設定在此框中。</p></body></html> + + + + System Tray + 系統匣 + + + + Hide Tray Icon + 隱藏系統匣圖示 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray icon will popup a status message when you hover the mouse over it.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray icon will popup a status message when you hover the mouse over it.</p></body></html> + + + + Enable System Tray Popups + 啟用系統匣彈出 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the system tray will popup a notify message when a significant connman related event is received.</p><p>Notifications can be handled by the System Tray Icon, or by a Notify daemon if one is installed. Both can not be active at the same time.</p></body></html> + + + + System Tray Notifications + 系統匣通知 + + + + Notifications + 通知 + + + + Notification Daemon + 通知背景程式 + + + + Server Status + 服務狀態 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Connman refers to hardware devices as technologies. This box will display information about all known technologies.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off click on the button that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p><p>To tether a technology click the button in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> column to on. When tethering is enabled the default service is bridged to all clients connected through the tethered technology. If the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> columns are not shown clear the check in <span style=" font-weight:600;">Less</span> checkbox below this window.</p><p>Note that by default wired connections cannot be tethered. This behavior can be overwritten in the connman.conf file. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Connman refers to hardware devices as technologies. This box will display information about all known technologies.</p><p>To turn a technology on or off click on the button that shows in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Powered</span> column for the technology.</p><p>To tether a technology click the button in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> column to on. When tethering is enabled the default service is bridged to all clients connected through the tethered technology. If the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Tethering</span> columns are not shown clear the check in <span style=" font-weight:600;">Less</span> checkbox below this window.</p><p>Note that by default wired connections cannot be tethered. This behavior can be overwritten in the connman.conf file. </p></body></html> + + + + ID:Password + ID：密碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>To edit the ID and Password of a tethered WiFi device click this button.</p><p>The ID and Password are what clients will have to enter to connect to the ad-hoc network. This is only valid for WiFi connections</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>To edit the ID and Password of a tethered WiFi device click this button.</p><p>The ID and Password are what clients will have to enter to connect to the ad-hoc network. This is only valid for WiFi connections</p></body></html> + + + + ID:Pass + ID：通過 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>When checked the tethering columns will be hidden.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>When checked the tethering columns will be hidden.</p></body></html> + + + + Less + 較少 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service before another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service before another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service after another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Move the selected service after another in the list.</p><p>The button will only become active if the selected service can be moved and if there is another valid service which it can be used as a target.</p></body></html> + + + + Program Control + 程式控制 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will place an entry in the autostart directory for the current user, unchecking will remove said entry. This directory is typically: <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>CMST only add or remove the .desktop file from the autostart directory. Autostarting is typically dependent upon your Desktop Environment and must be enabled from there.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked CMST will place an entry in the autostart directory for the current user, unchecking will remove said entry. This directory is typically: <span style=" font-weight:600;">${HOME}/.config/autostart</span>. </p><p>CMST only add or remove the .desktop file from the autostart directory. Autostarting is typically dependent upon your Desktop Environment and must be enabled from there.</p></body></html> + + + + Enable Autostart + 啟用自動啟動 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If a Connman service falls into the &quot;Failed&quot; state it will normally remain in that state.</p><p>If this box is checked CMST will try to automatically reconnect a WiFi service that enters the &quot;Failed&quot; state. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If a Connman service falls into the &quot;Failed&quot; state it will normally remain in that state.</p><p>If this box is checked CMST will try to automatically reconnect a WiFi service that enters the &quot;Failed&quot; state. </p></body></html> + + + + Retry Failed Connection + 重試失敗連接 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Color in #RGB format to colorize the internal icons with.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Color in #RGB format to colorize the internal icons with.</p></body></html> + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>The default configuration method for all services is automatic or something like DHCP. This should be good enough for most typical usage, but if it is not this button will allow manual configuration of Ethernet and IP settings for the selected Service.</p><p>This button will be disabled if the service is provisioned via an external config file or if the service is of type VPN. It is not possible to modify the properties of these services.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Select a wifi service in the table below and press this button to edit the service. </p><p>The service must have previously been successfully connected (Favorite is true) for this button to work. Pressing <span style=" font-weight:600;">Edit</span> will remove the service and then request credentials to establish the connection. If the service is currently connected it will be disconnected first. If the service required a passphrase then the old passphrase it will be cleared and forgotten.</p><p>Connman does not provide any methods to retrieve credentials (passphrases, etc.) as that is insecure. CMST will not work around this protection. All this button really does is automate pressing the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Remove</span> and <span style=" font-weight:600;">Connect</span> buttons above. Make sure you know all of the credentials to reconnect as the existing credentials will be cleared when this button is pressed.</p></body></html> + + + + Edit + 編輯 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line. This will also clear any selections in the table below.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Force a rescan of all WiFi technologies. This is similar to issuing the command <span style=" font-weight:600;">connmanctl scan wifi</span> from the command line. This will also clear any selections in the table below.</p><p>The button will become inactive while the scan is occuring.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the known WiFi services. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The SSID of the network.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Favorite:</span> A heart symbol in this column indicates that this computer has previously made a connection to the network using this service.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Connected:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. Online signals that an Internet connectionis available and has been verified. Ready signals a successfully connected device. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Security: </span>Describes the type of security used for this service. Possible values are &quot;none&quot;, &quot;wep&quot;, &quot;psk&quot;, &quot;ieee8021x&quot;, and &quot;wps&quot;.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Signal Strength:</span> The strength of the WiFi signal, normalized to a scale of 0 to 100.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + Create + 建立 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>This page shows the provisioned VPN services. Some cells in the table may only be available once a connection is estlablished. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Name:</span> The name given in the provisioning file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Type:</span> The VPN type (OpenConnect, OpenVPN, PPTP, etc)</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">State:</span> Shows the connection state of this service. Hover the mouse over the icon to popup a text description. </p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Host: </span>VPN Host IP.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Domain:</span> The VPN Domain.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal icons can be colorized. You may select a color using the button to the left, or you may type in the #RGB color yourself.</p><p>If you type the entry it must have leading # sign. Example: #22aa44 </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Internal icons can be colorized. You may select a color using the button to the left, or you may type in the #RGB color yourself.</p><p>If you type the entry it must have leading # sign. Example: #22aa44 </p></body></html> + + + + Colorize + 上色 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Hide the CMST tray icon during normal operations. Normal operations are defined as having the Global state in an <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> mode. Any other state will cause the icon to be displayed in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + Hide Tray Icon Unless Needed + 隱藏系統匣圖示，除非需要 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the CMST icon will be hidden in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the CMST icon will be hidden in the system tray. CMST is still running even if the icon is hidden.</p><p>If CMST is minimized while the icon is hiddden you will need to start another instance CMST to get the interface back. This second instance will restore interface from the first instance and then immediately abort. </p><p>If CMST is minimized while the tray icon is visible then simply clicking the tray icon will restore the interface. </p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Scale icons and other artwork in CMST. For High DPI moitors it may be necessary to specify a scale factor on icons and other artwork in CMST. Default scale is 1.0. You may override the default using this option. </p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-I</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--icon-scale</span></p><p>Scale icons and other artwork in CMST. For High DPI moitors it may be necessary to specify a scale factor on icons and other artwork in CMST. Default scale is 1.0. You may override the default using this option. </p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0.</p></body></html> + + + + Icon Scale Factor + 圖示縮放因數 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Icon scale factor. If the box is disabled by clearing the checkbox at the left the value contained in this field will be ignored.</p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0. Default value is 1.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Icon scale factor. If the box is disabled by clearing the checkbox at the left the value contained in this field will be ignored.</p><p>For High DPI monitors a factor of 2 has been found to be good. Valid values of scale factor are from 1.0 to 3.0. Default value is 1.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p><p>If CMST is started and tries to create a tray icon before the system tray itself is created the proram will not be able to start minimized. This sometimes happens when the program is started automatically. If you know the tray will exist once the system is up you may specify a wait time and CMST will wait that number of seconds before trying to create the tray icon. This is to give the window manager or panel time to create the tray before we try to place the icon there.</p><p>If you plan to start with the main dialog shown on screen there is no reason to use this option. This is only intended to be used for starting minimized.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><pre style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';">Command Line Option: </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">-w</span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier';"> or </span><span style=" font-family:'Courier New,courier'; font-weight:600;">--wait-time</span></pre><p>Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon (default is 0 seconds).</p><p>If CMST is started and tries to create a tray icon before the system tray itself is created the proram will not be able to start minimized. This sometimes happens when the program is started automatically. If you know the tray will exist once the system is up you may specify a wait time and CMST will wait that number of seconds before trying to create the tray icon. This is to give the window manager or panel time to create the tray before we try to place the icon there.</p><p>If you plan to start with the main dialog shown on screen there is no reason to use this option. This is only intended to be used for starting minimized.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Used to work around a QT bug where system tray icons display with white or black backgrounds instead of being transparent.</p><p>You can specify the icon background color here. Format is a hex number in the form RRGGBB. If the spedified color matches the tray background we've effectively created fake transparency.</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line. Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Two events are checked. <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connecting</span> events are called after the Connect button is pressed in either the Wireless or VPN tabs. The program or process in the Execute box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the service shown in the Service box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connecting</span> box will be called after Connman enters the ready or online state.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Programs or processes to execute after various events occur.</p><p>If the program or process requires command line arguments provide them here just as if you were typing at a command line. Example:</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">/path/to/program arg1 arg2 arg3</span></p><p>Two events are checked. <span style=" font-weight:600;">Before Connecting</span> events are called after the Connect button is pressed in either the Wireless or VPN tabs. The program or process in the Execute box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the service shown in the Service box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">After Connecting</span> box will be called after Connman enters the ready or online state.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This area is to specify a program or process to run after a wifi or vpn service button is pressed, but before the connect method is sent to ConnMan. This is mainly used to modify a .cmst.config file which seems useful to modify certain short lived entries for openConnect vpn connections.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Execute</span> box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the single service shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span> box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service. If a .cmst.config file is to be modified a check must in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> box and the path and name of the file to be modified must be provided.</p><p>To modify a .cmst.config file CMST will read stdout of the program or process being called. Program output should be individual lines in KEY=VALUE format. If KEY exists in the .cmst.config file it will be replaced by the new VALUE. If KEY does not exist it will be appended. </p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>This area is to specify a program or process to run after a wifi or vpn service button is pressed, but before the connect method is sent to ConnMan. This is mainly used to modify a .cmst.config file which seems useful to modify certain short lived entries for openConnect vpn connections.</p><p>The program or process in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Execute</span> box will only be executed prior to making a connection for the single service shown in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Service</span> box. It will not be called when connecting to any other service. If a .cmst.config file is to be modified a check must in the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Modify Service File</span> box and the path and name of the file to be modified must be provided.</p><p>To modify a .cmst.config file CMST will read stdout of the program or process being called. Program output should be individual lines in KEY=VALUE format. If KEY exists in the .cmst.config file it will be replaced by the new VALUE. If KEY does not exist it will be appended. </p></body></html> + + + + Before Connecting + 連接之前 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter the program or process to be executed before Connman initiates a connection to the service listed in the box above. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>Enter the program or process to be executed before Connman initiates a connection to the service listed in the box above. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + Execute: + 執行： + + + + Specify the service you are connecting to where you want a program or process to execute prior to initiating the connection. + 指定您正要連接到的服務，您希望在啟動連接之前在此執行程式或流程。 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>If checked the configuration file shown below will be modified by whatever output the program provides.</p></body></html> + + + + Modify Service File + 修改服務檔案 + + + + Service configuration file to be modified by the program. + 服務設定檔案由程式進行修改。 + + + + FIle: + 檔案： + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the program or process to be executed after Connman enters the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> state. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter the program or process to be executed after Connman enters the <span style=" font-weight:600;">Ready</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">Online</span> state. If left blank no program or process will be executed.</p></body></html> + + + + After Connecting + 連接之後 + + + + &Help + 說明(&H) + + + + &About + 關於(&A) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + C&MST + C&MST + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the Icon set used in this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Display a dialog box containing information about the QT toolkit used to develop this program. </p></body></html> + + + + + &QT + &QT + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the program license.</p></body></html> + + + + + &License + 授權(&L) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to view the change log of the program.</p></body></html> + + + + + ChangeLo&g + 變更日誌(&G) + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Help</span></p><p>Program help is mainly provided by the &quot;What's This&quot; button in the lower left corner. Press the button and then click on an item you are interested in. &quot;What's This&quot; is also available via context menu by right clicking on a button, box or text area.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>這是什麼</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Use this button to find information about an element in the GUI by entering &quot;What's This&quot; mode. </p><p>You may also right click on an element to show the &quot;What's This&quot; text for it.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + Provisioning Editor + 服務開通編輯器 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open the VPN provisioning editor to create or edit Connman configuration (provisioning) files for VPN connections.</p><p>These config files reside in /var/lib/connman-vpn which is owned by root:root. CMST will register a roothelper to allow reading and writing files in this directory. </p><p>To avoid abusing the root privileges the editor will only operate on files with names ending in <span style=" font-style:italic;">.cmst.config</span>. This file name ending will be added automatically during a file save and cannot be altered. </p><p>Using this editor it is not possible to edit or delete config files created by other means.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Editor + VPN 編輯器 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the program and remove the system tray icon. Connman will still be running as a daemon but will not be managed by this program.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + 退出(&X) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Minimize the dialog. If you have the system tray Icon shown this dialog may be restored by right clicking on the tray icon. If the tray icon is hidden minimize will not be active.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Mi&nimize + 最小化(&N) + + + + IDPass + ID通行 + + + + Set ID and Password for tethered wifi + 設定 ID 及密碼 用於已經繫連的 wifi + + + + Ma&ximize + 最大化(&X) + + + + &Exit + 退出(&E) + + + + About %1 + 關於 %1 + + + + Service Details + 服務詳情 + + + + WiFi Connections + WiFi 連接 + + + + VPN Connections + VPN 連接 + + + + About AwOken + 關於 AwOken + + + + <center>This program uses artwork from <b>Freepik</b> obtained from www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Released under the Flaticon Basic License<br><br><b>Artwork files:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> + <center>This program uses artwork from <b>Freepik</b> obtained from www.flaticon.com:<br><br>Released under the Flaticon Basic License<br><br><b>Artwork files:</b><li>radio.png</li><li>basic-plane.png</li> + + + + License + 授權 + + + + %1 change log is not available. + + + + + ChangeLog + + + + + + Cancel + + + + + + <b>Service:</b> %1 + + + + + Unable to determine service + + + + + + + + No Services Selected + + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the remove button. + + + + + Offline Mode Engaged + + + + + Offline Mode Disabled + + + + + Network Services: + + + + + Service Error: %1 + + + + + + Object Path: %1 + + + + + VPN Engaged + + + + + VPN Disengaged + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WiFi AP SSID that clients will<br>have to join in order to gain internet connectivity. + + + + + <b>Technology: %1</b><p>Please enter the WPA pre-shared key clients will<br>have to use in order to establish a connection.<p>PSK length: minimum of 8 characters. + + + + + Ethernet Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + + Service: %1 + + + + + + WiFi Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + SSID: %1 + + + + + + Security: %1 + + + + + + Strength: %1% + + + + + + VPN Connection + + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Type: %1 + + + + + + Host: %1 + + + + + <b>Connection:</b> %1 + + + + + <center>%1 is a program to interface with the Connman daemon and to provide a system tray control.<br><center>Version <b>%2</b><center>Release date: %3<center>Copyright c %4<center>by<center>Andrew J. Bibb<center>Vermont, USA<br><center><b>Translations:</b><center>Jianfeng Zhang (Chinese)<center>sqozz (German)<center>Ilya Shestopalov (Russian)<center>Heimen Stoffels (Dutch)<center> Yaşar Çiv (Turkish)<br><center><b>Build Information:</b><center>Compiled using QT version %5<center>Connman version %6 + + + + + &Colorize + + + + + &Transparency + + + + + About Other Artwork + + + + + You need to select a Wifi service before pressing the edit button. + + + + + Information + + + + + No provisioning files created by %1 were found.<br>There are no VPN services which can be removed. + + + + + %1 - Select File + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + + + + + All network devices are powered off, now in Airplane mode. + + + + + Power has been restored to all previously powered network devices. + + + + + The system is online. + + + + + The system is offline. + + + + + VPN Kill Switch Engaged + + + + + The connection to VPN service %1 was dropped and the VPN kill switch was engaged. All network devices are powered off. + + + + + <br><b>Service Details:</b><br> + + + + + Service Type: %1<br> + + + + + Service Name: %1<br> + + + + + Service State: %1<br> + + + + + Favorite: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + favorite + + + + + No + favorite + + + + + External Configuration File: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + immutable + + + + + No + immutable + + + + + Auto Connect: %1<br> + + + + + On + autoconnect + + + + + No + autoconnect + + + + + <br><b>IPv4</b><br> + + + + + IP Address Acquisition: %1<br> + + + + + + + IP Address: %1<br> + + + + + IP Netmask: %1<br> + + + + + + IP Gateway: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>IPv6</b><br> + + + + + + Address Acquisition: %1<br> + + + + + Prefix Length: <br> + + + + + Prefix Length: %1<br> + + + + + Privacy: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>Proxy</b><br> + + + + + URL: %1<br> + + + + + Servers:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + + Excludes:<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;%1<br> + + + + + <br><b>mDNS</b><br> + + + + + Support Enabled: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + mdns + + + + + No + mdns + + + + + <br><b>Last Address Conflict</b><br> + + + + + MAC Address: %1<br> + + + + + Conflict detected on: %1<br> + + + + + Resolved: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + last_address_conflict + + + + + No + last_address_conflict + + + + + <br><b>Name Servers</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Time Servers</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Search Domains</b><br> + + + + + <br><br><b>Ethernet</b><br> + + + + + Connection Method: %1<br> + + + + + Interface: %1<br> + + + + + Device Address: %1<br> + + + + + MTU: %1<br> + + + + + <br><b>Wireless</b><br> + + + + + Security: %1<br> + + + + + Strength: %1<br> + + + + + Roaming: %1<br> + + + + + Yes + roaming + + + + + No + roaming + + + + + <br><b>VPN Provider</b><br> + + + + + Host: %1<br> + + + + + Domain: %1<br> + + + + + Name: %1<br> + + + + + Type: %1<br> + + + + + State: + + + + + Engaged + + + + + + + Disabled + + + + + Offline Mode + + + + + Yes + connected + + + + + No + connected + + + + + On + tethering + + + + + Off + tethering + + + + + Update resolution of the counters is based on a threshold of %L1 KB of data and %L2 seconds of time. + + + + + + Interface: %1 + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State, attempting to reestablish the connection + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Connection is in the Failure State. + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Not Connected + icon_tool_tip + + + + + Error retrieving properties via Dbus + + + + + Connection status is unknown + + + + + Type: %1 + + + + + <br>Powered + + + + + On + + + + + Off + + + + + Not Connected + + + + + <br>Tethering + + + + + + Enabled + + + + + + Connection : %1 + + + + + Signal Strength: %1% + + + + + Favorite Connection + + + + + Never Connected + + + + + <br>Roaming + + + + + <br>Autoconnect is + + + + + Background Color for Fake Transparency + + + + + Could not find a connection to the system bus + + + + + + %1 - Critical Error + + + + + Unable to find a connection to the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman on the system bus + + + + + Unable to create an interface to connman on the system bus.<br><br>%1 will not be able to communicate with connman. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetProperties + + + + + + + %1 - Warning + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetProperties.<br><br>It is unlikely any portion of %1 will be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetTechnologies + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetTechnologies.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Error reading or parsing connman.Manager.GetServices + + + + + There was an error reading or parsing the reply from method connman.Manager.GetServices.<br><br>Some portion of %1 may still be functional. + + + + + Could not create an interface to connman-vpn on the system bus + + + + + [Hidden Wifi] + + + + + %1 version %2 by %3 has been detected on this system.<p>This server supports desktop Notification Specification version %4 + + + + + Attempt %1 of %2 looking for notification server. + + + + + Unable to connect to a notification server after %1 tries. + + + + + Colorize Icons + + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1</b></center> + + + + + <center>This program uses the <b>AwOken</b> icon set version 2.5<br><br>Released under the<br>Creative Commons<br>Attribution-Share Alike 3.0<br>Unported License<br><a href="url">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode</a> + + + + + On + powered + 開 + + + + Off + powered + 關 + + + + Security: %1 + 安全性： %1 + + + + %1 license is the MIT (Expat) license. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the connect button. + + + + + You need to select a service before pressing the disconnect button. + + + + + <p style='white-space:pre'><center><b>%1 Properties</b></center> + + + + + WiFi Technologies:<br> %1 Found, %2 Powered + + + + + GEN_Editor + + + File save failed. + 檔案儲存失敗。 + + + + %L1 KB written + %L1 KB 已經寫入 + + + + %L1 Bytes written + %L1 Bytes 已經寫入 + + + + Critical + 緊急 + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + <b>DBus 錯誤名稱：</b> %1<br><br><b>字串：</b> %2<br><br><b>訊息：</b> %3 + + + + IconManager + + + A new icon definition file will be installed to <b>%1</b> and a backup of the old definition file has been created as <b>%2</b> <p>If the original definition file was customized and you wish to retain those changes you will need to manually merge them into the new file. <p>If the original was never customized or you just wish to delete the backup now you may select <i>Discard</i> to delete the backup or <i>Save</i> to retain it. + + + + + Peditor + + + Property Editor + 屬性編輯器 + + + + &General + 通則(&G) + + + + AutoConnect + 自動連接 + + + + &Nameservers + 名稱伺服器(&N) + + + + &Domains + 網域(&D) + + + + IPv&4 + IPv&4 + + + + + Address + 網址 + + + + Netmask + 網路遮罩 + + + + + Gateway + 閘道器 + + + + + + Method + 方法 + + + + IPv&6 + IPv&6 + + + + Prefix Length + 前綴長度 + + + + Privacy + 隱私 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>User configuration of Proxy settings.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Proxy + 代理伺服器(&P) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Automatic proxy configuration URL. Used by the &quot;auto&quot; method.</p></body></html> + + + + + URL + URL + + + + &Timeservers + 時間伺服器(&T) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If checked this service will auto-connect when no other connection is available. This is only available for services marked &quot;Favorite&quot;. </p><p>The service will not auto-connect while roaming.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured domain name servers. Some cellular networks don't provide correct name servers and this allows for an override.</p><p>This array is sorted by priority and the first entry in the list represents the nameserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration and no global nameservers are configured, then it is useful to configure this setting.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The list of manually configured time servers.</p><p>The first entry in the list represents the timeserver with the highest priority.</p><p>When using manual configuration this setting is useful to override all the other timeserver settings. This is service specific, hence only the values for the default service are used.</p><p>Changes to this property will result in restart of NTP query.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>List of manually configures search domains.</p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, vertical bar, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">The IPv4 netmask for this connection.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values of <span style=" font-weight:600;">dhcp</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span>, and <span style=" font-weight:600;">off</span>.</p><p>If <span style=" font-weight:600;">manual</span> is selected boxes for <span style=" font-weight:600;">Address</span>, <span style=" font-weight:600;">Netmask</span> and<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Gateway</span> will become visible.</p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941,</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><br /></p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 gateway for this connection. This field is optional and may be left blank</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The prefix length of the IPv6 connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The IPv6 address to use for this connection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Possible values are &quot;auto&quot;, &quot;manual&quot;, and &quot;off&quot;</p></body></html> + + + + + Servers + 伺服器 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + Excludes + 排除 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enable or disable the IPv6 privacy extension as described in RFC 4941.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Disabled</span>: privacy extension is disabled and normal autoconf addresses are used.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Enabled</span>: the system prefers to use public addresses over temporary addresses.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Prefered</span>: privacy extension is enabled and the system prefers temporary addresses over public addresses.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> +<html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> +p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } +</style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. List of proxy URIs. The URI without a protocol will be interpreted as the generic proxy URI.</p> +<p style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + property editor + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Used when &quot;manual&quot; is set. A list of hosts which can be accessed directly.</p><p><br/></p><p>Enter one or more IP addresses. Separate each address you enter by a comma, semi-colon, or by white space.</p></body></html> + + + + + Check to enable mDNS. Note that mDNS requires a DNS backend which supports it. + + + + + + + &mDNS + &mDNS + + + + Enable mDNS + 啟用 mDNS + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>這是什麼</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all entries on the current page.</p><p>This button will reset every field on the current page to the default value, which generally means nothing in the field.</p></body></html> + + + + + Reset Pa&ge + 重設頁面(&G) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all fields on every page of the dialog.</p><p>This will reset every field on every page to the default value for the field. </p></body></html> + + + + + Reset &All + 重設全部(&A) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept the entries, send them to Connman, and close the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + OK + OK + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Close the dialog without sending any entries to Connman.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cancel + 取消 + + + + Provisioning + + + Provisioning Editor + 服務開通編輯器 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>開啟現有的設定檔案。</p></body></html> + + + + &Open + 開啟(&O) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + 儲存(&S) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + 刪除(&D) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + 清除頁面(&C) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>這是什麼</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>退出對話框。</p></body></html> + + + + E&xit + 退出(&X) + + + + [global] + [整體] + + + + + Name + 名稱 + + + + Description + 描述 + + + + [service_*] + [service_*] + + + + Type + 類型 + + + + MAC + MAC + + + + Nameservers + 名稱伺服器 + + + + Timeservers + 時間伺服器 + + + + SearchDomains + 搜尋網域 + + + + Domain + 網域 + + + + SSID + SSID + + + + EAP + EAP + + + + CACertFile + CA 認證檔案 + + + + ClientCertFile + 客端認證檔案 + + + + PrivateKeyFile + 私鑰檔案 + + + + PrivateKeyPassphrase + 私鑰密碼片語 + + + + PrivateKeyPassphraseType + 私鑰密碼片語類型 + + + + Identity + 身分 + + + + Phase2 + Phase2 + + + + Passphrase + 密碼片語 + + + + Security + 安全性 + + + + Hidden + 隱藏 + + + + Eduroam (long) + Eduroam (長) + + + + Eduroam (short) + Eduroam (短) + + + + IPv4 + IPv4 + + + + Set IPv4 to "off", "dhcp", or enter IPV4 address information + 設定 IPv4 為 "關閉"、 "dhcp"、或輸入 IPV4 位址資訊 + + + + IPv6 + IPv6 + + + + Set IPv6 to "off, "auto", or enter IPv6 address information + 設定 IPv6 為 "關閉"、"自動"、或輸入 IPv6 位址資訊 + + + + DeviceName + 裝置名稱 + + + + Interface name where this provisioning applies (ex: eth0) + 介面名稱，於此所在配備套用 (例： eth0) + + + + mDNS + mDNS + + + + Set to true if mDNS domains can be resolved and the hostname registered. + + + + + AnonymousIdentity + 匿名用戶 + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP + + + + + SubjectMatch + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + AltSubjectMatch + + + + + Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name of the authentication server certificate for EAP + + + + + DomainSuffixMatch + + + + + A FQDN used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + DomainMatch + + + + + A FQDN used as a full match requirement for the authentication server. + + + + + + EAP-PEAP + EAP-PEAP + + + + + EAP-TLS + EAP-TLS + + + + + EAP-TTLS + EAP-TTLS + + + + IPv6.Privacy + IPv6.隱私 + + + + ProvisioningEditor + + + Global + 整體 + + + + Service + 服務 + + + + WiFi + WiFi + + + + Templates + 範本 + + + + File Path to the CA Certificate File + + + + + File Path to the Client Certificate File + + + + + File path to the Client Private Key File + + + + + Key Files (*.pem);;All Files (*.*) + + + + + MAC address. + + + + + SSID: hexadecimal representation of an 802.11 SSID + + + + + List of Nameservers + + + + + List of Timeservers + + + + + List of DNS Search Domains + + + + + Domain name to be used + + + + + Enter the string representation of an 802.11 SSID. + + + + + Substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication server + + + + + List of entries to be matched against the alternative subject name. + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a full match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + A fully qualified domain name used as a suffix match requirement for the authentication server + + + + + Service type. + + + + + EAP type. + EAP 類型。 + + + + Private key passphrase type. + 私鑰密碼片語類型。 + + + + Network security type. + 網路安全類型。 + + + + Hidden network + 隱藏網路 + + + + IPv6 Privacy + IPv6 隱私 + + + + IPv4 Settings + IPv4 設定 + + + + IPv6 Settings + IPv6 設定 + + + + %1 - Item Input + %1 - 項目輸入 + + + + Tag which will replace the * with<br>an identifier unique to the config file. + + + + + Enter the network name. + 輸入網路名稱。 + + + + Enter a description of the network. + 輸入網路的描述。 + + + + Password/Passphrase for the private key file. + 密碼/密碼片語 用於私鑰檔案。 + + + + Identity string for EAP. + 身分字串 用於 EAP。 + + + + RSN/WPA/WPA2 Passphrase + RSN/WPA/WPA2 密碼片語 + + + + Phase 2 (inner authentication with TLS tunnel)<br>authentication method. + + + + + %1 - Text Input + %1 - 文字輸入 + + + + IPv4 Address. <br><br>Enter the IPv4 network address in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + IPv6 Gateway .<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + + Information + 資訊 + + + + IPv4 Gateway.<br><br>This is an optional entry, press cancel if there is no entry for gateway + + + + + Critical + 嚴重 + + + + IPv6 Address + IPv6 位址 + + + + Enable mDNS + 啟用 mDNS + + + + Anonymous identity string for EAP. + 匿名字串 用於 EAP。 + + + + The interface name in which to apply the provisioning (ex. eth0) + + + + + IPv4 Netmask. <br><br>The entry can be a mask length (example 24) or in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx + + + + + %1 - Integer Input + %1 - 整數輸入 + + + + Enter the IPv6 prefix length + 輸入 IPv6 前綴長度 + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + %1 - 選擇檔案 + + + + Select a file to load. + 選擇檔案進行載入。 + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + 選擇檔案進行刪除。 + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + 檔案讀取完成 + + + + File deleted + 檔案已經刪除 + + + + Error encountered deleting. + 刪除時發生錯誤。 + + + + File save failed. + 檔案儲存失敗。 + + + + %L1 KB written + %L1 KB 已經寫入 + + + + %L1 Bytes written + %L1 Bytes 已經寫入 + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + <b>DBus 錯誤名稱：</b> %1<br><br><b>字串：</b> %2<br><br><b>訊息：</b> %3 + + + + ScrollBox + + + Scrollbox + 捲動框 + + + + TextLabel + 文字標籤 + + + + TranslateStrings + + + connman system tray + Main Window Title + ConnMan 系統匣 + + + + cmst + Abbreviated Program Name - used for QMessageBox titles + cmst + + + + idle + connman state string + 間置 + + + + association + connman state string + 關聯 + + + + configuration + connman state string + 設定組態 + + + + ready + connman state string + 就緒 + + + + online + connman state string + 線上 + + + + disconnect + connman state string + 離線 + + + + failure + connman state string + 失誤 + + + + offline + connman state string + 離線 + + + + system + connman type string + 系統 + + + + ethernet + connman type string + 乙太網路 + + + + wifi + connman type string + WiFi + + + + bluetooth + connman type string + 藍牙 + + + + cellular + connman type string + 蜂巢通訊 + + + + gps + connman type string + GPS + + + + vpn + connman type string + VPN + + + + gadget + connman type string + 小工具 + + + + p2p + connman type string + P2P + + + + wired + connman type string + 有線網路 + + + + direct + connman proxy string + 導向 + + + + manual + connman proxy string + 手動 + + + + auto + connman proxy string + 自動 + + + + psk + connman security string + PSK + + + + ieee8021x + connman security string + IEEE8021x + + + + none + connman security string + 無 + + + + wep + connman security string + WEP + + + + wps + connman security string + WPS + + + + wps_advertising + connman security string + wps_advertising + + + + Invalid arguments + connman error string + 無效參數 + + + + Permission denied + connman error string + 擁有權拒絕 + + + + Passphrase required + connman error string + 密碼片語為必須 + + + + Not registered + connman error string + 尚未註冊 + + + + Not unique + connman error string + 非唯一 + + + + Not supported + connman error string + 尚未支援 + + + + Not implemented + connman error string + 尚未導入 + + + + Not found + connman error string + 沒有找到 + + + + No carrier + connman error string + 無承載 + + + + In progress + connman error string + 處理中 + + + + Already exists + connman error string + 已經存在 + + + + Already enabled + connman error string + 已經啟用 + + + + Already disabled + connman error string + 已經停用 + + + + Already connected + connman error string + 已經連接 + + + + Not connected + connman error string + 尚未連接 + + + + Operation aborted + connman error string + 操作已經終止 + + + + Operation timeout + connman error string + 操作逾時 + + + + Invalid service + connman error string + 無效服務 + + + + Invalid property + connman error string + 無效屬性 + + + + disabled + connman privacy string + 停用 + + + + enabled + connman privacy string + 啟用 + + + + prefered + connman privacy string - known misspelling but needed to avoid breaking code + 偏好選項 + + + + preferred + connman privacy string + 偏好選項 + + + + auto + connman ethernet connection method + 自動 + + + + manual + connman ethernet connection method + 手動 + + + + dhcp + connman ipv4 method string + DHCP + + + + manual + connman ipv4 method string + 手動 + + + + off + connman ipv4 method string + 關閉 + + + + fixed + connman ipv4 method string + 固定 + + + + address + connamn ipv4 method string + 位址 + + + + auto + connman ipv6 method string + 自動 + + + + manual + connman ipv6 method string + 手動 + + + + 6to4 + connman ipv6 method string + 6轉4 + + + + off + connman ipv6 method string + 關閉 + + + + openconnect + connman vpn connection type + 開放連接 + + + + openvpn + connman vpn connection type + OpenVPN + + + + vpnc + connman vpn connection type + VPNC + + + + l2tp + connman vpn connection type + l2tp + + + + pptp + connman vpn connection type + pptp + + + + wireguard + connman vpn connection type + Wireguard + + + + true + connman mdns setting + 真 + + + + false + connman mdns setting + 假 + + + auto + connamn ipv6 method string + Auto + + + manual + connamn ipv6 method string + Manual + + + off + connamn ipv6 method string + Off + + + + VPNAgent + + + VPN Agent Input + VPN 代理輸入 + + + + Username + 使用者名稱 + + + + Password + 密碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Username for authentication. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + Host + 主機 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>End point of this VPN link i.e., the VPN gateway we re trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + Name + 名稱 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The name of the VPN connection we are trying to connect to.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Password for decrypting PKCS#8/PKCS#12 client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + 開放連接 + + + + CA Cert. + CA 認證。 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a path name for an additional Certificate of Authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Client Cert. + 客端認證。 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a pkcs11 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + Cookie + Cookie + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect cookie value that is used for authenticating the VPN session.</p></body></html> + + + + + Group + 群組 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication login group.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Client Cert. + PKCS 客端認證。 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Informational field containing a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 URL or a path name for the client certificate.</p></body></html> + + + + + PKCS Password + PKCS 密碼 + + + + Server Cert. + 伺服端認證。 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The OpenConnect server hash used to identify the final server after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Host + VPN 主機 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after possible web authentication logins, selections and redirections.</p></body></html> + + + + + Second Password + 第二密碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Second factor password for authentication.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Indicates that the second factor password is used for the selected authentication group.</p></body></html> + + + + + Use Second Password + 使用第二密碼 + + + + Open VPN + 開放 VPN + + + + Private Key Password + 私鑰密碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Private key password used to decrypt the encrypted OpenVPN private key file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>這是什麼</p></body></html> + + + + ... + ... + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Accept and use the answers you have provided in this dialog. </p><p>This will send your input to the connman daemon to continue the connection process.</p></body></html> + + + + + O&K + O&K + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the connection process.<br/></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Cancel the dialog. </p><p>This will send a message to the connman daemon that you have cancelled the connection request.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Cancel + 取消(&C) + + + + Save Credentials + 儲存憑證 + + + + VPN_Create + + + Dialog + 對話框 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Type</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN 類型</span></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Select the type of VPN connection you wish to create.</p></body></html> + + + + + OpenConnect + OpenConnect + + + + OpenVPN + OpenVPN + + + + VPNC + VPNC + + + + L2TP + L2TP + + + + PPTP + PPTP + + + + WireGuard + WireGuard + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Name</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">名稱</span></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A name for this connection. A name is mandatory but the name may be anything you wish and may contain spaces.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The VPN server address (example: 1.2.3.4). You may use CIDR notaton if the VPN service accepts it (example: 1.2.3.0/24). An entry in this field is mandatory.</p></body></html> + + + + + VPN Domain Name + VPN 網域名稱 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The domain name of the VPN connection (example: corporate.com). An entry in this field is optional.</p></body></html> + + + + + Networks + 網路 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Define networks behind the VPN link. If more than one separate by a comma. </p><p>Format is newtork/netmask/gateway and gateway may be omitted. Examples 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0</p><p>10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5</p><p>10.10.20.0/24</p><p>2001:db8::1/64</p><p>This field is optional but if an entry is made it must follow the format above.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN Server Address</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">VPN 伺服器位址</span></p></body></html> + + + + CA Certificate + CA 認證 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server after possible web authentication login, selection and redirection.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>File containing other certificate authorities in addition to the ones in the system trust database.</p></body></html> + + + + + Server Certificate + 伺服器認證 + + + + VPN Host + VPN 主機 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. </p><p>Only usable for extremely simple VPN configurations and should normally be set only via the VPN Agent.</p></body></html> + + + + + + MTU + MTU + + + + Request MTU from server as the MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">Request </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> from server as the MTU of the tunnel.</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">請求 </span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; font-style:italic; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;">MTU</span><span style=" font-family:'verdana','helvetica','arial','sans-serif'; font-size:16px; color:#444444; background-color:#ffffff;"> 來自伺服器作為通道的 MTU。</span></p></body></html> + + + + Do not advertise IPv6 capability to server + + + + + Disable IPv6 + 停用 IPv6 + + + + + Disable DTLS + 停用 DTLS + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Version 8.2.2.5 of the Cisco ASA software has a bug where it will forget the client's SSL certificate when HTTP connections are being re-used for multiple requests. So far, this has only been seen on the initial connection, where the server gives an HTTP/1.0 redirect response with an explicit Connection: Keep-Alive directive. OpenConnect as of v2.22 has an unconditional workaround for this, which is never to obey that directive after an HTTP/1.0 response. </p><p><br/></p><p>However, Cisco's support team has failed to give any competent response to the bug report and we don't know under what other circumstances their bug might manifest itself. So this option exists to disable ALL re-use of HTTP sessions and cause a new connection to be made for each request. If your server seems not to be recognising your certificate, try this option. If it makes a difference, please report this information to the openconnect-devel@lists.infradead.org mailing list.</p></body></html> + + + + + Disable Keep Alive + 停用 Keep Alive + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Additional option to define if self signed server certificates are allowed. Not checked this value defaults to &quot;false&quot;. Affects the OpenConnect internal function only: --servercert is not added to startup parameters and receiving self signed cert from server terminates the connection if set as false (or omitted)</p></body></html> + + + + + Allow Self Signed Certificate + 允許自我簽署認證 + + + + Read cookie from standard input + 讀取 cookie 來自標準輸入 + + + + Cookie on stdin + Cookie on stdin + + + + Authentication Type + 認證類型 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Type of authentication used with OpenConnect. Applicable values are:</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie - </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">basic cookie based authentication.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">cookie_with_userpass</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - the credentials are used to retrieve the connection cookie, which hides the username from commandline.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">userpass </span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">- username and password are used.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">publickey - r</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">equires CACert and UserPrivateKey to be set.</span></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; font-weight:600; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">pkcs</span><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;"> - uses the PKCSClientCert and requests password input.</span></p><p><br/></p><p><span style=" font-family:'monospace'; color:#000000; background-color:#ffffff;">Defaults to &quot;cookie&quot;</span></p></body></html> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + none specified + 尚無指定 + + + + cookie + cookie + + + + cookie_with_userpass + cookie_with_userpass + + + + userpass + 使用者通道 + + + + publickey + 公鑰 + + + + pkcs + pkcs + + + + <html><head/><body><p>SSL private key file needed by beb authentication when AuthType is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Private Key + 使用者私鑰 + + + + PKCS Client Certificate + PKCS 客端認證 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate and private key in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. Needed when AuthType is <span style=" font-weight:600;">pkcs</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set login usergroup on the remote server.</p></body></html> + + + + + User Group + 使用者群組 + + + + Client Cerificate + 客端認證 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Client certificate file, needed by web authentication when authentication type is set as <span style=" font-weight:600;">publickey</span>.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This button will import an OpenVPN .opvn file. The .opvn file will be read, processed, and converted to a .conf file with the location of the resulting file entered into the Extra Config box below. The .conf file will be supplied as an argument to the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--config</span> option in OpenVPN.</p></body></html> + + + + + Import OPVN File + 匯入 OPVN 檔案 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This will allow the creation of a User/Password file. You will be prompted to supply the OpenVPN user name and password for the VPN service. This file is used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option. The location of the file created will be automatically entered in the User/Password box below.</p></body></html> + + + + + Create User/Pass + 建立使用者/通道 + + + + User/Password File + 使用者/密碼 檔案 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA Certificate</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">CA 認證</span></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's signed certificate in .pem format which must be signed by a certificate authority whose certificate is in --ca file.</p><p>Each peer in an OpenVPN link running in TLS mode should have its own certificate and private key file. In addition, each certificate should have been signed by the key of a certificate authority whose public key resides in the --ca certificate authority file.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Signed Certificate</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">簽署認證</span></p></body></html> + + + + Extra Config + 額外設定 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#000000;">私鑰</span></p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Certificate authority (CA) file in .pem format, also referred to as the root certificate. This file can have multiple certificates in .pem format, concatenated together.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Location of a user/password file to be used in conjunction with the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> option.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local peer's private key in .pem format. Use the private key which was generated when you built your peer's certificate</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options not supported by the ConnMan OpenVPN plugin.</p><p>When an OpenVPN .opvn file is imported the contents of that are placed in the extra config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + Certificate Password File + 認證密碼檔案 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>For the extremely security conscious, it is possible to protect your private key with a password. Location of the file containing the password is in this box. </p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Don't cache <span style=" font-weight:600;">--askpass</span> or <span style=" font-weight:600;">--auth-user-pass</span> username names and passwords in virtual memory.</p></body></html> + + + + + Don't cache password + 不要緩存密碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">DEPRECATED</span></p><p>Enable LZO compression algorithm. Compression is generally not recommended. VPN tunnels which use compression are suspectible to the VORALCE attack vector. Use LZO compression may add up to 1 byte per packet for incompressible data. mode may be yes, no, or adaptive (default).</p></body></html> + + + + + adaptive + 適用性 + + + + yes + 是 + + + + no + 否 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>This option is deprecated for server-client mode. Options <span style=" font-weight:600;">--data-ciphers</span> or possibly -<span style=" font-weight:600;">-data-ciphers-fallback</span> should be used instead. Encrypt data channel packets with the specified cipher algorithm.</p><p>The default is BF-CBC, an abbreviation for Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP port number.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>TCP/UDP 埠號。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify the protocol for communicating with remote host. The protocal can be <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp, tcp-client, or tcp-server.</span></p><p>You can also limit OpenVPN to use only IPv4 or only IPv6 by specifying the protocol as <span style=" font-weight:600;">udp4, tcp4-client, tcp4-server or udp6, tcp6-client, tcp6-server</span>, respectively. </p><p>The default protocol is udp when --proto is not specified.</p><p>For UDP operation, --proto udp should be specified on both peers.</p></body></html> + + + + + udp + udp + + + + udp4 + udp4 + + + + udp6 + udp6 + + + + tcp-client + tcp-client + + + + tcp4-client + tcp4-client + + + + tcp6-client + tcp6-client + + + + tcp-server + tcp-server + + + + tcp4-server + tcp4-server + + + + tcp6-server + tcp6-server + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Specify which device type are we using. Device-type should be tun (OSI Layer 3) or tap (OSI Layer 2).</p><p>Only use this option if the TUN/TAP device used with <span style=" font-weight:600;">--dev</span> does not begin with tun or tap.</p></body></html> + + + + + + tun + tun + + + + + tap + tap + + + + Protocol + 協定 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Removed in OpenVPN 2.5.</span></p><p>The nsCertType field is no longer supported in recent SSL/TLS libraries. If your certificates does not include key usage and extended key usage fields, they must be upgraded and the <span style=" font-weight:600;">--remote-cert-tls</span> option should be used instead.</p></body></html> + + + + + + + server + 伺服器 + + + + + client + 客端 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authenticate data channel packets and (if enabled) tls-auth control channel packets with HMAC using the specified message digest algorithm. (The default is SHA1 ).</p><p>HMAC is a commonly used message authentication algorithm (MAC) that uses a data string, a secure hash algorithm and a key to produce a digital signature.</p></body></html> + + + + + Remote Certificate TLS + 遠端認證 TLS + + + + NS Certificate Type + NS 認證類型 + + + + Fast LZO Compression + 快速 LZO 壓縮 + + + + Port + 埠 + + + + Cipher + 密碼 + + + + Authenticate HMAC + 驗證 HMAC + + + + Device Type + 裝置類型 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require that peer certificate was signed with an explicit key usage and extended key usage based on RFC3280 TLS rules.</p><p>This is a useful security option for clients to ensure that the host they connect to is a designated server. Or the other way around; for a server to verify that only hosts with a client certificate can connect.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Set the tunnel MTU.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>設定通道 MTU。</p></body></html> + + + + User Password + 使用者密碼 + + + + Group Password + 群組密碼 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group password in cleartext.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Group User Name</span></p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">群組使用者名稱</span></p></body></html> + + + + User Name + 使用者名稱 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth username.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your group username.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>您的群組使用者名稱。</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Your Xauth password in clear text.</p></body></html> + + + + + Domain + 網域 + + + + Application Version to report. Note: Default string is generated at runtime. +Default: Cisco Systems VPN Client 0.5.3:Linux + + + + + Application Version + 應用程式版本 + + + + (NT-) Domain name for authentication + (NT-) 網域名稱 用於認證 + + + + Diffie-Hellman Group + Diffie-Hellman 群組 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Authentication mode: </p><p>psk: pre-shared key (default)</p><p>cert: server + client certificate (not implemented yet) </p><p>hybrid: server certificate + xauth (if built with openssl support)</p><p><br/>Default: psk</p></body></html> + + + + none selected + None Selected + + + + psk + psk + + + + cert + 認證 + + + + hybrid + hybrid + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Diffie-Hellman group to use for Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).</p></body></html> + + + + + nopfs + nopfs + + + + + dh1 + dh1 + + + + + dh2 + dh2 + + + + + dh5 + dh5 + + + + + UDP Port + UDP 埠 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local ISAKMP port number to use (0 == use random port).</p><p>Default: 500</p></body></html> + + + + + Local Port + 本地埠 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Local UDP port number to use (0 == use random port). This is only relevant if cisco-udp nat-traversal is used. This is the _local_ port, the remote udp port is discovered automatically. It is especially not the cisco-tcp port.</p><p>Default: 10000</p></body></html> + + + + + IKE Authentication Mode + IKE 認證模式 + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group + IKE DH 群組的名稱 + + + + IKE DH Group + IKE DH 群組 + + + + Vendor + 廠商 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Vendor of your IPSec gateway.</p><p>Default: cisco</p></body></html> + + + + + cisco + Cisco + + + + netscreen + netscreen + + + + Nat Mode + Nat 模式 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Which NAT-Traversal Method to use:</p><p>natt -- NAT-T as defined in RFC3947</p><p>none -- disable use of any NAT-T method </p><p>force-natt -- always use NAT-T encapsulation even without presence of a NAT device (useful if the OS captures all ESP traffic)</p><p>cisco-udp -- Cisco proprietary UDP encapsulation, commonly over Port 10000 Note: cisco-tcp encapsulation is not yet supported </p><p>Default: natt</p></body></html> + + + + + none + 無 + + + + natt + natt + + + + force-natt + force-natt + + + + cisco-udp + cisco-udp + + + + DPD Idle + DPD 閒置 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for <span style=" font-style:italic;">idle</span> seconds. Use 0 to disable DPD completely (both ways). </p><p>Default: 600</p></body></html> + + + + + Interface Mode + 介面模式 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Mode of TUN/TAP interface:</p><p>tun: virtual point to point interface (default) </p><p>tap: virtual ethernet interface</p><p>Default: tun</p></body></html> + + + + + Enables weak single DES encryption + 啟用微弱單一 DES 加密 + + + + Single DES + 單一 DES + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic (key exchanged must be encrypted) + 啟用利用無加密用於資料流量(交換密鑰必須加密) + + + + No Encrypton + 無加密 + + + + L2TP Options + L2TP 選項 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Password: + 密碼： + + + + + User: + 使用者： + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank the password will be asked from the user by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>L2TP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + Authentication File + 認證檔案 + + + + Specify where to find the authentication file used to authenticate l2tp tunnels. The default is /etc/xl2tpd/l2tp-secrets + + + + + BPS + BPS + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + 最大頻寬使用。 + + + + Default Route + 預設路由 + + + + TX BPS + TX BPS + + + + If set, the transmit bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + + Listen Address + 監聽位址 + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. By default, it listens on INADDR_ANY (0.0.0.0), meaning it listens on all interfaces. + + + + + RX BPS + RX BPS + + + + If set, the receive bandwidth maximum will be set to this value + + + + + Specify which UDP port xl2tpd should use. The default is 1701. + 指定 UDP 埠， xl2tpd 所應使用。預設為 1701。 + + + + Tunnel RWS + 通道 RWS + + + + This defines the window size of the control channel. The window size is defined as the number of outstanding unacknowledged packets, not as a number of bytes. + + + + + If checked xl2tpd will attempt to redial if the call get disconnected. Note that, if enabled, xl2tpd will keep passwords in memory: a potential security risk. + + + + + Redial + 重撥 + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + Require PAP + 需要 PAP + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking. When this is enabled, packets received by xl2tpd should have to extra fields (refme and refhim) which allows tracking of multiple clients using the same internal NATed IP address, and allows tracking of multiple clients behind the same NAT router. This needs to be supported by the kernel. Currently, this only works with Openswan KLIPS in "mast" mode. (see http://www.openswan.org/) + + + + + IPsec Security Association + IPsec 安全協會 + + + + Will require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP for the ppp authentication. + + + + + + Require CHAP + 需要 CHAP + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself. + 需要遠端對等驗證本身。 + + + + Require Authentication + 需要馳證 + + + + If checked the length bit present in the l2tp packet payload will be used. + + + + + + Use Length Bit + 使用長度 Bit + + + + When checked use challenge authentication to authenticate peer. + + + + + Challenge Authentication + 挑戰身分驗證 + + + + If checked sequence numbers will be included in the communication. The feature to use sequence numbers in sessions is currently broken and does not function. + + + + + Flow Bit + 流量 Bit + + + + If checked the xl2tpd process will only accept connections from peers addresses specified in the following sections. The default is no. + + + + + Access Control + 存取控制 + + + + If checked only one control tunnel will be allowed to be built between 2 peers. + + + + + Exclusive + 獨有 + + + + Wait X seconds before redial. The redial option must be set to yes to use this option. Defaults to 30 seconds. + + + + + Redial Timeout + 重撥逾時 + + + + Maximum Redials + 最大重撥次數 + + + + Will give up redial tries after X attempts. + + + + + PPTP Options + PPTP 選項 + + + + Disable Address Control Compression + 停用位址控制壓縮 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables Deflate compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the Deflate scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Deflate Compression + 停用 Deflate 壓縮 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the transmit and the receive direction.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable Van Jacobson Compression + 停用 Van Jacobson 壓縮 + + + + Disable protocol field compression negotiation in both the receive and the transmit direction. + + + + + Disable Protocol Compression + 停用協定壓縮 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Disables BSD-Compress compression; pppd will not request or agree to compress packets using the BSD-Compress scheme.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Disable BSD Compression + 停用 BSD 壓縮 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enables connection debugging facilities. If this option is given, pppd will log the contents of all control packets sent or received in a readable form. The packets are logged through syslog with facility daemon and level debug. </p></body></html> + + + + + + Debug + 除錯 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 40-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE40 + 需要 MPPE40 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE, with 128-bit encryption.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE128 + 需要 MPPE128 + + + + + With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using EAP. + + + + + + Refuse EAP + 拒絕 EAP + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using PAP</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse PAP + 拒絕 PAP + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse CHAP + 拒絕 CHAP + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAP.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP + 拒絕 MS CHAP + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>With this option, pppd will not agree to authenticate itself to the peer using MS-CHAPv2.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Refuse MS CHAP 2 + 拒絕 MS CHAP 2 + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Require the use of MPPE (Microsoft Point to Point Encryption). This option disables all other compression types. This option enables both 40-bit and 128-bit encryption. In order for MPPE to successfully come up, you must have authenticated with either MS-CHAP or MS-CHAPv2. This option is presently only supported under Linux, and only if your kernel has been configured to include MPPE support.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Require MPPE + 需要 MPPE + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first. The default is to disallow stateful mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + + Allow MPPE Stateful Mode + 允許 MPPE 狀態模式 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP user name. If left blank you will be asked for a username by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>PPTP password. If left blank you will be asked for the password by the agent when a connection is attempted.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will presume the peer to be dead if n LCP echo-requests are sent without receiving a valid LCP echo-reply. If this happens, pppd will terminate the connection. Use of this option requires a non-zero value for the lcp-echo-interval parameter. This option can be used to enable pppd to terminate after the physical connection has been broken (e.g., the modem has hung up) in situations where no hardware modem control lines are available.</p></body></html> + + + + + Dead Peer Check Interval + + + + + Dead Peer Check Count + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>If this option is given, pppd will send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. Normally the peer should respond to the echo-request by sending an echo-reply. This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect that the peer is no longer connected.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Allowed IP's</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 preshared key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genpsk</span>.</p><p>Optional, and may be omitted. This option adds an additional layer of symmetric-key cryptography to be mixed into the already existing public-key cryptography, for post-quantum resistance.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A list of nameservers separated by comma.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A comma-separated list of IP (v4 or v6) addresses with CIDR masks from which this peer is allowed to send incoming traffic and to which outgoing traffic for this peer is directed.</p><p>The catch-all 0.0.0.0/0 may be specified for matching all IPv4 addresses, and ::/0 may be specified for matching all IPv6 addresses.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Public Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Internal IP Address</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Internal IP address. Format is local/netmask/peer.</p><p>Example 10.2.0.2/24</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 private key generated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg genkey.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" color:#aa0000;">Private Key</span></p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A base64 public key calculated by <span style=" font-style:italic;">wg pubkey</span> from a private key, and usually transmitted out of band to the author of the configuration file.</p><p><br/></p></body></html> + + + + + Preshared Key + Preshared 密鑰 + + + + Name Servers + 名稱伺服器 + + + + Local Listen Port + 本地監聽埠 + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-family:'Open Sans','Helvetica','Helvetica Neue','Arial'; font-size:14px; color:#535353; background-color:#fefefe;">A 16-bit port for listening. Optional; if not specified, automatically generated based on interface name.</span></p></body></html> + + + + + Endpoint Port + 端點埠 + + + + Endpoint listen port number. + 端點監聽埠號碼。 + + + + Keep Alive + 保持在場 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>A seconds interval, between 10 and 3600 inclusive, of how often to send an empty UDP packet to the peer for the purpose of keeping a stateful firewall or NAT mapping valid persistently. For example, if the interface very rarely sends traffic, but it might at anytime receive traffic from a peer, and it is behind NAT, the interface might benefit from having a persistent keepalive interval of 25 seconds. If set to 0 or &quot;off&quot;, this option is disabled. By default or when unspecified, this option is off.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Items shown in </span><span style=" font-size:8pt; color:#aa0000;">red</span><span style=" font-size:8pt;"> are mandatory and must be provided to create a VPN connection</span></p></body></html> + + + + + %1 - Select File + %1 - 選擇檔案 + + + + Select the file containing other Certificate Authorities + + + + + Select the file containing the Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the PKCS Client Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Certificate Authority + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Signed Certificate + + + + + Select the file containing the Local Peer's Private Key + + + + + Select the file containing extra OpenVPN options + + + + + Select the file containing the User and Password credentials + + + + + Select the file containing the password to unlock the private key + + + + + Select the L2TP Authority file + + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + All Files (*.*) + 全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + 認證檔案 (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + 密鑰檔案 (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + Config files (*.conf);;All Files (*.*) + 設定檔案 (*.conf);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + User/Pass Files (*.up) + 使用者/通行 檔案 (*.up) + + + + Select the configuration file to import + 鄙擇設定檔案進行匯入 + + + + OpenVPN Configurations (*.ovpn *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + OpenVPN 設定 (*.ovpn *.conf);全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + + Base Name + 基本名稱 + + + + Please enter a name for the connection to be created from the imported .opvn file + + + + + Keep --auth-user-pass + 保留 --auth-user-pass + + + + The conf file will contain the <b>auth-user-pass</b> entry which will require prompts sent to stdout and a reply on stdin. This cannot be handled by Connman nor by CMST.<p>If this entry is removed you will need to create a "user:pass" file in order to have Connman make the VPN connection. In the next step you will be asked if you want to create this file and you will prompted for the user name and password.<p><b>Do you wish to remove this entry?</b> + + + + + Create User:Password File + 建立使用者：密碼檔案 + + + + Do you wish to create a user:password file for this connection? + 是否要建立 使用者：密碼檔案 用於連接？ + + + + Unable to write conf file <b>%1</b> + 無法寫入設定檔案 <b>%1</b> + + + + Unable to read <b>%1</b> - Aborting the import + 無法讀取 <b>%1</b> - 停止匯入 + + + + OpenVPN import is complete. + OpenVPN 匯入完成。 + + + + Please enter a name for the user/pass file + 請輸入名稱 用於使用者/通行檔案 + + + + User + 使用者 + + + + Enter the user name for this connection. + 輸入使用者名稱 用於此連接。 + + + + Password + 密碼 + + + + Enter the password for this connection. + 輸入密碼 用於此連接。 + + + + Unable to write user:password file <b>%1</b> + 無法寫入使用者：密碼檔案 <b>%1</b> + + + + VPN_Editor + + + Global + 整體 + + + + OpenConnect + OpenConnect + + + + OpenVPN + OpenVPN + + + + VPNC + VPNC + + + + L2TP + L2TP + + + + PPTP + PPTP + + + + All Files (*.*) + 全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + + + + Cert Files (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;All Files (*.*) + 認證檔案 (*.pem *.ca *.crt *.cert);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + User:Pass Files (*.up *.txt *.conf);;All Files (*.*) + 使用者：通行檔案 (*.up *.txt *.conf);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + WireGuard + WireGuard + + + + CA Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + 認證檔案 (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + Cert Files (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + 認證檔案 (*.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + Key Files (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;All Files (*.*) + 密鑰檔案 (*.key *.ca *.cert *.crt *.pem);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + Config Files (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;All Files (*.*) + 設定檔案 (*.ovpn *.conf *.config);;全部檔案 (*.*) + + + + VPN server IP address (ex: 1.2.3.4) + VPN 伺服器 IP 位址 (例： 1.2.3.4) + + + + Domain Name for the VPN Service + 網域名稱 用於 VPN 服務 + + + + Networks behind the VPN link, if more than one separate by a comma. +Format is network/netmask/gateway, and gateway can be omitted. +Ex: 10.10.20.0/255.255.255.0/10.20.1.5,192.168.99.1/24,2001:db8::1/16 + +Networks = entry is optional and may be left blank. + + + + + %1 - Item Input + %1 - 項目輸入 + + + + %1 - Verify Option + %1 - 驗證選項 + + + + User defined name for the VPN + 使用者定義名稱 用於 VPN + + + + Network address in the form address/netmask/peer. +Ex: 10.2.0.2/24 + + + + + %1 - Text Input + %1 - 文字輸入 + + + + + Information + 資訊 + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>You may use this dialog to create one. + + + + + + + %1 - Select File + %1 - 選擇檔案 + + + + Select a file to load. + 選擇檔案進行載入。 + + + + <center>No configuration files were found.<br>Nothing will be deleted. + + + + + Select a file to be deleted. + 選擇檔案進行刪除。 + + + + Enter a new file name or select<br>an existing file to overwrite. + + + + + File read completed + 壋案讀取已經完成 + + + + File deleted + 檔案已經刪除 + + + + Error encountered deleting. + 刪除時發生錯誤。 + + + + File save failed. + 檔案儲存失敗。 + + + + %L1 KB written + %L1 KB 已經寫入 + + + + %L1 Bytes written + %L1 Bytes 已經寫入 + + + + Critical + 嚴重緊急 + + + + <b>DBus Error Name:</b> %1<br><br><b>String:</b> %2<br><br><b>Message:</b> %3 + <b>DBus 錯誤名稱：</b> %1<br><br><b>字串：</b> %2<br><br><b>訊息：</b> %3 + + + + VPN_Prov + + + VPN Provisioning Editor + VPN 服務開通編輯器 + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Text edit window.</p><p>You may type or cut and paste into this window. You may also use menus above to insert text fields.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Open an existing config file.</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>開啟現有的設定檔案。</p></body></html> + + + + &Open + 開啟(&O) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Write the displayed data to a config file.</p><p>The combo box is seeded with a list of CMST created config files to provide an easy way to overwrite one. You may also type a name in the ComboBox.</p><p>It is not necessary to provide a path nor a file extension as both will be stripped out and replaced allowed values. </p></body></html> + + + + + &Save + 儲存(&S) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Delete a config file.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Delete + 刪除(&D) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Clear all text from the editor window.</p></body></html> + + + + + &Clear Page + 清除頁面(&C) + + + + <html><head/><body><p>What's This</p></body></html> + <html><head/><body><p>這是什麼</p></body></html> + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Enter &quot;Whats This&quot; mode.</p></body></html> + + + + + <html><head/><body><p>Exit the dialog.</p></body></html> + + + + + E&xit + 退出(&X) + + + + Name of the network. + 網路的名稱。 + + + + Description of the network. + 網路的描述。 + + + + PPTP User Name. + PPTP 使用者名稱。 + + + + PPTP Password. + PPTP 密碼。. + + + + Set the maximum number of LCP configure-NAKs returned +before starting to send configure-Rejects (default is 10). + + + + + Send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds. + This option can be used with the lcp-echo-failure option to detect +that the peer is no longer connected. + + + + + Debug level. + 除錯等級。 + + + + Deny EAP authorization? + 拒絕 EAP 授權？ + + + + Deny PAP authorization? + 拒絕 PAP 授權？ + + + + Deny CHAP authorization? + 拒絕 CHAP 授權？ + + + + Deny MSCHAP authorization? + 拒絕 MSCHAP 授權？ + + + + Deny MSCHAPV2 authorization? + 拒絕 MSCHAPV2 授權？ + + + + Disables BSD compression? + 停用 BSD 壓縮？ + + + + Disable deflate compression? + 停用 deflate 壓縮？ + + + + + Require the use of MPPE? + 需要 MPPE 的使用？ + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 40 bit? + 需要 MPPE 40 bit 的使用？ + + + + + Require the use of MPPE 128 bit? + 需要 MPPE 128 bit 的使用？ + + + + + Allow MPPE to use stateful mode? + 允許 MPPE 使用有狀態模式？ + + + + Disable Van Jacobson compression? + 停用 Van Jacobson 壓縮？ + + + + L2TP User Name. + L2TP 使用者名稱。 + + + + L2TP Password. + L2TP 密碼。 + + + + Maximum bandwidth to use. + 最大頻寬進行使用。 + + + + Maximum transmit bandwidth to use. + 最大傳輸頻寬進行使用。 + + + + Maximum receive bandwidth to use. + 最大接收頻寬進行使用。 + + + + Use length bit? + 使用長度 bit? + + + + Use challenge authentication? + 使用挑戰認證？ + + + + Add a default route to the system routing tables, using the peer as the gatewa? + + + + + Sequence numbers included in the communication? + + + + + The window size of the control channel (number of unacknowledged packets, not bytes) + + + + + Use only one control channel? + 使用僅一個控制通道？ + + + + Redial if disconnected? + 若是斷線即行重撥？ + + + + Wait n seconds before redial. + 重撥之前等待 n 秒。 + + + + Give up redial tries after X attempts. + 在 X 次嘗試後放棄重撥。 + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via PAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to get authenticated via CHAP? + + + + + Require the remote peer to authenticate itself? + + + + + Only accept connections from specified peer addresses? + + + + + Authentication file location. + + + + + The IP address of the interface on which the daemon listens. + + + + + Use IPsec Security Association tracking? + + + + + Specify which UDP port should be used. + + + + + Disable protocol compression? + + + + + Disable address/control compression? + + + + + Your Group username. + + + + + Your group password (cleartext). + + + + + Your username. + + + + + Your password (cleartext). + + + + + IKE authentication mode. + + + + + Name of the IKE DH Group. + + + + + Domain name for authentication. + + + + + Vendor of your IPSec gateway. + + + + + Local ISAKMP port to use. + + + + + Local UDP port number to use. + + + + + Application version to report. + + + + + NAT-Traversal method to employ. + + + + + Send DPD packet after not receiving anything for n seconds + + + + + Enable single DES encryption. + + + + + Enables using no encryption for data traffic. + + + + + Certificate authority file. + + + + + File containing peer's signed certificate. + + + + + File containing local peer's private key. + + + + + File containing the user:password credentials. + + + + + Provider WireGuard + + + + + Provider Wire Guard + + + + + VPNC.DeviceType + + + + + Wheher the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + WireGuard.Address + + + + + Internal IP Address + + + + + WireGuard.ListPort + + + + + Local listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.DNS + + + + + List of name servers (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PrivateKey + + + + + Private key of the interface. + + + + + WireGuard.PublicKey + + + + + Public key of peer. + + + + + WireGuard.PresharedKey + + + + + Preshared key of peer (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.AllowedIPs + + + + + See cryptokey routing. + + + + + WireGuard.EndpointPort + + + + + Endpoint listen port (optional). + + + + + WireGuard.PersistentKeepalive + + + + + Keep alive in seconds (optional). + + + + + OpenVPN.DeviceType + + + + + Whether the VPN should use tun or tap. + + + + + OpenConnect.AllowSelfSignedCert + + + + + Define if self signed server certificates are allowed. + + + + + OpenConnect.AuthType + + + + + Type of authentication used. + + + + + OpenConnect.DisableIPv6 + + + + + Do not ask for IPv6 connectivity. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoDTLS + + + + + Disable DTLS and ESP. + + + + + OpenConnect.NoHTTPKeepalive + + + + + Disable HTTP connection re-use. + + + + + OpenConnect.PKCSClientCert + + + + + Certificate and privatekey in a PKCS#1/PKCS#8/PKCS#12 structure. + + + + + OpenConnect.Usergroup + + + + + Set login usergroup on remote server. + + + + + OpenConnect.UserPrivateKey + + + + + SSL private key file needed by web authentication. + + + + + MTU of the tunnel. + + + + + DH group to use for perfect forward secrecy. + + + + + Peer certificate type (server/client). + + + + + Protocol type (udp/tcp-client/tcp-server). + 協定類型 (udp/tcp-client/tcp-server)。 + + + + TCP/UDP port number. + TCP/UDP 埠號。 + + + + Get certificate password from console or file? + 取得認證密碼來自控制台或檔案？ + + + + Don't cache --askpass or --auth-user-pass values? + 不要緩存 --askpass 或 --auth-user-pass 值？ + + + + Encrypt packets with cipher algorithm: + 加密數據包使用密碼演算法： + + + + Authenticate packets using algorithm: + 身份驗證數據包使用演算法： + + + + Use fast LZO compression (yes/no/adaptive). + 使用快速 LZO 壓縮 (yes/no/adaptive)。 + + + + Require peer certificate signed (client/server). + 需要對等認證簽署 (client/server)。 + + + + OpenVPN config file that can contain extra options. + OpenVPN 設定檔案，可以包含額外選項。 + + + + SHA1 certificate fingerprint of the final VPN server. + + + + + File containing other certificate authorities. + + + + + Client certificate file, if needed for web authentication. + + + + + Request MTU from server to use as MTU of tunnel? + + + + + Read cookie from standard input? + + + + + The final VPN server to use after completing web authentication. + + + + + main.cpp + + + Another running instance of CMST has been detected. This instance is aborting + + + + + Bypass restoring the window state if restoring window state is specified in the settings file. + + + + + Bypass restoring any start options in the settings file. + + + + + Disable the system tray icon. May be needed for system trays not compliant with the Freedesktop.org system tray specification. + + + + + Connman System Tray. + Connman 系統匣。 + + + + [Experimental] Enable data counters. + [實驗性] 啟用資料計數器。 + + + + Use an icon theme from your system. + 使用圖示主題來自您的系統。 + + + + Icon Theme Name + 圖示主題名稱 + + + + Scale program artwork for high DPI monitors. + 縮放程式圖案 用於高 DPI 顯示器。 + + + + Icon Scale1 + 圖示比例1 + + + + Log the connman inputRequest for debugging purposes. + 記錄 connman inputRequest 用於除錯程式。 + + + + Start the GUI minimized in the system tray. + 啟動 GUI 最小化於系統匣。 + + + + Disable the minimize button. Use when you want to have the window manager have sole control of minimizing the interface. + + + + + Disable VPN support. + 停用 VPN 支援。 + + + + Specify the wait time in seconds before starting the system tray icon. + + + + + + seconds + 秒 + + + + [Experimental] The number of kb that have to be transmitted before the counter updates. + + + + + KB + KB + + + + [Experimental] The interval in seconds between counter updates. + + + + + If tray icon fake transparency is required, specify the background color to use (format: 0xRRGGBB) + + + + + RRGGBB + RRGGBB + + + + Use XFCE specific code. + 使用 XFCE 指定程式碼。 + + + + Use MATE DE specific code. + 使用 MATE DE 指定程式碼。 + + + + processReply + + + Warning + 警告 + + + + <center><b>We received a DBUS reply message indicating an error.</b></center><br><br>Error Name: %1<br><br>Error Message: %2 + + + +